Daven Kross Webinars

Author: davenkross2026

  • 09/09/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Social Security – The choice of a lifetime

    Hi everyone. Uh we still have it looks like two more minutes and it looks like people are still signing on. I hope y’all are having a fantastic day here in Houston. It is some blue sky which is always nice. Uh, and it’s only 89° with humidity feeling like 100, which is still better than 100 plus humidity. I’ll take 89 versus versus that. So, wherever you are joining us from, I hope everything is going great and I hope you are looking at blue skies.

    So hopefully the uh skies are much brighter than the market today. Obviously we’re dealing with a little bit for those of you who follow. It’s a little bit of a turbulent time right now with everything going on. Interest rates got a little war going on overseas. Uh, we got another minute. We’ll give that another minute or two as people are still signing on.

    We’ll save questions for the end.

    If you have any questions, go ahead and pop those in the Q&A box or the chat. I will I will I plan on fielding those at the end. If it’s something that’s somewhat timesensitive, I’ll try to answer it then. It just kind of depends on where we’re at. Um ah nice in Florida. I bet that is in Palm Beach.

    So I’m looking at 2:00 straight up. We’ll give it maybe one more minute.

    and then we will start our uh today’s topic on social security.

    It is good to see some familiar names and a lot of new names out there

    as always. if this is so I know this is a webinar I I love the in person because it’s far more interactive so we’re going to do our best so if there’s any questions or comments hello to North Carolina um most of most of the attendees because we kind of handle the region is Texas obviously uh Louisiana North Carolina I think those are it an occasional one from California. We’ve had some folks up north, too. So, but it’s pretty much usually kind of the southeastish.

    All right. So, with that said, I think we’re going to go ahead and and start. Uh again, formally welcome everyone. Uh thank you so much for joining me for this webinar, Social Security, Choice of a Lifetime. It’s always my pleasure to join you. on these webinars uh and share a little information on social security. I will tell you just a little bit of a caveat. This is on social security and income. But but I do want to say right when we look at social security we’re looking at it from just a social security perspective in a vacuum. There’s really a lot more things to consider right age difference. We’ll talk a little bit about that. also your cash flows, your need, your time, your life expectancy as well as maybe income tax now, maybe income tax later, right, for your legacy uh your Medicare impact on income. So, we’re going to talk about this, but but really it’s always good just to just to sit down with us if you’re not sitting down with anyone else and we can go over some of the well planning side so we can look at all of those moving parts that might impact it. Uh, someone already opened with a question and that actually will be something that we’re going to be talking about on a very high level. Um, so if you are here for the first time, an extra special welcome. For those of you who don’t know me, I’m Michael Marx, certified financial planner and a financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, or ARIS for short. I live right here in Houston, Texas. Uh, I’ve been doing this for over 30 years, and oh, we are fiduciaries. That is a question that someone asks inevitably. And uh for those of you who don’t know, my family has been tied to the credit union for longer than I’ve been alive since the 1960s uh through United. And for those of you who don’t know, this used to be or technically still is the credit union for United Airlines, but we’ve changed our name a while back because we deal with many companies now. So whether you have joined us through United or Continental or Google or Tesla CBS, Susie Orman, we’re happy you’re here.

    And if I can get this slide to change. So before we dive in, uh just a quick housekeeping item. Oh, it has started. So can you not hear? Let’s see. Did I do something?

    Can everybody else or can anyone else hear me? Someone said someone said they cannot hear me. Oh, perfect. Okay. So So the one who can’t hear me, you might want to um maybe log out, log back in. That that might help. Or maybe or maybe turn up the volume. That might be something. Sorry about this. You know, this technology and stuff sometimes gets the best of us. So um we’re going to move forward on that. So just a quick housekeeping uh item. Today’s session is for educational purposes. It includes proprietary materials, protects both the content and everyone’s privacy. So we ask that attendees do not record or capture the presentation whether that is by video, audio, screenshot, AI tools, any other method without prior consent. We appreciate your understanding and I am very much glad you are here. So I’m not sure what brought you to this webinar if you joined us via an email directly from us or if you uh signed up through alliance website directly. So let me just take a couple of minutes and talk to you about ARIS. So in addition to the weekly webinars that we host, we are a full-ervice wealth management investment planning division of the credit union. We offer a broad variety of investments planning strategies from fixed rate guaranteed to as aggressive as you want to be in the market. Uh maybe a little bit of life coaching always makes me laugh when it comes to your retirement years. Uh we’re actually a really good resource to utilize. So we offer multiple webinars throughout the week with different presenters. Each of us try to host twice a month. It changes a little bit right over the holidays. um ARIS were really focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, tax structures, tax strategies in retirement, legacy planning, etc. So, if you haven’t, I take a I I encourage you to take a look at our website and that’s uh a ris.creditun.com uh and you can see a list of our weekly webinars. you look at our podcast which is investsavvy our blog and other financial resources that are available to you. So speaking of webinars, uh my next webinar will be called anatomy of a recession and we’ll talk about recessions from a historical perspect perspective and and uh I’ll apply that to our current situation. Uh and I will sprinkle in some of the current events, you know, like we’re looking at Fed rate hikes, uh possibly a cut, but really not. We’re looking at hikes, tariff impacts, some of the geopolitical decisions, some of the wars that are going on, etc. So, that will be Tuesday, September 22nd at 6:00 p.m. Central, 700 p.m. Eastern. And then I’m back in the afternoon, Thursday, October 1st, and we’ll be talking about Roth conversions. This is a really a big one. it can greatly impact and save you a lot of taxes over the course of your life as well as income taxes uh to your children, grandchildren. So, we’ll talk a little bit about how that will be that should be at least part of your long-term retirement tax strategy,

    how we can help, right? We do complimentary financial planning. Uh we are also the estate planning. We’ll have a slide later that we add trusts and wills, some of that basic planning. Obviously, we do the investment management since we’re an investment management firm. Uh really broad range of choices that we can do. And actually, we can do some things that are just outside of your traditional retail that uh breath of products out there and some of the advanced planning, right? Roth Roth conversion, tax planning, flow analysis. So, things like that. All right. So today’s presentation, we’re going to focus on how to maximize what is for many the single most importantly monthly paycheck that you’re going to receive in retirement, right? And that’s your social security benefits. So I I want you to come away knowing that social security benefits provide like a protected level of income, right? And they can’t be outlived. So that’s important. So before we get into some details, uh we’re going to talk about today we’re going to say that social security is complicated or at least it can be complicated. Uh you’re not alone if you feel this way. Many people do. So this is a great opportunity to work with a professional. Uh we can help you lay that solid foundation for the solution that works best for you in your personal circumstances. Right? Because it’s not just about maximizing social security. You also want to look at those decisions and how they impact other things, right? your cash flow, tax implications on your RMDs, etc.

    So, this is not a recommendation for a buy or sell on any particular products. This is really just kind of general information. So, if we’re looking at a specific situation, it’s probably best to schedule an appointment and that opportunity will be later. So, and and we’ll talk a little bit about that. So, big thing, right? Um, in this assumption, assuming you earn 54,000 a year and your full retirement age is 67, which is probably, if you’re on this call, most of you, if you’re not already retired. So, the difference between an early retirement at 62, which is the earliest you can draw social security or claim social security, uh, is $1,465. If you waited until 6 until 70, you’re looking at 2634. So that’s a big difference, right? $1,200 a month, 14.5 a year, that’s quite a bit. Now, are you making more money from social security? Not necessarily, right? The theory behind that is assuming you live to a certain age, the reason why the check is lower at 62 than it is at 70 is that you’ll be getting checks for 8 years longer, 96 payments more than someone who started it at 70. So in theory, um you would receive the same total amount of money. Obviously, there is a tipping point and we’ll talk a little bit about that.

    So this is our agenda, right? We’re going to talk about social security. We’re going to talk about social security basics and we’re going to give you some general guidance built for you

    choice of a lifetime. So as a reminder, right, we can we can apply for social security as early as 62. Maximum amount received is age 70. a little background on the 63 to 65. So a fair a fair amount of people fall into this category, right? And they didn’t plan on retiring early. So if you look at this slide, there’s people who plan on retiring and then when they actually retired. So if you look at 62 and 63, you’ll find in these studies that a lot of people who wanted to retire at 66 or 67, which is your full retirement age, many people are forced to retire early. And a lot of that, a lot of that is due to health reasons, right? Either their own or a loved one. They have to look after a spouse. They have to look after parents or correction force where they got laid off and they’re having a difficult time finding new a new job. And I know agism is illegal. I know that can’t be held against you, but we know that happens every day and it is very difficult to prove. So what I would say is this is more of a cautionary tale when it comes to your retirement planning in the whatif scenarios because we do many what if scenarios, right? What if I retire at the wrong time? What if inflation is too high? What if the market um falls right when I’m retiring? The other what if is what if I’m forced out a couple years earlier than I had planned. So, always be aware that can happen. We live in the real world. Hopefully, it doesn’t happen to anyone on this call. But that’s a fair amount of number of people who actually retire earlier than full retirement age. So we’re going to use an example. I think there’s a couple of examples here. So we’re going to talk about Pat and Kelly. They’re a married couple. So what we’re going to talk about here is is so social security is not really black and white and we’re going to talk about FRA which is full retirement age right so you can see Pat and you can see Kelly Pat’s social security benefit at FRA which is full retirement age Kelly 61 Kelly social security benefit is full retirement age we’re going to talk a little bit about something about maximizing for survivor as well as you’re both alive. We’ll cover that. But again, there’s no oneizefits-all.

    So, the formula that’s social security, there’s something called PIA, which is your primary insurance amount. And what they do is there’s there’s percentages under that for survivor. Let’s see if we have these. You know what we’re going to do? We’re going to just calculate this later. So, this will this will build this. So, what they’re doing if they both file as soon as possible, right, at 62 that their total benefit was going to be 1.5 million. If they optimized it, they would get just under 1.8. So, you can see that there’s a cumulative benefit loss by filing early. Now, when we look at these, I don’t want to just look at these in in a silo, right? Where it says, “Hey, you know what? I lost that benefit early, so that means I need to wait.” It depends on what you’re doing during those extra years, right? Are you saying, “Hey, I want to use this because I want to enjoy those things while I’m younger, right? I want to take that money now and do those those trips that I’ve always wanted to take while my health is there. There isn’t necessarily a right or wrong answer. Generally speaking, you really want to look at your particular situation. And that’s why working with someone, it gives you a little bit better idea and gives us a better idea on getting to know you, cash flow, come sources, tax impact, um, legacy planning, which is your beneficiaries, etc. So Mary, she’s approaching retirement, right? So she’s 60. Her social security benefit is just over $1,200 at her full retirement age of 67. So if she files early, her lifetime is 353. Hopefully you can see my cursor. If she waits until full retirement age is 430,000. If she waits until 70, it’s 478. So there’s a fairly big difference, right? Cumulative 79,000 versus 125,000 over that period. And and what happens is there’s a break even, right? If you remember me saying this, so if we only knew when we were going to die, this this this calculation would be so much easier. But as a general rule of thumb, if you are expected to live past 81 years of age, you are better off deferring social security until age 70 for more for total dollars. Now, obviously, there’s a lot of moving parts, right? Because you still have to get money from somewhere and that’s usually from your investments. Um, you’re talking about your quality of life. But again, just for this scenario, we’re talking about total dollars. And I can’t stress that enough because the calculators just look at total dollars. And I think that really misses the point of working your whole life and your quality of life and the things that you do in your retirement. So social security is like a major part of of a person’s total retirement income, right? So when you’re looking at those households 65 years and older, about half of them, you’re looking at social security is a primary part. Um if you are fortunate enough to have a pension, that’s a wonderful thing when you combine that to with your social security. We’re finding that is a dying breed um and a dying benefit in most because it’s really expensive for companies to do that. that is that’s being replaced by the incredibly expensive health care provision that they are now providing. But just like this, right, just like planning, this is a really good visual of how you want your retirement income to look, right? Social security is not everything. It’s just a part of your income. Now, I will tell you the more money you make, the smaller percentage that social security will uh will be for your retirement income if you plan properly.

    So, some of the basics, let’s talk about the basics with a little history lesson. Find this interesting. So, what does it offer? Old age survivors and disability insurance, which is what it was originally called. So, it’s guaranteed income for your life. They index it for inflation. There are survivor benefits and there’s a preferential tax treatment on that. And we’ll talk about each one of those. So,

    so because it’s guaranteed lifetime income, you know, they do index this for inflation. They call it a COLA ca, which is cost of living adjustment. I can tell you historically when you look over the decades it doesn’t quite keep up with historical inflation but you are still getting getting increases. So the preferential tax treatment is that social security is taxed not all of it is taxed. So you might be earning $1,000 but not not all $1,000 is actually taxed. So to give you an idea, if you’re single,

    if you’re single and you make under 25,000, none of your social security is taxed. If it’s 25 to 34,000, half of that is taxable. Above that, 85. For married couples under 32 is zero. Above 44 is 85. For most people who’ve done any planning, you’re going to be taxed at well 85% of your social security will be taxed. And often people are really surprised about the fact that it’s taxed at all. But yes, it is. You pay social security tax into the system and then when you pull it out, you’ll pay income tax on that. Um, but here’s a funny thing though, right? Social Security wasn’t always around. So it’s actually less than 100 years old. And if you remember learning about the crash and the depression in 1929 that created a law that created social security. So this was 1935. Now it took 11 years for them to actually make this happen. So, you can’t see the amount on that check, but that check was $22.54, which in 1940, that was a decent amount of money. So, we had talked a little bit about PIA, or at least we had briefly touched on it, your primary insurance amount. And the way they calculate it is they look at your highest earnings for your last for your last 35 years. So, it doesn’t have to be consecutive 35 years. It’s just your highest years. And there’s a maximum earning as far as calculation. And for 2026, it’s 184,500. So, if you earn more than that, it doesn’t really matter because that’s the most you’re going to pay into social security. Uh there is a calculation on your social security, but but you don’t you only pay up to that threshold. So, if you look at your payub, we don’t really get payubs anymore, but if you look at your electronic payub, uh you’ll notice there’s something that’s called FICA, FICA, and and it’s a total of 15.3%. So, if you divide that by two, it’s 7.65, where your employer will pay half of that, 7.65%, and you pay the other half, 7.65, and that’s broken down. So, of that 7.65, 65 6.2 is for social security and the rest goes for uh Medicaid and Medicare. So,

    so if you haven’t already done this, I encourage you to sign up for your Social Security account, right? That way you can see your benefits. Now, obviously you can go directly to the Social Security website. They have quick calculators in there to calculate what what roughly your benefit would expect it to be. But if you actually log into your account, it’ll have a history of your earnings and you can see exactly what what is being reported over your working life. It’s secure and it’s free to do. I encourage everyone to go out there and do that. They used to send out uh hard copy statements and then they kind of stopped doing that. So around around retirement age they send it and I think they send it out every 5 years now.

    So if you’re under age 60, you have to look online.

    At age 60, you’ll get them around your birthday. And that’s what this looks like. So, I don’t see on these cuz I haven’t gotten the statement yet, right? Cuz I’m not quite 60. Uh, but when they used to send these out, they had something called a break even where it was, hey, if you live to this age, you were expected to receive more more total benefits. So, just so you know, it’s about age 81.

    So we talk about full retirement age or FR8 and you know we often say hey somewhere between 67 and 66 and the reason for that it depends on your birth year. So there’s a table on when you are eligible for your full retirement age and we’ll talk a little bit about what that means.

    Please put the website for social security statement back up. Yes, I’ll go ahead here. Hang on. Someone asked about that. It’s um so it’s really ssa.gov. So, let me see if we can find that. Sorry about that. Yeah. So, ssa.gov and you can go ahead and log in, but it’s ssa.gov myac account, but ssa.gov and they’ll have the quick calculators and everything that go along with that. So just note where your full retirement age is. For most people it will probably be 67.

    So early and delayed how that affects your monthly benefit. So this is an example if someone filed at age 70 which is your maximum benefit or age 62. So you remember in this case full retirement age is 67, right? And it’s $2,000. So if I retire early, I’m going to take a little bit of a haircut at 66, a 65, so on and so forth to a 70% of my full retirement age benefit if I return if I retire early. And just so you know, when you take that at 62, as you get older, that’s still there. Other than your cola benefit, which is your cost of living, that’s still there. So, it matters, right? This isn’t when you start and then as you get older, you keep getting closer and closer. Once you take it, it’s there. So, if you take it early, you’ve kind of limited yourself for the rest of your life. And that’s why we call it the choice of a lifetime. Conversely, if you say, “Hey, you know what? I’m still working or really don’t need the money um and I wait.” You get an 8% increase every year up until age 70, which is your maximum. So, there is no benefit of waiting past age 70 to take Social Security because then you’re just giving the government money.

    Nobody wants to do that. So, binding rules for different situations. So, we’ll talk a little about this. Surviving spouses, spouses, divorced spouses, dependent children, um disabled individual and government employees. So, let’s take a look. So, we’re going to look at spousal filing rules. Now, you are eligible at age 62, right? As long as you’re married for at least one year. And the spouse has to file in order for you to claim your other benefits. So, this includes samesex couples. They same sex couples, sorry about that. They changed the laws a while back. And what your benefit is is you are eligible for up to 50% of your spouse’s PIA. Remember that your primary insurance amount. So, for example, if I am getting $2,000, my spouse would be eligible for either one half of mine, which is $1,000, or her own. She’ll get the higher of those two.

    Now, for surviving benefits, now you have to be married for at least 9 months, unless it’s a death, right, by an accident or military. Uh, and if you are currently widowed, you can’t remarry unless you wait until after age 60. So,

    so you’re actually, so, so here’s one of the things that matter, right? So, we talked to married couples when we look at these. So, your benefit is that you’re you’re eligible for up to 100% of your spouse’s PIA, right? So, this includes if they delay it. So if they if they were like, “Hey, look, you know, I’m going to wait until 70 to take mine.” And they pass away, your spouse actually gets that higher amount instead of versus if you had taken it at 67 or 65 or 62. So, and these benefits are actually independent of your own individual benefits.

    Oh, you know what? So, let me just add this because this isn’t part of it. So they changed the law as of went to effect as of June of this year. So they eliminated and it’s it’s really impacting a not a huge amount of people but but a fair amount but I think I should mention it. So, so if you are on something that is a uh like some kind of government pension like you were a police officer or a teacher uh or worked for the federal government and you did not pay into social security before there was there was an elimination provision where it just said, “Oh, hey, your spouse died and you wanted to claim their social security. Well, what we’re going to do is we’re looking at the pension you get and then we’re going to reduce that benefit that social security benefit as far as what you’re eligible for.” And it could be reduced down to zero. So they changed that law uh which was a good thing. So now that that has actually been uh eliminated. So if you are receiving TRS here in Texas or some kind of government pension your spouse and someone passed away, you’re still eligible. So that’s a big one that made a huge difference in people’s lives. So for divorce spouses, so you have to be married for at least 10 years, right? And you have to be currently unmarried. So now the expouse doesn’t have to file for you to be eligible for this. So you’re eligible for your spousal benefits and then survivor benefits if they pass away. There’s no impact on the expouse’s benefit and you’re not subject to this family maximum. So I’ll give you an example. So let’s say I met the love of my life in high school and we married at age 17 and we were married for 10 years and then at age 27 we divorced because I met the new love of my life at 27 and I lived and I married that person and we were married for 10 years and then we divorced because I met the new love of my life at age 37 and so on and forth so forth. So 47, 57, 67. Now, as long as none of those spouses remarried, they could all claim my spousal social security benefit and subsequently that benefit too. Um, and it would not impact me. It would not impact my current love of my life. So, you know, you could have, let me see, 17, 27, 37, 47, 57, 67, and currently married. You could have seven spouses claiming claiming uh a spousal benefit. That’d be a lot, but that’s true. Just a side note, there’s a George Straight song that all my exes live in Texas. So, if you had a bunch of them, that could be it. I could imagine what his social security would look like. So, um, just as a reminder, if you’re subject to a reduction in benefit, right, they calculate a loss. And what this means, so for those of you who are thinking about retiring early, 62, 63, 64, 65, whatever that is, you have an earnings cap. Um, it’s not much, 24,000 or 25,000. I don’t remember what that is. Um, so if you are retiring, oh yeah, there we go. It’s $24,000. So for every dollar you make over that, your social security is going to be reduced for every $2 you make. They’ll reduce it by $1. Now what happens there is it’s not fully lost. So when you get to full retirement age, they will recalculate your benefit to include those loss benefits. So, it would it wouldn’t be for not, but it’s more of a an FYI because if you’re planning on taking that and if working is still part of your plan, you need to be aware of your earnings. And earnings are your earnings, right? Or or net profit if you’re self-employed. It doesn’t include annuity benefits or investment benefits or interest or dividends or any of those things. It’s just working income um or self-employed income. So now the year you hit full retirement age. So if I’m born in November for example uh and I decide to retire early in January, that is the age of my full retirement. That’s the year of my full retirement age. So the limit is higher. So just in case you’re like, “Hey, I’m close. I’m just going to walk away.” The limit goes from 24,000 to 65,000 what I could still earn. Um, and also it’s every $3 above that limit. So the reductions later. Now full retirement age is important because at that point there’s no earnings limit. You can make a million dollars a year and you’re and you are still eligible for your social security and we don’t have time. We’re doing fine here. Um, guidance built for you. Let’s just talk about some filing strategies. And again, this is optimizing like for early filing versus like a hybrid filing versus waiting till the till the end. Part of that is about your lifetime, your life expectancy. So,

    so what they do is they just really look at like the best outcome given a set of mortality assumptions, which is basically when you’re going to die. So, I always I always look at this with I always take this with a grain of salt, right? Because the reality is we generally speaking we don’t know when we’re going to die. But as a general rule when we are doing question I’ll ask is hey let’s talk about longevity in your family and they might say oh you know what everybody in my family lives into their 90s or the reverse is nobody in my family has made it to 70 right that can impact the decision because there’s assumptions on how long you are going to live. So take that into account when we’re talking about optimal social security strategy planning. And again, I can’t stress this enough. This is done in conjunction with looking at how your impact on on Medicare, right? Social Security is going to is going to is going to impact you. Uh look at taxation for income tax over the course of your life and afterward, right? To your beneficiaries. So if you’re filing in this scenario, Pat waits until 70. He would maximize his social security. Now Kelly waits at till 66. That benefit is 1744. So if they did it this way, they would get just over a million. Now there are income gaps. So there’s a couple things on income gaps that I always think is Oops. bear with me.

    We had an update and my system wanted to restart. Um, and so, right, if if if this is for like a survivor or something like that where there’s like this widow income, you go through these blackout periods. Um, so we want to look at those things if something like that happens. But frankly, there’s also income gaps when you’re through your retirement planning, right? Which is all your expenses. Then you look at your social security. um you have to fill those gaps. So this is really just looked about looked at like the blackout period your earned income social security and then if you wait what do you do in that in between right I need x amount of income and that’s usually where your planning is and what order you take that your brokerage accounts your savings accounts your Roth IAS versus your regular IAS that depends on the individual. So what they do is they look at this and what happens is is this scenario where you can see that big blue box where Pat passes away and Kelly begins her her survivor benefit right so what happens we’re looking at the 1.3 because she continues on with that benefit they’re looking at 1.6 6 million. It is not uncommon for women to outlive men. As a general rule, that is the case. So, you want to look at the income gap when your spouse passes away and how that impacts your your your uh income taxes as well, right? Because when you’re married, you’re filing jointly. When someone passs away, you’re filing as an individual and your tax bracket changes as oftentimes, not all the time, but oftentimes. So, you want to look at that, right? You want to look at your own health, your life expectancy, create that strategy, look at taxability.

    So, when you file, obviously, it’s an important decision. Now, you want to learn how you can make those claims, right? To maximize that with you and your spouse, right? You want to look at your income, and we can help you with that, by the way. But one of the other things that I think are really, really important is all of those other things that we had talked about, right? Your life expectancy, social security being taxed, conversions, right? Is there a better way to pay the government less? Um, is there a better way to pass this on to your beneficiaries? And I will tell you this, and I can’t stress this enough. I’ve had people say, they say, “Well, you know what? That’s a great idea as far as the beneficiaries or my children go, but whatever I get, they get.” And I say, “That is true. Except taxes will have to be paid.” So the choice will ultimately be, do you want that to be given to the federal government or would you rather have that given to your children? So at the end of the day, it’s your money and you always have that option. But I can say, look, at the end of the day, there’s a lot of issues when you build your retirement income plan and it takes all hands, right? Both yours, your advisor, your spouse, your whole family, anybody’s that included on this. Um, you want to protect and you want to manage that savings and subsequently that income that it produces. So when you look at planning and visualizing your future in retirement, right? How do you want to how you want to live is very important. Um and some of the things you might not even thought about it yourself, right? It affect but it affects your next 30 years. So as you move into retirement, these are the questions that you’ll want to talk about. So our job is to get you thinking on about the kind of life that you want to lead in retirement, right? because the kind of life you want to lead will translate into the cash flow that’s necessary, which translates into how you structure that and what’s the most tax effective way to get you there. Um, so if you need help budgeting or something like that, we can help you.

    If you’re looking at how you manage it, rollovers, conversions, that withdrawal plan, maybe looking at your RMDs, right? How do you imp how do you reduce that impact of your required minimum distributions? For most of us, it’ll be 75 years old. Um, but the obvious thing that we do is a portfolio management. And all of those other things are things that we take into account as far as when you’re managing your portfolio. If we’re doing something a certain way, you want to talk about how that impacts you, how we think that’ll impact you. It’s really not just about, hey, this is what the expected return is. Yes, it did this percentage. Great. how does it impact you later because that’s really part of the holistic planning. That’s what we do here. Um, one of the things that I briefly said that we had added is that our trust and wills we had a lot of we had a lot of inquiries about this. So what we do is we work with our third party right through our broker dealer and we do some of that basic stuff. So it’s your wills, trust, power of attorney, living will, uh your advanced medical directive, etc. If you need help with that, we can help you. uh if you’re if you’re clients of AIS then it’s it’s at a no cost. If you are not then it’s at a reduced cost but you really should have a lot of these things in place already and I hopefully you do. With that we’ve come to our Q&A and we do have some questions. Uh now what I’m going to do is while we’re fielding these questions and if you have any questions go ahead and please add those. I’m going to put up a survey if you want to schedule a meeting uh for us to look at your plan in specifics, right? Your cash flows, budgeting, taxation, forecasts, things like that. Again, we’re actually a full service wealth management division here and we are fiduciary, so we do have to work in your interest. Let me see what questions we have while we put that question up. All right. So, first question. You’re going to be 67 in December. Try and decide if you should start taking security social security in January or you should tap your 401k. That is a great question. That one actually came in really early. So, hopefully we know the answer to that by the webinar, right? It’s going to depend. It’s going to depend on a few different things. It’s going to depend on your cash flow. It’s going to depend on the available sources that you have, whether you’re single, whether you’re married. What I would tell you in that scenario is the ideal situation is why you meet with us so we can go through look at your situation and say, “Hey, you know what? You’re probably better off waiting um taking it early, taking it now, waiting until age 70, see where your spouse is.” Um and it’s part of the budget. If you don’t have the budget from us, we can send that out to you because it really gives you an idea of your cash flow. Um, and we really kind of maybe it jogs your memory on like something like, oh, you know, I hadn’t even considered that as far as retirement in my cash flow budget. Let’s see. Is there a benefit to taking social security at 62? If you’re going to be making more than the limit, it can be, but it depends. It depends on how much over the limit you are making, right? So, so that would be a question. Again, give me a call on that because it’s a very specific situation. So, what we would look at age, what’s your estimated social security, what’s your estimated earnings and what you’re going to be using those earnings for, right? Is it something you’re like, “Hey, I just want to retire early. I want to work part-time or something, um, but I want to travel.” And that would be very difficult to do while you’re working. So that is part of the overall plan. When we look at that and we look at cash flow, these are great questions. They’re very specific questions. So um let’s see what else we have here. Uh credit union member uh fees to work on this. So our planning is actually complimentary. Uh and many of the and frankly many of the the investment products that we have out there uh are are no fees on those and then we’ll do everything like the manage money or it’s percentage of assets to just traditional transaction. Again, we’re fiduciaries so we will we do have to work in your best interest on that. I can tell you we are pretty competitive with everybody else out there. Oftentimes a little less expensive because we can blend in some of those things that we don’t have to charge you. Um,

    if I choose to retire after age 67 and keep working, how does that affect my social security? Uh, it doesn’t. So, if you wait until your full retirement age and let’s say it’s 67, you’re like, “Look, I love my job. Um, I want to keep working.” You can make a million dollars and it will not impact how much social security rece you receive. it could impact how much social security is taxed. Um, but as far as your benefit that you receive, there wouldn’t be any different. Uh, let’s see if we have another question here.

    How early can you apply? Um, so the earliest you can draw is 62. So you can apply four months prior to that. So 61 and 9 months. So as soon as you hit that 62, your your benefit starts,

    let’s see.

    Should I worry about social security? Um, oh, that’s a loaded question. Okay, but that’s a great question. I hear that a lot. So as part of planning, the question would be is, hey, do we include social security? Personally, I would. However, at the and I can tell you why. So, at the end of the day, everything that we see social security is going to run out is true, but that’s if nothing’s done. So, if you remember how FICA is calculated, if they increase that just a little bit, if they do that in conjunction with maybe pushing out retirement ages, right? If if when social security first started,

    mortality was like 59 or 60. So if you actually made it to 65 years old, you were kind of on borrowed time at that point where now you could effectively live in your 80s. So they never made that adjustment, right, for longevity. So, I I’m not advocating for them to go from, you know, like 67 or 70 all the way to age 80 for you to get that, but but there is and those little adjustments are already ch making those changes from 65 to 66 to 67. Um, and they’ll probably continue doing that. Um, additionally, if they make changes to some of the amount of social security tax that we pay, because they are pre-tax, it would be a it would generally speaking be a pretty small difference to your um to your actual paycheck, right? Because it comes out before taxes. So, and I understand things are tight and things are expensive, but I know the fear-mongering out that they’re like, “Hey, it’s going to be a 25% pay cut to social security.” And that could very well be. But I can tell you, and I mean this to any politicians out there, if your family’s a politician, this is a joke, but once you get elected, what’s the most important job of a politician? And that’s to get reelected. So, if that is the case and that is our premise, right? If you are the person responsible for cutting social security benefits by 22% or having social security fail completely on your watch, that doesn’t bode well for you. That certainly doesn’t bode well for your party. So, there’s really a lot of things that can be done to shore up social security and it doesn’t have to be as draconian um as as what they’re looking at. They’re looking at extremes if nothing is done. And I know Congress is notorious for doing nothing, but oftentimes they wait until the last minute. Hopefully, they don’t this time. So, I wouldn’t worry about it. We can exclude it if you like. I actually had one member say they just don’t believe in it. They want to exclude it. I’m like, that’s fine. Uh, so let’s see. All right, we have some questions.

    Please put that legal resident that started late in the US seven years now. How’s that going to affect my retirement? Oh, so the way that is, you remember, they look at your last 35 years. So, I don’t know how old you are. Um, but what they’ll do is they’ll look at your last 35 years. Now, if you don’t have 35 years, you don’t need 35 years to be eligible for you only need 10 years to be eligible for social security. What will happen though is that if you don’t have 35 years, let’s say you only have 20, what you’ll do, I mean what they’re going to do is those those other 15 years are just going to go she zero earnings. So it will reduce that. Um someone had sent me it and then lost the zoom. Uh if you would be so kind to resend that because I didn’t get the question, my apologies. Um so you are 61. So you um on that seven years, so your full retirement age, you’re looking at another six more years. You could work until 70 without knowing what you do. I’m just talking about in general. Um but you can look at social security. If you continue working to your full retirement age, you’ll be eligible for social security because you’ll have enough credits. You need 40 quarterly credits to be eligible for social security. Um, I would I would recommend you look into that social security account and and calculate that benefit for you. Um, Laura, if you’d resend that question, cuz I cannot find it. Um, let’s see.

    If I retire in 57 and wait until 67, will I get the full amount? If I had gotten if I worked until 67. So along those very same lines with the other question that was asked, um the answer is no because remember they look at your highest 35 years. So the reality is you would most likely um be earning more, right? We we we tend to earn more until we retire, maybe in the last couple years, something happens. Um but but you tend to work more. So, if you retire 10 years, like the peak of your earnings, you’re going to show zeros there. So, they’re going to have to go backward 10 years, you know, when you were in your 20s, um maybe not making as much as you were in your 30s or 40s or 50s. So, your social security would be reduced based on based on those years of zero earnings. I think that is it. Uh Laura, I didn’t see your question. I’m sorry if you do resend that. But I think we are coming to the end. I think that was all the questions. Those are fantastic questions. Uh thank you so much to everyone who participated in the questions. Um with that, you can access my information through that QR code. It’ll give you access directly to my calendar. Um, whoops. Did we get Oh, I’m sorry. There’s the question. All right, one more. I’ll be 67 in December. I’m trying to decide if I should start social security in January or if I should pull it from my 401k. If you haven’t, that’s exactly the scenario that we were talking about. We could run both of those scenarios based on the cash flow you need. Uh, I can tell you there’s a strategy where sometimes you want to wait and delay it because uh for Roth conversions, right? It’s a way to do a spend down against your required minimum distributions. It’ll save you some tax money over your lifetime. Uh but if you haven’t, go ahead and either click yes or schedule some time. You can use that QR code. Um if you need to meet outside of regular business hours, let me know. I’ll always do my best to accommodate. There’s my phone number. There’s my email. I want to thank everybody for attending. Uh, it’s always been wonderful. It’s always a good time. I wish everybody a wonderful rest of your day. Be safe and we’ll see you on the next webinar. Take care. Thank you so much.

  • 09/08/2026 – Alliant Webinar – SAVVY TAX PLANNING – How Tax Planning Changes Through Four Stages of Retirement

    uh doing everything from these webinars which is a a complimentary source uh for you to learn about various topics tonight about tax planning in retirement and uh but you know other than that what I do I am full financial services investment advisor uh so if it’s something that you’re interested to learn about what investment products and services are out there these days that’s certainly something that I do um I will be putting up a survey at the end of this presentation. Uh the survey is basically would you like to set up an appointment and hopefully you will select yes on there just to talk a little bit about uh so you and I can have a one-on-one conversation about what is important to you with taxes, retirement, Medicare, Social Security, how all of this stuff ties in together in your retirement. And it’s certainly something that we do uh and it’s uh one of the biggest things that I do with that is the full financial plan or retirement plan. It’s a very comprehensive uh tool that we uh that we use to dig into. Many people will ask and say, “Joe, here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path? Am I doing the right things? Am I saving uh enough? Uh how much is my social security? How, you know, once I have those numbers, maybe you have a pension, too? uh do I have enough to that I want to spend a little bit more? Am I going to be drawing too much of my assets? And come up with an income plan, investment plan for you so you know that you’re going to have that comfortable retirement hopefully that you are that you desire. So with that again, that’ll be at the end of the presentation. I’ll put up that survey. So hopefully you will select yes on that. I’ll put a couple up a couple of reminders on there. Uh before I do get started on the presentation, I do want to let you know that I do have uh that I am actually not able to uh record these. One of the biggest questions that we get in um and is you know can we get a copy of the deck? Can I get a recording of this? Unfortunately, we are not able to do that. Uh so we cannot record it. We cannot have these recorded by listeners as well. So thank you so much for uh your cooperation with that. I do uh have a couple of uh other webinars coming up. Uh the home stretch, the seven things to do before you retire, September 23rd, that’ll be at 2 p.m. Central time. And then after that, I have planning for long-term care. Uh that’ll be October 6, another evening, 6:00 p.m. Central. Uh for that, uh you do have access to some resources through Alliant. you can see what other webinars, what other topics are being discussed or presented that you would like to listen in on. Uh, Invest Savvy podcast and our Aerys Aerys meaning Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, our website and blog and all those are available to you. I will be taking questions at the end of the presentation. So, if you think of a question at any time, you do uh you just type away and those will hold in the chat box or the Q&A box, the question and answer box. If you think of a question, go ahead and type away at any time in during the presentation and I will get to those at the end. Uh very quickly, I do know there’s one, how much is a one-on-one uh meeting? Uh complimentary. We do not charge for uh you know as far as the service of getting to know know you a little bit one-on-one meeting. If you would like to do that full retirement plan that we do offer that is also complimentary. Uh yes I do investments and I do uh manage a lot of investments here as well as our team. uh that’s certainly something that will be presented to you but that is not mandatory if you would like to go through that retirement planning and it there is no obligation for you it is complimentary you do not have to pay one dime for that so as we get going toward the presentation here’s a list of products and services that I do uh the financial plan complimentary financial plan advanced planning once we start to get into Roth conversion versions. And uh again, we’re going to touch on some of that tonight about tax planning in retirement, estate planning. I am not an attorney that can draw up documents for you like powers of attorney, wills, and trusts and all those important documents. Uh but we do presentations on these. It’s certainly something that part of our conversation is should you speak to an attorney? How complicated is your estate? Maybe there’s some future um legal advice that you might need on that. But we can certainly have that initial conversation. Investment management like I said and comprehensive range of investment choices. You can see a little bit uh you know with stocks, bonds, mutual funds, annuities, all the different um products and services that are available uh are certainly available through us here. Uh so before as we get started, a little brain teaser. Bill is retired and has taxable income of $58,688. He is in the 22% bracket where you could see that on the right between 50,41 and 105,700. So his 58,688 taxable income is in that range. He is in the 22% bracket. This includes 45,000 of IRA income. IRA, traditional IRA withdrawals that he’s taking out, plus $37,500 in social security, and he taps into his IRA for an extra $1,000 for a concert road trip. How much does he owe uh taxes on that extra,000? Now, we could see that if at that um 58,000 688 is in the uh 22% bracket, but if he takes an extra,000 out, he’s still in that 22% bracket, but uh there’s a we would think he is in the 22% bracket, so he should owe $220 on that, right? But wrong. He owes $47 and a 40% tax rate on that extra $1,000. So, there’s uh going to be some things coming up, but we’re going to get back to this. Uh we’re going to go through a little bit and then I will get back to what uh what this plan on going to this concert and taking this extra $1,000 out, what this really means in some of these. You might hear this term a couple of times, but tax traps you. So certain things on withdrawals and what you might be doing could certainly affect other things in your um tax, you know, situation. So um but some of these different things, we’re going to see a couple of examples of some of these tax traps. So let’s dig into how tax planning changes through the four stages of retirement. Seek professional tax guidance. Traditional IAS uh as we talk about different types of IAS are pre-tax. It’s money that has never been taxed going into a a traditional IRA, but every dime is taxable coming out of a traditional IRA. So, you get tax benefits by putting money into a 401k or a traditional IRA if you get a deduction on those. But just know that when you start to take money out of those accounts, that’s when you have to pay the taxes. A Roth IRA is there’s no tax benefit putting into a Roth IRA, but the big benefit is when you take out of a Roth IRA down the road. It is all 100% taxfree. So traditional IRA, you get the tax benefit putting it in. You get the deductions, the write offs for that, but it’s taxable later. a Roth IRA, no tax benefit upfront, but the tax benefit comes later. So, do you want the benefit now? Do you want it later? Do you want a combination of both? And if you are eligible to contribute to regular traditional and Roth or and or Roth IAS, uh we can certainly talk about that in our one-on-one conversation. State taxes could also apply. This presentation digs into mostly on federal taxes. Certain things could be have additional state taxes. As an example, traditional IRA withdrawals. I am in the state of Illinois. And if someone does a traditional IRA withdrawal or even a required mandatory distribution from their IRA, those are federally taxed, but in the state of Illinois, they are not state taxed. There is a handful of states that do. I could say Indiana is one of those states that taxes IRA withdrawals and there are some a handful of other ones. A new complex world for retirement planning taxes in the accumulation phase when you’re saving money versus taxes in distribution phase when you’re spending money. uh no more. So, if you’re retired and you’re not getting any child tax credits, maybe your mortgage is paid off and you’re not deducting uh any interest off of that on your taxes. Uh tax-free employer uh medical insurance uh or contributions to 401ks or similar have stopped as well when you are retired. uh new social security, required minimum distributions, that’s what the RMD stands for, paying for Medicare, and long-term care. So, these are the things that will be coming if you are not retired yet and you’re looking forward to that. So, Social Security, required distributions, Medicare, long-term care, and again, pretty much all of these topics, I do separate uh presentations on these as well. But again, our one-on-one conversation can we can tackle all of these for you. People often pay more taxes in retirement than expected because of a confusing system, treats various income types differently, and contains hidden taxes and penalties. again those tax traps. Develop a solution because your tax exposure uh will change throughout the four stages of retirement. You’ll need a strategy that anticipates both traditional uh taxes and possible taxes, sir charges, and penalties related to social security, Medicare, or other income. So, here’s our four stages, our pre-retirement. So, if you’re in that 50 to 60 range and you’re starting to think a little bit about retirement, you’re in the accumulation phase, you’re working in your saving years. early retirement if you’re going to retire in that 60 to 70 age range. Um, and those are your what they like to call the go- go years. Maybe you’re traveling more, you’re more active, uh, versus the middle retirement, your 70 to 80 age range when the slowgo years, you maybe not as doing as much traveling at this time. Um, but um, you know, but maybe a little slower in retirement. and then late retirement as we start to get 80 plus uh calling the no-go years. Uh but basically now you’re starting to maintain um health care and things like that, maybe long-term care. So again, the four stages of your retirement, retirement surprises, looking at inflation, longevity, how long are you going to live in retirement? Uh expenses, how much do you plan on spending? again taking inflation into account on that health care uh if you’re going to retire before the age of 65 when Medicare starts are you going to be able to afford that uh insurance on your own you have to go out in the marketplace and shop your own insurance before Medicare starts and that could be pretty costly especially if there’s pre-existing conditions uh I’ve talked to many people that as an individual maybe you’re going to pay 7 or 800 a month maybe you’re going to pay more closer to a,000 or 1,200 a month uh for your health care coverage and then the taxes that we’re going to touch on as well. So where what’s the first thing I need to understand about retirement and taxes? Uh start with the end in mind. You need to know what your after tax retirement savings picture looks like like before retiring. So you know what what is the spending that you would like to have? Where are your assets? is are your a lot of your assets in savings, a lot of your assets um spendable assets in 401ks, Roth IAS, what are the tax consequences of taking money out? So, here’s an example. If you have a $500,000 uh 401k or traditional IRA, it’s not really $500,000 in your pocket when you start to take that money out. If you are married, filing joint and your 500,000 could actually be 390,000 if you’re in the 22% bracket, 380,000 if you’re in the 24% bracket. So, if you’re going to be in a tax bracket and you’re going to be taking money out of your traditional IAS, you need to know those are taxable. And depending on what your your overall tax bracket is, which includes any other income, maybe you’re working part-time in retirement, maybe you have a pension, your social security coming in, maybe there’s a lot of savings that you’re getting, 1099s on on interest earned or dividends from brokerage accounts. All of this stuff is all totaled to get your total tax bracket. And if you’re going to be in that 22 or 24%, just know you don’t get all 500,000 out of here. So, and after tax is what you would be getting. In addition, you must take required minimum distributions starting at the age of 73. If you were born 1959 or earlier, if you were born 1960 or later, then your required minimum distribution age is 75. So, here’s just a little chart to show that if you were in in a zero tax rate, uh, hypothetically on here, or if you’re in the 12% bracket or even the 33% tax bracket, this is just a simple chart to show the higher your taxes are, the less that goes in your pocket. And we could see the higher tax rate is the the greenish line. Um, and that obviously higher taxes mean there’s less in your pocket there. So, we want to get as close to the top at the top line or at least that red line to minimize the amount of taxes that you’re paying in retirement. And what kind of withdrawal strategy can you do so you don’t start to jump up into higher brackets? Okay. But at least I have social security to supplement income and Medicare to pay your health care costs. uh social security and Medicare again have their own tax traps again uh that need to plan for those as well. Social Security and taxes. So, let’s look at Bill. So, we’re going to talk go back to this $1,000 withdrawal to uh to go to a concert for this concert trip. So, Bill again has 45,000 of IRA income, 37,500 of social security. He has an adjusted gross income of 74,788. Uh his taxable income after his deductions is 58,668 and his income tax how much he has to pay 7600 7,623. So concert trip happens and he takes an additional,000 out. So now he has IRA withdrawal of 46,000 instead of 45,000. He has the same social security. We could see his adjusted gross income goes up. His taxable income is higher and uh income taxes at 8,30. So he took out this extra,000. And we’re going to start to dig into what happened here. So we could see his adjusted gross income went up. So he took a,000 more out, but his adjusted gross income went up more than a,000. uh we could see his taxable income went up more than a,000 almost 2,000. Uh it went up. So it actually went out up $1,850 higher. So we took out a,000. Why did his taxable income go up $1850? What’s basically happening on here is that um once you hit certain levels of income, your social security, if you have extreme low income, you might not pay any taxes on your social security income. If you have more modest income, up to 50% of your social security can be taxed. If you have higher income, up to 85% of your social security is taxed. Um, the good way to say it, 15% of your social security is guarant guaranteed to be taxfree. But basically what happened here is that that extra,000 put him just above a threshold where he had to pay a little bit more taxes on his social security. So when that which put him instead of $220 at the 22% bracket on his um on that $1,000 withdrawal, it put him at $47 that he had to pay. So and kind of a net um tax rate of $40.7% his effective marginal tax rate. So again, these are those things that we don’t think of all the time of just because I took an extra thousand out jumped him up on how much taxes he has to pay on his social security income and we didn’t even know about that. different retirement approaches. Retire completely, semi-retire with fewer hours in your existing job, maybe semi-retire with more of a passion-driven job, something that you want to do versus something that you have to do or retire and volunteer. So, are you planning on having any income in retirement? Any type of part-time or some income coming in working in social security the good. So social security uh benefit is calculated on your highest 35 years of earning calculated at your age 62. So if you still work be so at 62 that’s when your full uh retirement income for from social security is calculated. If you choose to work beyond 62 at 63, 64, 65 up to 67, your full retirement age, uh then uh that can increase your income. But if you have no income after 62, your social security income will not decrease, but it can increase if higher numbers uh knock off some lower numbers. So again, it is based on your highest 35 years of working. Just so you know that if you do happen to have um uh 30 years of working, not 35, you have 30 numbers and five zeros that bring your average down. If you work a 31st year, a number goes on and a zero falls off. So, um but it’s calculated on the highest 35 and zeros count in that 35 if you don’t have a 35 full years of working. If you take social security early, so if your full social security age is age 67, let’s say, and you decide to retire at 65, maybe Medicare kicks in at age 65, but uh now you want to take your social security early, which you can take it as early as 62 if you choose. But if you do take it before your full retirement age, in this example, age 65, and you make more than $24,480 for the year, $1 of benefits withheld for every $2 earned over that $24,480. So, if you make more than that amount, you’re starting to put money back into your it’s taken from your benefit um and goes back into the social security uh at your full retirement age at age 67, you are recalculated and your number can be adjusted from all that money that you put back in. You can start to get that back in a little bit higher benefit. Uh but just know that if you do take social security before your full retirement age and choose to work, let’s say full-time or more than $24,480, you’re putting $1 of every two that you get back in. So you have to be very cautious if you’re taking it early how much money you plan on earning. You still pay social security taxes, too. If you do decide to uh work, you’re on social security, but you’re still working, making some income, and and even though you’re on social security already, 6.2% of your paychecks from your job will go to pay into social security. Again, uh so just know that even though you’re on social security, if you’re working, you are still paying into social security. Now it’s potentially it can increase your income. I’ll say potentially because you that current income in retirement needs to be one of your top 35 years uh of income to increase your your benefit. If it is not uh in the top 35 years then your benefit will not increase over time. So Medicare and taxes. So how what how does Medicare come into this play? So, we’re going to look at George and Martha in this example. Uh, George and Martha, they’re they are in Medicare part A, part B, and part D for their prescription coverage. So, they have traditional Medicare. And now we start to look at watch out for the Medicare Irma, IRMA, Cliff, income related monthly adjustment amount, Irma. I get these questions all the time and many times when I’m doing these, someone will say, “How does how is Irma affected? Irma. Irma. I talk about Irma quite a bit on these presentations.” But here’s what’s going on with George and Martha. They’re on Medicare B and D, which you have to pay for. If you are not familiar with this Medicare Part A, you do not have to pay for. It is part of what you’ve paid into Social Security over all the years. So Medicare A is covered. You do not have to pay for that in retirement. But Medicare B, which is your doctor visits, Medicare A is your hospital coverage. Medicare B is your just your medical insurance, doctor visits, things like that. And D is your prescription drug coverage, which you also have to pay for. So you’re paying for B, you’re paying for D. And in this example now, we have um modified adjusted gross income of $342,000 for their adjusted gross income in 2024. Uh they sell a stock with $1,000 gain on top of that $342,000. So, they sell this stock and we’re thinking, well, they, you know, owe $188. Uh, $150 for taxes and $38 for uh what’s called a net investment income. If you have extreme high income, you pay an additional $3.8% in taxes on income related investments. So, you’d be thinking they would pay 18.8% 8% which the selling a stock at a capital gain the tax rate on capital gains is 15%. But plus the 3.8 puts them at 18.8% taxes, right? But no, what happened is that their Medicare part B. So that was very uh you know I’m going to go back one screen here. Bear with me when I see that remember they had 342,000 of income plus the $1,000 gain which puts their modified adjusted gross income at 343,000 which is just a hair above the threshold of the 342,000 which means when you have income related uh adjustments because you make too much money the government says you’re going to pay higher Medicare costs. So, we could see the initial or um base pay is $22.90. That’s what uh what Medicare is now. In the next month or month and a half or so, they’re going to be announcing how much that uh premium is going to be in 2027, which typically it’s possible could be the same. It won’t go down, but it could potentially go up. So 2290 is the base, but if uh if a married filing joint, if they make between 218,000 and 274,000, that premium jumps up to 284. If it’s 274 to 342, which George and Martha would have been in that range, uh they would be paying $45.80 for their Medicare premium. But because they sold the stock and it jumped them above, now they have to pay in 2026. Remember this happened in 2024. And now because you earn the income in 2024, you file everything in 2025, February, March, April, long as it’s done by April 15th, and IRS sees it, Medicare sees it, it’s all known, and then your prem, your premium is adjusted in 2026. So, their additional income in 2024 means they now have to pay $52,7.50 50 cents a month for at least that 12 months every month for that year um for each of their Medicare. And then now we’re looking at the you know that’s an increase of $32460.

    So then we look at also with uh part D your prescription drug coverage. uh the base, call it about46 a month for Medicare Part D on average. And I have to say on average because you go out and shop that through United Healthcare, you know, uh you know, u uh Blue Cross Blue Shield, you know, or Etna, you’re going to be looking to see what these uh average prices are. call it $46 a month, but because their income was high, now they’re going to pay $60.40 a month just because they had high income. So, your Medicare Part B and your Part D premiums will go up if you have high income in retirement. And what is a big part of that? IRA withdrawals. It’s the biggest uh withdrawals that most people make, 401k withdrawals or IRA withdrawals in retirement, especially if you have significant IRA savings and you reach the age of 73 or 75 uh depending on your birth year for required minimum distributions. If you might be taking out 50,000 a year, 70,000 a year, 80,000 a year, depending on how much you have in retirement accounts will determine how much you have to take out. And those bigger withdrawals could jump you up brackets. It could make make your premiums on these go up as well. So with that, when we look at the uh the sir charges that they’re paying an extra for George, extra B, a part B is $121.70. His part D goes up $22.90. And the same thing happens with Martha. They are married filing joint. So those increases go up for both of them. And we’re talking for a combined annual total $3,470.440

    because they sold that stock and it jumped them up another um level for their Irma, their in um income related monthly adjustment amounts. So the stuff does get very confusing. So now we look at uh that uh extra $1,000 capital gain cost them $3,65840

    in call it taxes for their Medicare for that year. I’ll throw out another reminder that if you do have some questions, go ahead and type away at any time and again I will get to those at the end of the presentation. Example number three, Medicare enrollment coverage gaps. when you have to sign up for Medicare typically age 65 uh that you have to sign up uh for Medicare um A and B and your prescription part D but there’s some exceptions for that if you’re working or if you’re you know uh if you are working at 65 66 67 there are ways to delay it but let’s look at the ex example of Jim and an Jim and an are 68 Jim retired at 65 and one year later uh and retires at age 66. Uh they get coverage through Ann’s employer who offer retirey health insurance. So now neither of them are working at age 66. Uh they’re currently age 68 and they didn’t sign up for Medicare uh typically when they were supposed to when she stopped working. Uh but even though she had this employer retirey health insurance, even though she was not working anymore, remember? So let’s look at what happened here. You can’t get Medicare coverage instantly. U they missed their enrollment. There is a 10% of the base premium for life penalty. So for 2026, their 2020 is an extra $2029 each. uh $24348* 2 per year. So $486.96 for the couple in penalties and this will happen every year. So the premiums tend to increase each year. So do the penalties. Uh could translate to a lifetime of $10,000 mistake. So, if you are working, check with your uh your your human resources or your benefits uh department to see should I be signing up for Medicare A or B or D or prescription? Because if you retire, even though you have some type of coverage for health insurance in retirement, uh if you are not working, you have to sign up for Medicare A, B, and D. You have to sign up for those because your retiree health coverage is secondary to Medicare. Unless you’re working full-time and have a qualified plan, the B and D can be delayed. But in this case, it was retirey healthcare and you do have to sign up for Medicare.

    Okay. Are there any other tax traps we uh that we’ll face in retirement? You must plan how and when you will use your taxable, tax deferred, and tax-free assets to manage your income and tax brackets efficiently. So, if someone has savings, you have a traditional IRA, you have Roth IAS, what do you draw from first and how do how do you manage these taxes throughout retirement? So, here’s uh you know what to spend. Example number four. So, now we’re going to look at Sam and Mary. They each have a $450,000 traditional IRA and then they each have a 60,000 Roth IRA each. So 120,000 in Roth and 900,000 in traditional IAS and they have a joint savings of 300,000. Conventional wisdom says spend your savings money first, then spend your uh tax deferred stuff, your traditional IAS second, then spend the tax-free later. Now your plan might be a little bit different and there might be some reasons why you would or would not take maybe out of Roth first but you know certainly something when I do the retirement plan that uh we can certainly talk about what this all means to you specifically. Uh an alternative approach is spend your savings first and then start to talk about converting from a traditional to a Roth IRA if you have very low income years and you want to start converting. If you’re not f you’re quite sure what that means, it’s basically you’re taking money from your traditional IRA, you take it out of that to put into a Roth IRA, which again that grows taxfree from that point on, but you have to pay the taxes to get it out of the traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. So that is a taxable event. And again, we have to remember all the tax straps because all these IRA withdrawals that you’re taking out of there to either spend or convert it to a Roth. It’s all taxable and we have to keep all that in check to make sure you’re not jumping up too high in brackets. Is your Medicare premiums going to go up because you took out too much and all these different things. So, uh, typically when I talk about Roth conversions for people, it’s, uh, it’s one of those that we just start to do late October, early November, we start to get a feel of where’s your income this year, how much interest or dividends have you received for, you know, so far throughout the year, and we can start to get a gauge of how much to convert in a given year without jumping up to the next tax bracket. So, considering Roth conversions, here’s an example of Jill converts a H 100,000 from her traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. Jill Jill adds 100,000 to her income and the conversion income is taxed at Jill’s tax rate. So, the more you take out, the more income, the higher bracket you could potentially go uh into. Filling up the bracket or filling up the bucket. uh we we like to call so Roth conversion strategy. So if someone is you have ranges of the 10% bracket is a range of income. Uh the 12% is another higher range of income. The 22 is another higher range of income. But if you’re you know comfortably let’s say in the middle of that 22% bracket and you want to take a little bit more out to not jump to the 24% but fill up the bucket of the 22. So, how much can you convert in a given year to not to max out that 22% bracket, but not jump up to the 24% bracket? That’s where we start to have those toward the end of the year conversations of how much can someone convert without going to that next bracket. Low income uh years are good for Roth conversions. So, if you were a business owner, maybe you had very low sales in a given year or high expenses, a lot of deductions, uh high non-recurring medical bills after retirement, but before receiving Social Security benefits, some people will actually do that if someone retires, let’s say at age 66, but they say, “I don’t want to take out my uh I don’t want to take Social Security yet. I’m going to I don’t even want my pension yet. I’m just going to start to live off of my own assets at very low income years and start to take money out of traditional IAS to spend or even converting to Roth IAS. Um those are great years. So B some people will defer social security and other retirement income like pensions simply to start withdrawing from IAS or converting to Roth IAS strategically especially if you have high IRA balances starting to get those down before you turn the age of 73 or 75 for your required minimum distribution years. You want to start to get those balances down if you can. Uh so again that’s certainly a strategy that you and I would work together with on important guiding questions. What’s the goal? You must know whether you’re trying to keep income low or income below a bracket threshold to avoid bumping up to the next highest bracket um or whether you’re trying to increase income to fill up a bracket and take advantage of that tax rate. So again, October, November is when I start to have most of these conversations.

    Other possible approaches to managing tax brackets, withdrawing tax-free money from life insurance policies to keep income low. If you do have cash value in life insurance, uh sometimes if you actually make a withdrawal or if you surrender a policy, close out a policy, you could have some taxable gains in there. But one of the advantages of life insurance cash value is you can borrow. And this is what a lot of wealthy do when they build up cash value in accounts. They don’t do withdrawals from the uh that cash value in a life insurance. They actually borrow the money from there. And there’s some strategies that we can certainly talk about if you have high cash value in life insurance policies. Selling high appreciated stocks for a low or no capital gains. uh taking distributions from IRA or 401ks to take advantage of a lower tax rate. So again, each year when I start to look at people’s uh with you know where they are income-wise so we can start to strateg uh strategize withdrawals or conversions. Two other pre-retirement strategies, if you qualify, use a health savings account uh strategically. So, if you have a high deductible uh health uh health plan and you’re able to contribute to an HSA or health savings account, uh certainly some tax advantages there. Or if you are a business owner, speak to your qualified tax advisor maybe about some qualified business income deduction after funding a company pension. Uh that starts to get into you might need uh to have an accountant to assist with some of those charitable giving and tax planning. So, here’s one we’re uh with Albert and Shirley. Uh Albert and Shirley uh are charitable. They want to give $5,000 to a charity. They’re in the 24% bracket, so they’re got some higher income in retirement. And they have 15,000 existing itemized deductions. 2026 standard deduction is actually 32,200. So, if you are not familiar with this, many people are, but you do one or the other. You either itemize or take the standard deduction. In this case, Albert and Shirley only have 15,000 of itemized deductions. So, they’re not going to itemize anything. They’ll just take the standard deduction of 32,200. So, 18,100 per person. I’m sorry, 16,100 per person. Um, and now they want to do this five $5,000 donation, which is typically something that you would, you know, write off on your taxes. So, in this case, they have 15,000 of itemized deductions, and then they want to donate this 5,000 to a charity, which puts them at 20,000 uh in uh itemized deductions, which is still again less than the standard deduction of 32,200. So they can give that money, but they don’t get the benefit of deducting it because they’re better off just taking the standard deduction. So they can do what’s called a qualified charitable distribution, a QCD. And I do quite a bit of these with clients that I work with as well. So if you’re at 70 and a half or older, you’re able to do this up to 111,000 per person. So, if you’re married filing joint, you can give 222,000 uh for a married filing joint couple. It goes directly to the charity. So, basically what happens is that if you have uh Boys and Girls Club of America and you want to donate 5,000 to them, you can take it directly from your traditional IRA. You don’t withdraw it. You give it directly from your IRA. A check is made payable to the Boys and Girls Club. and uh that is part of it qualifies as your um required distribution. So if you had to take out 5,000 and you typically you might have to take it out and pay taxes on it, but in this case you can take out the 5,000 you don’t have to pay taxes on it because you donated it immediately from your IRA. It is called a qualified charitable distribution. Uh it’s a great strategy. If you are a charitable person and you give uh and you’re not able to deduct it, do it directly from your traditional IRA. So, here’s one of the options that they could do is they can uh charity, they want to give 5,000. So, they take money and option one here, which is the one I don’t want you to do, is you take out 5,000 to satisfy your required minimum distribution and it’s reported as taxable income and you pay taxes. Again, we said they were in the 24% bracket. They have to pay $720 in taxes. And now, um, they had to, you know, give the 5,000, but they had to pay those taxes out of pocket. So five that 5,000 charitable uh contribution they wanted to do is uh now they have to take out you know it’s 5,720 cost to them to do this because they took it out paid taxes put it in their checking account and then gave to the charity. Instead what you’re going to do is a qualified charitable distribution. they have to take out the 5,000 and the the charity a check is made payable directly to the Boys and Girls Club like I the example and it is not taxable to them because it was gifted to the charity. It counts that they had to take it out. They had to take out 5,000. It still counts. They satisfied the required distribution and now they just save $720 in taxes on that by just giving directly to the charity from your IRA qualified charitable distributions. If you have more questions on that, please say yes at the end of the presentation and we can certainly talk about how you can give in retirement and make it uh tax benefit to you. Uh, I hope to have assets to pass to my family. How does t retirement tax planning figure in? Organize your assets for your family’s benefit. Estate planning still matters. So, now we’re going to look at an example of um a stepped up basis strategy. So, we have this is an unfortunate uh example here, but we have Phil and Mary. They hold a taxable investment account in a uh a joint joint tenants with rights of survivorship JTW writ,000

    and they have long-term capital gains in there. Of that of that 120,000, Phil is diagnosed with a terminal illness with 18 months to live. So how what tax strategies can they do for this estate planning? So if they do nothing after the diagnosis, a joint tenant with rights of survivorship rules are 50% of the money is Phil’s 50% of the money is Mary’s. So the step up in uh basis eliminates a capital gain on Phil’s 60,000. So Phil passes away. the money that is um is Mary’s, that’s already technically hers, but she still has capital gains. She still has gains in that, but when she when he passes away, she inherits his 60,000 at what’s called a stepped up basis. What does that mean? Let’s say you have a stock or someone has a stock that was purchased many years ago. Uh let’s say it was some old oil stock BP that was purchased years ago. Let’s say it was purchased for $50,000 and now that stock is worth $150,000. If you are living and you sell that stock, you will have a $100,000 capital gain that you will have to pay taxes on. If someone has that account and passes away and they have beneficiaries named, the beneficiaries get that $150,000 stock and the basis now instead of being the initial purchase price of 50, it actually jumps up to 150, the current price at the time of death. And if they sell that stock immediately for 150,000, there are no taxes uh paid on that. It’s called a stepped up cost basis. Um, so if she sold all the investments, she would have to pay taxes on her own gains. Even though the portion she got from Phil, the 60,000 from Phil, that was a step up on that, but she has to pay taxes on her own gains if she if they did nothing. The other strategy is after diagnosis, put the whole account in Phil’s name and make Mary the beneficiary. Phil passes away. Mary is now the beneficiary of this full account. All 120,000 steps up to 120,000 cost basis. She can sell everything immediately and not pay any taxes. This is the same for real estate, too. We had this example for when my mother passed away. I’m one of five kids. We were beneficiaries. We were in her will and everything goes to the five kids. And when they bought their house years ago, I’ll use an example. They bought it, say they bought it for 135,000 and at the time of death, we got an appraisal, let’s say 220,000. And so we sell the house and now because we inherited this house, it is now an investment property for us kids as the beneficiaries even though it was owner occupied by my mother, my father and mother at the time. And so now both parents are passed away and we get the house, we get an appraisal, step up at 220,000, sell the house, sell the condo at 220,000. We didn’t have to pay any taxes. So that same stepped up cost basis happens even on real estate as well. Uh so when you go to sell investments, would you rather owe tax on 60,000 or no tax at all? uh inheriting an IRA as we start to get uh toward the end of the presentation here. Again, I know there are some questions here now, but is if you’re thinking of any question, go ahead and type it in. I’ll be getting to those very shortly here. Uh an example of inheriting an IRA. So, now we have a mother and a son. Pamela is 65 years old and Kyle is 40. Pamela dies and leaves 100% of her IRA to son Kyle and a balance of 400,000. It’s got, let’s say, it’s got a average 6% rate of return just invested in something. Uh, so Kyle takes distributions over 10 years to minimize tax. So that’s the IRS rule. If a mother passes away, IRA goes to son uh he has to liquidate that account within 10 years. He has 10 years to zero that out. If uh he took all 10 years and uh let’s say that money was invested still growing, he has to take out an average of about $54,347 each year for 10 years. And that is added to Kyle’s income. he has to pay taxes on his own tax bracket. Uh so it is taxable to him and these are mandatory that he has to zero this out in 10 years. This first example is if he just spreads it out takes withdrawals over 10 years fairly even. Now someone might say I want to take 50,000 year 1 and I’ll take 20,000 year 2. I’ll take 80,000 year three. You can take it as long as it’s a zero balance by the end of 10 years, you can take it out any way you want. Here’s another example scenario number two that Kyle does nothing for year 1 2 3 all the way through year 9, he doesn’t take a dime out of this account. But now year 10 because it was growing at an average of about 6%. Now that value of that account is 716,000 plus and he’s going to cash that out. He has to within that 10th year and it’s all taxable. Now he just jumped up to the highest tax brackets. So he can legally do it. Is that advisable to do something like that? Most likely not to defer everything and then take it all in one year at the end. But just know now um let’s say it’s a spousal situation. If a husband passes away and the a wife is the beneficiary in this example um that he has an IRA and she inherits that the wife inherits she can just add it to her own IRA is as long as it’s like as if it was always hers. She will have to take required distributions and spread it out over her lifetime. But that is a spousal benefit. There’s a few other things if it’s minor children or if it’s a sibling based on the year the age gap uh between the deceased and the beneficiary. There’s a few other twists and turns. So, if you do have one of those situations that you might be curious about, please say yes at the end and we we can have that one-on-one conversation. How in the world do we manage all this? So pre-retirement, early retirement, middle retirement and then late retirement. All these four different stages of income coming in maybe or the tax traps of Medicare and social security. You want to do withdrawals over time. How do we manage this? Uh because your tax exposure will change throughout retirement. You need a strategy um that understands ranges of taxes, anticipates how and when you tap assets to cover your personal expenses, manage your action actions so you pay the lowest tax rate possible. Uh preparing for retirement and taxes when you’re going to be taking money out. Managing taxes happens throughout retirement. Mistakes can be costly. Again, that was that Medicare not signing up for Medicare on time. uh thinking about all of these different things. Retirement can be difficult uh for many people when there’s so much to think about. Education planning advice needed request uh a taxes and retirement planning overview meeting. Again, I’ll be putting up that survey here in just a moment. Uh please say yes and we can have that one-on-one conversation. Again, a complimentary conversation. Here’s again a list of all the different type uh products and services that I do offer. Uh again that top left complimentary foundational financial plan, retirement plan, however you want to call that. It’s uh it’s a it’s complimentary free source that we can dig into. Here’s what you have. Here’s what you want. Are you on the right path? So here’s my contact information up on the screen. Uh, as I go through the questions and I put up the survey, please say yes if you would like to have that one-on-one conversation. If you think you would like to have that conversation and you want to book that right now, put your phone, get your camera on your phone and hover that over the QR code that’s up on the screen and you click on tap the little yellow thing that comes up there and you’ll have access to my calendar. You can do that right now if you would like or simply just say yes on when I put the survey up and I am doing that right now. So, you should hopefully see that up on your screen. If you would like to have a one-on-one conversation, please say yes. Or if you’re not um ready for that yet. So, I’m going to go through all the questions here. Uh so, how much is a one-on-one meeting? Uh we covered that. That is a complimentary uh service that we do offer. Uh we’ve been making Roth conversions for the past two years. Uh if we plan to retire in two years, uh should we stop the um conversions temporarily to avoid Irma sir charges? Depending on how much you do, yes, but sometimes if you’re going to stop working, then you’re going to be in a lower bracket. I would say maybe that’s a good year. So we would need to absolutely go through some numbers of where is your other income, when do you plan on stopping work and should we keep doing conversions. Most of the conversions that I do for people are when they stop working, their income goes down and sometimes people will like I said even defer social security so they can do as many you know as much of conversions before jumping up to a higher bracket before Irma um you know penalties kick in. Uh but uh retiring might be great years to do that. Can you convert a 401k to a Roth or is it different from a uh from a 403b? Sometimes within a plan you you might be able to 401k 403b uh convert within the plan from uh regular 401k to Roth 401k. Another option is that if you’re eligible to roll over to a 401k or 403b would roll over to a traditional IRA and then convert to a Roth from the traditional. So that might be an option too. Uh but you can potentially convert within your 401k or 403b plan. Check with your provider if that’s available in there. Uh can RMD withdrawals be rolled into a Roth IRA account? So IRA uh so if you’re doing the withdrawals which you still have to do uh that can’t cannot be rolled into a Roth. Basically if you have earned income like any job income you would have to then do a uh contra um uh uh you know the a contribution to a Roth IRA. Um, so but if you are even if you want to do Roth conversions and you’re in the age of required distributions, you still have to take out your your required distribution first. And if you want to convert on top of that after the uh the distribution that you did, you are able to do conversion still, but you have to do the withdrawal of the required distribution. that cannot just go to a Roth unless you have some earned income in retirement that you are eligible to con contribute to a Roth IRA. And I have your information here. Hopefully, you’re you’re a yes on there. I would love to dig into what that means to you. Uh let’s see if there’s uh only first meeting is complimentary, right? What is the fear for the rest? So uh we do have even though I do investments so um when I do a full retirement plan so the initial you know consultation uh we can get all the information do the retirement plan maybe in meeting two we’re going over a retirement plan you’re not paying a dime for any of this. Um even if you’re doing investments with me we have investment accounts that have no fees at all. We do have advisory accounts that you might pay the let’s say the the 1% or plus or minus depending on an account balance, but there could be some fee on some type of an investment. But if it’s not an investment, you’re not paying anything. You’re not paying for any consultation. I’ve had two, three meetings with people of before they even start to bring assets over to for me to manage uh that uh you know, you’re not paying you’re not paying for the consultations. um anytime even if I’m holding accounts for you and re still in the future reviewing your retirement plan or making changes to the plan based on years going by, you’re not paying for any of that. Uh so, um and again, hopefully you and I can have that one-on-one uh conversation about what you would like to accomplish. Uh again, my goal is that hopefully we’re going to work together on some things and get your retirement on track. Uh but uh I do have the poll uh completed here. I think that is all the questions. We are right at uh 6:59 and we did it right within an hour. Thank you all so much for your time and attention tonight. I thank you and hopefully we’ll be having a one-on-one conversation here very soon. Thanks. Have a great night.

  • 08/21/2026 – Forget After Effects – Claude + CapCut is the only editing stack you need

    What you just watched, every cut, every animation, and every transition was created by Claude within Cap Cut in less than 20 minutes. So far, there honestly hasn’t been a single edit or really a single thing that this combination couldn’t handle. But to get it to this point, I’ve spent weeks of trial and error and a ton of credits. But that way, you won’t have to. So, in this video, I’m going to tell you everything you need to know to create stunning videos with color grading, motion design, and animation. And the best part is that it’ll all be done by AI. So, here’s the plan. I took one RAW video, and by the end of this tutorial, we will transform it completely. Every improvement goes into a different part of the same video. So, watch the before and make sure to stick around for the after. So, first, you’ll need to install Claude on your computer. And in the previous video, we talked about how to use one of Claude’s features called design to create highquality motion effects. Today, we’re going to talk about another killer combination of Claude, Cap Cut, and Clot. So, if you don’t have Claude yet, make sure to go to Claudeai and download the app for Mac or PC. If you don’t have Cap Cut, you’ll need to do the same. Now, let’s jump back to Claude. When you log in for the first time, it’ll likely appear exactly as you see on my screen. So, previously when I shot this video, we threw together a rough edit, and honestly, it looked bad. Flat colors, no life in it. Now, normally this is where you’d give up or you’d hire a colorist. But instead, we’re going to fix the color foundation and we’re going to do it right inside of Clot. So, let’s take our single timeline, drop the raw footage in, and look at the first problem. Now, every editor knows the pain of spending hours tweaking color wheels just to fix flat log footage only for it to still look washed out. This is where we will need LUT. LUT is an instruction file that tells the program to replace each color in the picture with a different one. For example, make this shade of blue a little warmer, these shadows are greenish, the skin is softer, etc. We need an LUT particularly because it’s the only way to package an entire color grade into a single small file that Claude can generate from using a text prompt or any editor like Cap Cut which can instantly apply it to your footage. So all that I need to do is ask please generate a clean soft pastel LUT file for my YouTube videos cinematic [music] and clean. Then I just click send. Now, after generating, Claude gives you a summary of the look. Lifted shadows, subtle teal and peach split toning, reduced saturation, low contrast, ultimately a clean studio aesthetic with friendly skin tones. Now, if you go a bit further, you’ll find the actual file. Click on it and then find the arrow and choose download. Save the file to your downloads folder or really any preferred location. So, let’s click save. And since I’ve already generated the file, I’m just going to click replace. Now, in Cap Cut, go to adjustment and select LUT. Then click import to find and open the cube file. [music] This imports it into Cap Cut for your project. Next, we’ll click the plus icon to add a new layer to the timeline, which you can extend over your footage. Switching it on and off will show the filter applied to your footage. Now, I felt like it was a bit too intense, so I adjusted the selection to about 50%. That looks great. Claude’s main strength lies in its precise adjustment capabilities. For instance, I dislike the shadow in this design because it clashed with the clean look. I requested Claude to create a version without the teal, and the difference was evident. Now, setting this to 50% produced a gentle pastel studio vibe. So, that’s the entire base video graded. Now that the whole timeline looks clean, we can start layering effects on top of specific moments. Now that the color of our video looks great, let’s take it one step further and make it even better by adding some visualization. Now, usually doing a dynamic counting animation means manually placing hundreds of key frames in in After Effects or buying a bunch of templates that ultimately break your project file. Now, the first moment that I want to upgrade is right here. The part of the video where I talk about numbers. A static number on screen is boring. So, let’s make it count up. For example, do you guys remember in the Mr. Beast videos when the dollar icon wildly spins up? That’s the kind of effect that I want to achieve in this part of video, but without After Effects. Now, all that we need is an SRT file. This is an ordinary text file. So, let’s navigate to Claude and paste in our prompt. All it says is, “Generate an SRT file for me with numbers counting from 0 to 600. Make each subtitle 0.1 seconds long and add a dollar sign in front of each. Now let’s go ahead and click send. Once you’ve completed this, just like with the LUT, click on the file, find the arrow, and select download. [music] Save it to your downloads folder and then open Cap Cut and drag the SRT file directly onto your timeline. Zooming into the timeline reveals how many small subtitle clips are being created. Now, the great part is you can customize all of these directly in Cap Cut. Then you can adjust the font size, change it, or even modify the color. But you can see an issue. It’s way too long for our timeline. So, staying selected on all of them. I’m going to create a compound clip. What this does is it groups all of our subtitles together. In this compound clip, I can then go to speed and let’s ramp up the maker speed to make it a lot shorter. think I’ll be going for 10 times shorter. Now I can reposition that to whatever I want. [music] And if we play that, then you can see that we have this really premium looking numbers counting effect. Usually to make this by hand, it would take about an hour, but we’ve been able to do it in just 2 minutes. But there’s one last bonus trick. If I wanted to hold on to, let’s say, 600, if that’s the point I’m making in my video, then I need to go ahead and doubleclick into that compound clip to access my subtitle files. And what I’m going to do is drag that individual layer a lot longer. So then I can go back to my compound clip and let’s go ahead and drag it. Now when it reaches the end of our numbers, you’ll see that it pauses for a few seconds at that 600 mark. All right. So far we’ve fixed the colors and we’ve added the counter to our clip. Now, we’re entering the territory where After Effects usually eats away all of your RAM, crashes at 99% render, or demands another purchase of Adobe services just to keep working. Everything we’ve upgraded so far has been relatively easy. But the next three effects, the intro background, the explainer graphics, and the outro map, need heavier tooling. So, let’s set them up once and then knock out the rest of this video. [music] Now, in this segment, I’m going to demonstrate how to create more complex and applied motion effects. So, I’ll break down how to install them and how to get ready for the generation. For the upcoming steps, we’ll need to use Claude Code for handling code or systems files. Now, if you’re on the free version, you’ll only see the chat option, but if you upgrade to the pro plan at $17 a month, you’re going to gain access to co-work and cloud code. We’ll be using Cloud Code for this next set of tricks. Once you have Cloud Code, the next step is installing Remotion, a tool that gives Claude all the knowledge it needs to create stunning motion graphics. But before that, we’ll need one extra app, Node.js. So, click the download link that I’ve left in the description, select get Node.js, and install it. This is what your computer needs to run Remotion. So, next, let’s open Claude and paste the phrase npx create video at sign latest. Choose bypass permissions so Claude can automatically install everything it needs without asking you and then simply press enter. Now if a prompt appears as code, just copy it and paste it into the terminal. [music] Since I’ve already got a project on my computer, it’ll show a file path with a complete remotion template. But on your first install, it’s going to ask you to create a folder where all of your Remotion projects will be saved. Now, if you’re confused at any point, simply ask Claude, “Hey, I don’t get what we’re doing right now. Can you please help me install this?” Now, after the installation, type the following and press enter. What this does is installs the additional packages and dependencies that optimize Remotion’s performance. What you’re going to see is 562 packages installed. Now, with Remotion set up, a wide range of creative possibilities open [music] up. You can truly create anything that you envision. All right, everything is set up. So, let’s go ahead and get generating. Now, we’re going to start with the intro to our video. Right now, it opens on a plain frame. Let’s replace that with a premium motion background. We’ll begin by creating some highquality motion backgrounds. First, I went ahead and visited Pinterest, which is a great resource because you can search terms like gradient background or gradient figures to find highquality references. I especially like this one right here. So, let’s go ahead and download it as an asset. Then, we’ll switch over to Claude. Make sure that again you’re using Claude Code. Create a new session and drag the image directly into the chat. This lets Claude view the screenshot or image as a reference. Next, we’ll paste my motion background prompt into the command bar. If you’d like to access all these prompts, there’s a link in the description below that you can use to follow along. Basically, the instruction is to use the motion skill to transform this into an attractive motion background without altering the colors, textures, or the overall appearance. It should look like a premium motion background. Additionally, I requested Claude to rotate the image 90° and set the aspect ratio to 16×9. This entire project should have a duration of only 10 seconds. What you’re going to do, just like we did with our installations, is go to accept edits and say bypass permissions. You don’t need to be on Fable 5 since it’s super expensive. So, you can go ahead and select lower models. Let me walk you through what this process first does. It’s super important to make all the manipulations and to insert all of your references into cloud code, not the regular chat. Now, it’s going to show you something like running the skillotion best practices and it’ll state that it’s using Remotion. Now, if it doesn’t say that, make sure to revisit the session where you installed Remotion and ask Claude. If you followed my steps so far, you should have successfully installed Remotion directly into Claude. There we go. Now that it’s finished after taking a couple of tries, Claude is then going to open your browser to display a preview of the file. I’ll take a quick look and we’ll see a short full HD video, which you can actually also upgrade to 4K. The blue reference color is going to remain consistent. And scrubbing through quickly, you’ll notice that there’s been some motion added to the blue glow, resulting in this dynamic motion background. Overall, I like the generation, but I’d like to change the speed of the effect. Right now, I find it to be really slow and a bit dim. So, I’ll ask Claude to make the blue gradient move much faster, about three times. Then, [music] I just click enter. Now, the great thing about this process is that there’s no need to edit or really to know any code. You simply tell it in any language to claude and it’ll start editing the composition immediately. Now, just in 5 seconds, if we return to the web browser without reloading, you’ll notice that that orb is now moving significantly faster than before. Now, in this next segment of our video, the middle part, I’ll explain the process step by step. Now, instead of just talking, let’s visualize it with animated boxes and drop them right over the footage that we already have graded. That’s exactly why we made the background transparent earlier. Now, in this step, we’ll look at how to create motion design generations that’ll give a direct impact to your viewership. If you’re working with e-commerce or on a marketing campaign, just imagine that you need to schematically explain a very complex topic in your video using just blocks. Now, creating such a motion design typically takes around 2 hours at minimum. I’ll show you how to do it much faster [music] in just a few minutes. I began by visiting Pinterest and searching for square shaped UI boxes. I found something super aesthetic and good references. So, I downloaded the files that I liked. Next, I created a new session in Cloud Code, fed it the file, and dragged it into the session. Finally, I pasted the prompt that I used to generate that effect, the link for which you can find in the description below. [music] So, let’s quickly go through the prompt. This final line should be included in all of your creations. I didn’t add it to the motion background initially because we were just starting out, but now I’m always going to end my prompts with this line. Ask me any clarifying questions so that we nail this spoton. Now, let’s press enter. Let’s see what Claude does next. It comprehends the first part of our prompt, but some ambiguity remains about what it’s actually going to generate. So, here we go. It begins by providing a list of questions using Remotion to guide these questions which we can then answer. So let’s go ahead and respond to them. Let’s go ahead and stack these vertically. For that I’m going to say sequential start. So 1 2 3 4 5. And they’re all going to appear in kind of a staggered order. [music] Yes. Let’s do text only. We’re going to use this in a horizontal video. If you wanted to use it in a vertical video, you could obviously type 1080 by 1920. I’m going to say hold and then fade at the end. I’m also going to add while they’re holding, add some motion to the boxes. Let’s clarify the motion that we want. Add some subtle smooth motion to the boxes. That’s good. Let’s stick with pure black for now. So, now that we’ve taken the time to answer its questions, you can see that it’s taking the time to do some final self- auditing and sanity checks. That’s the amazing thing about Claude. It kind of selfch checkcks what it’s [music] created. Now, obviously, we do sometimes have to do some manual tweaking. This pop-up that’s just shown is now actually really important because what I didn’t do is at the bottom left here where it says accept edits. I didn’t say bypass permissions. So, because of that, Claude is now asking us if it’s okay to do things. It wants to check the PNG file that it created. So, essentially access that PNG file on our computer. I’m going to go ahead and say always allow. Now, just to clarify, if you don’t want those pop-ups to happen, then change this from accept edits to bypass permissions. And it’s just going to allow Claude to do everything that it needs to in the background. All right. You can see that it says done, which took about 4 minutes to create. Now, when we open the browser, you’ll notice it’s a part of our Remotion project. Let’s click play. [music] Wow, the result is even better than my previous tests. I really like the simplicity and the conciseness. The only adjustment I’d suggest is that it feels like it takes a little bit too long to appear. I’ll make a few quick tweaks to demonstrate how easy it is to modify things when needed. I already like the current sizing, but for this demo, let’s speed everything up by about 10%. I’ll also update the font to enter semibold. Now, aside from these three adjustments, the overall look really does appear premium. So, let’s go ahead and click [music] enter. If we play our sequence here, we’ll see that we’ve now assembled a 9-second 29 frame composition. So, almost 10 seconds. The font does in fact appear larger and all of the elements are slightly bigger, which looks good. But this setup won’t work directly in our Cap Cut project because of the black background. [music] So, at this point, I’ll tell Claude, “This looks great. Please make me the background transparent but keep the box’s transparency off. Now I’m doing this so that I can download it directly from Remotion and incorporate into our Cap Cut project directly. Now if you do prefer that black background, that’s fine. But what I want to do is overlay on my footage or on a custom motion background that I created in Claude. So that’s why I’m requesting a transparent background. Now, in 30 seconds, if we jump back to our project, you’ll see that we now have a transparent background. Once you’re happy with your motion graphic, go ahead and click render. You can save that to your computer and import the file directly into your Cap Cut and create something that looks about like this. And through these examples of the motion background and now this kinds of effects, square shaped motion graphic figures, you have a great understanding of exactly what Claude can do. Honestly, it’s mind-blowing. We’ve got two segments of our video left. In one, I quote an article on screen will highlight the keywords as they’re read and the ending where I mention the trip from LA to New York. That’s getting a full map animation. The next feature that we can describe is designed for people who frequently work with large volumes of references such as news bulletins or article news searches. [music] Now, those are just two examples of some wild motion graphics, and I’ve got two more to show you. One is a highlighting effect and the other is a map animation perfect for travel videos. Now, the beauty of our system lies in the fact that you can also create several parallel projects. So, you won’t waste extra time implementing and creating effects gradually. Simultaneous or concurrent creation allows me to save an insane amount of time, which in the case of working with After Effects still meant having two separate windows open. The first one is the highlighting effect. So, you’ll actually need a screenshot of what you want to highlight. What I did is I just took a screenshot from a news site. I’ll paste this prompt now, and I won’t read it all, but what’s important to note is that I’ve asked it to highlight specific words from our screenshot. For example, I requested this, this, and this. Now, if your screenshot contains a lot of different words, be sure to specify which ones to highlight. Now, once that’s clear, I’ll click enter and see the results. So what you’re seeing here is because we attached an actual image, Claude needs to then source that image from our computer. So I’m giving it access to the actual file in the web. Now as we proceed, we’ll create the final map animation. I’ll start a new session and paste in this prompt. Then I’ll change the accept edit setting to bypass permissions as I did in the beginning. [music] Finally, I’ll click enter to continue. All right, let’s quickly answer those. Create new project 1920x 1080. Yeah, let’s do country state borders visible. Follow the line at low altitude. This is going to be whatever you want. And once I’ve answered those questions, let’s go ahead and click enter. Currently, we’re running two animation builds simultaneously. The first is our map and the second is the text chat featuring our text highlighting effect. The highlight effect is now complete and generally it looks pretty good. But one thing I noticed is that it appears a bit choppy, which I’ll want to fix. So I’ll talk to Claude and tell it the highlight effect looks staggered or choppy. Please make it smooth. Submit. And after 45 seconds, the adjustment is done. Now returning to your project, you’ll now see a smooth highlight that introduces the words as they’re read. And lastly, if we go back to Claude and we select our animated map project, you’ll see that it says it’s complete. We can go ahead and say please open this remote project. And just like that, our map animation is done. Now, the important thing I need to show you when creating this map is an error occurred because Remotion tried to use a Mapbox token that we don’t have. I then directed it to use a different open- source map and it successfully created our effect. Since this requires a map, we couldn’t render it in the usual way. You’ll see here that the motion map rule suggests using GL and this specific code. I instructed it to render it with this code. And after the rendering finished, I located the output file on my computer. This is what it produced. Now, let’s make some quick changes to this. I want the map to actually feel colorful. And I want to add a globe effect so it doesn’t just look like a flat map. And there we go. Now, if we go to Remotion Studio, we can go ahead and play our video. What we have is an animation out of Los Angeles. And if we swipe all the way over, we’ll be in New York. and we have that globe effect with the color on the water. So, we don’t need the black and white. Additionally, I plan to use Claw’s extensions like Hixfield MCP and apply the Miniax H3 model to add effects to the map. To enhance the beauty of our animation, especially when the dotted line travels from New York City to LA, I suggested designing it to resemble the style of the Civilization game. The model’s simplicity is characterized by ultrarecise detailing of various objects which led us to choose a really accurate map design. Now to access the Hixfield MCP feature, we just need to enable Claude’s extension and request access which can be done through a careful subscription process. To render this, especially when the preview appears a bit spotty, I return to Claude, swipe up to copy the prompt, and then confirm that it’s perfect. I’ll then paste the prompt onto my computer to generate the image. Now, we’ll wait for a moment. And once the rendering is complete, [music] you’ll notice that the map is flawlessly rendered and the animations are looking great. Now, just zoom out, swipe across, and voila, our effects are in a designed background. That’s crazy. And now, the moment of truth. Here is the video that we started with side by side. Raw footage on the left and on the right graded with the money counter, motion background, animated boxes with highlights and the map. One video, zero After Effects. Now, here are a few examples of the motion graphics, effects, and other features that you can create with Claude. We began with the free version of Claude, using it to generate a stylish LUT and an SRT file with animated counting numbers. Now later we switched the paid version and combined it with Remotion to produce motion graphics that continue to amaze me. I hope you enjoyed this video. I really enjoyed creating it and experimenting with everything. Thank you so much for watching and I’ll see you guys in the next

  • 08/18/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    All right, thanks everybody for joining. My name is Cameron Woo and I am the VP of investments at Arrived. Been here about five and a half years. Uh usually we have Karen Hedland who’s head of our investor relations. Um but she’s on some well-deserved time off so you get me today. Um so happy to answer all the questions in the chat as well as any questions you may have additionally about real estate, rentals, credit, investing. um you know happy to answer the full spectrum of questions you all may have. So let’s start with some of the ones earlier in the queue. Uh we’ve got one here. During an offering investment open period, is there any difference in returns to investors um for the money received from the first investor versus the last investor before the offering is closed? Um so the the short answer to this question is no. there’s not really going to be any difference. And typically our investment offerings, they close within 2 to 3 weeks or so from the time that they open. I think the instructive part of the answer is that when we offer something for investment and it shows up on the website and you can invest, all of the financials start acrewing to the balance sheet of that investment. So each individual property, they’re going to be in their own self-contained LLC. So all the rental income as well as all the costs are getting attributed to that entity. So as you’re coming in and investing, let’s say that you may not have your shares yet, but you know the rental income is ready to be distributed. Then those shareholders that are invested, they do receive that um that dividend, you know, presuming it’s generating cash and everything like that, but all of the financials are acrewing to that entity. Um, so there can be minor variations in whether you received the dividend or not based on that timing, but again, all of those financials from from the moment that it hits the website and it’s open for investing, then all of those acrew. The slight difference is if you’re invested in one of our fund products, so that could be the single family residential fund, the Seattle city fund, the real estate uh income fund. All of those are what are called evergreen, meaning that they’re always open and you can invest at any time. And based on when you’re investing, you may qualify for a dividend that somebody coming in later does not qualify for. Works exactly like the stock market in the sense with X dividend dates where if you are a shareholder by a certain date, you would be entitled to that next quarterly dividend or however that public company is paying it out. It works the same for our fund investments. All right, let me know if there’s any other follow-up questions from that. The next question is, is there a way to defer taxes by transitioning principal and returns from one investment to the next with arrived? So, the short answer to that is no when it comes to individual properties. Um, but there are some tax advantage possibilities in funds and I’ll and I’ll give you example. So, first at a high level, each investment when you’re individually investing in properties like one 123 Main Street, they are that self-contained LLC, but it’s a security. Okay? And what that means is your your limited partners that own the company, which the shareholders, and that LLC is on title to the property. So every single one of our investments, it’s like a different company of a thousand different shareholders. So typically, if you would, if you owned your own property and you wanted to do a 1031 exchange and you’re the only individual owner of that property, it does become possible to take all of the sale proceeds and the gains and roll it in to that next property. But the requirement for a 1031 exchange is that the owner of the prior property that’s being sold has to be on the same title holder as the next one. So we can’t really force a thousand people to be shareholders of the next property because they’re indiv you’re individually investing in um all sorts of different properties. So if we sold one, that entity gets closed out and then proceeds are returned to the thousand different shareholders. Then some other groups of people, maybe they want to reinvest it, some want to take it out and transfer it back to their bank account, but that’s one of the reasons why we can’t really roll you into the next one because that LLC will have to be the same LLC that purchases the next property. Um, so that’s one of the constraints. Now, with that said, we are opening up our 1031 program and currently growing it. So, if you have a piece of property that you’re wanting to sell, arrived can help you source the next property and then roll those funds into the next one. And then we would basically replicate the program that we manage for all of our fractional investments where there’s, you know, the 123 Main Street in Main Street LLC, then there’s the thousand different fractional shareholders. We would run it the same as um you know managing on your behalf, monetizing it, distributing it to your arrived cash balance, but you would be the sole shareholder of that or however your LLC um is capitalized that they would be the same owner of that next property and we could help you with that 1031 exchange. The part where we’re there could be some uh beneficial tax gains within an arrived product is in our funds. So our single family residential fund has close to 60 properties and if we were to sell one of those then you know that is the arrived uh you know single family rental fund that one could buy the next property. So there wouldn’t be a t tax consequence for the fund for which you would be a shareholder of. So that’s a way that we can get those rollover tax benefits in a 1031. We can do that within our own SFR fund, but for individual properties, we’re not able to because we’d be forcing all thousand people in those fund in that individual company to be an investor in the next property, which they may not want to be. All right, next question. Liquidity. Okay, so what does liquidity look like for each of the investment products? So really two two primary products, individual offerings and then funds. and you get liquidity for both which is um a a pretty novel idea. So first on the fund side we have what we call our redemption program and the redemption program works a lot actually exactly like mutual funds where on a quarterly basis we update the share value and the or the net asset value is probably the more technical term and what that um net asset value is is really a reflection of the equity side of the balance sheet. Um that’s basically cash balances. Um a real traditional accounting statement where you know assets minus liabilities equals stockholder equity. So the stockholder equity is the numerator and you divide it by how many shares you have and that’s the um that’s the NAV for that quarter. The largest factor for the NAV in the equity side of the balance sheet is the change in the property prices. So what are all of the properties worth in that particular fund? um that’s one of the main drivers of what do you have um for equity in that fund. Um so that redemption program allows you to uh redeem on a quarterly basis where you can then you know for that period you can exchange your shares for that uh p for for that net asset value. So if it’s an $11 share price and you have a 100 shares then you could liquidate partial, you could liquidate full. Um there is a limitation of 20% of the total fund value in any trailing 12 months, but we we’ve never come close to that. Um you know, it may be a percent or two um on a on a quarterly basis. So it’s it hasn’t really um gotten to that amount. Um so that’s that’s on our funds. So whether it’s our real estate income fund, single family residential fund, Seattle city fund, those any any of our funds, they work the same with the redemption program. And there’s always liquidity in the sense that arrived is providing that liquidity. It’s not like a stock exchange where you have to have a seller on the other end. Arrived will redeem that that share um and then that’s how you get your cash from that investment. On the individual offering side, this works more like the stock market where um you have I I believe after six months of being in that particular property, you could list it and this is much more of a traditional market matching type function where you as a seller of shares can put any quantity that you own available for sale. on the 123 Main Street if you wanted to sell that and then uh buyers will look through the order book and say you know I’ll bid this uh you know and then we have a market um matching mechanism that will match together like who is willing to bid a price versus the asking price and if there’s a match then it’ll execute. Uh so that secondary market went live in um August of 2025. So it was a real nice achievement because um for the first time investors could really get liquidity through shares for something that’s traditionally liquid like a piece of real estate. Um so you know arrive could make the decision to sell the property on behalf of all investors in which case everybody would get liquidated out and that’s really the traditional way that most funds offer or most um you know real estate would get liquidated. But there’s a second layer which is investor level liquidity where you could sell your shares just like on the stock market. Um so that’s the liquidity on both types of investment products and and those are the two that are offered right individual offerings. So you have the secondary market and then fund investments which you have the redemption program. All right. Um so there was a clarifying question here. So you mean when you acquire a new property from a private seller you’ll offer a 1031? Yes, exactly. So, if um not necessarily acquiring it from, you know, any seller, but we do offer a 1031 program. So, if you’re wanting to sell your property and then place funds into reinvest into a different property like in a different part of the country or you know there would be a need for you to um you know want to do that to avoid having to pay the capital gains and depreciation recapture then we could facilitate a 1031 for you and then um operate it in this in the same way as the rest of our real estate portfolio.

    All right. Um Okay. So, as I’m scrolling through here, let me just make sure I’m getting all the questions. Um, so we got a next one. Has there been a thought to establishing a vacation rental fund? Yeah. Um, you know, we we considered earlier on whether, you know, the fund would be the right investment or not. And one of the decisions of not doing that was vacation rentals are just so different. They’re very non-homogeneous. Whereas rental properties, they you almost want kind of a homogeneous um type of investment that’s optimized for getting the most rent per purchase price. And then they are not furnished. Um, and they’re pretty passive once they have a renter in it. So, we could construct funds that had a lot more of a, you know, consistent profile for single family rental funds. Um, and then, you know, with vacation rentals, they were just so active. Um, so we never really went through the idea of that. And then the the other consideration is that um vacation rentals are not eligible for real estate investment. Um the re basically re-qualification um and they’re a much more active operation. So we tend to look for more passive investments that get requalified um tax uh treatment. So real estate investment trust tax treatment because it avoids a second layer of taxation. Um, and then we can send out an easy 1099 div. So, there’s there’s a couple structural reasons why we didn’t do it, but primarily it’s because the asset types are just like so very different with vacation rentals that we decided to not put it into the fund structure. Whereas things like credit assets where, you know, it’s a piece of paper that guarantees you an interest um payment from a borrower or a single family rental home that is a very kind of homogeneous asset that we buy in different parts of the country. those are much more conducive to our fund structures. Um but with respect to vacation rentals, um we’ve recently internalized the large majority of the portfolio. So out of the 40 active assets that we have, 32 of them are now in-house managed. Um and once we get more of those stabilized, then we’ll, you know, consider adding more vacation rentals uh to the portfolio. But, you know, having a fund was never out of the question, but the timing just wasn’t right for um when we bought the majority of our vacation rentals in 2022.

    Okay, let’s see. We got another question here. Mark, a question.

    Okay, so the returns on arrive properties have been less than a percent after holding them for more than 3 years. The 8% return shown in RI’s calculation appears to be projected or scientifically calculated return rather than the actual ground truth return experienced by investors. Secondary markets also not effective making these investments highly illquid. It is difficult to sell the properties um or recover the invested capital when needed. Overall the value of the value and performance of these let me just continue reading it. Properties appear to be declining significantly with many properties showing poor returns. Um, okay. So, yeah, I mean, you know, there’s some fair points in here, so I can address these. On single family rentals, our average long-term rental return is about 3.8% to 4.2. It’ll depend. So, as far as um individual properties, there’s definitely properties that have returned lower than that or if they’ve gone through evictions or if they’ve had declining property values. Um, that’s definitely to be expected in a nearly 600 unit portfolio. Um so definitely there’s you know kind of the luck of the draw on some properties timing of the market. Um so fully recognize that not 100% of the properties have delivered that 8% return. One of the constraints on that projected return is uh we operate within a regulatory framework called reggg A+ and that is to allow nonacredited investors to be able to invest in securities. Otherwise you have to go through a pretty burdensome um process and like you just really wouldn’t be uh in a position to offer securities to nonacredited investors. The whole world of private capital investment is oriented around accredited investors which is like less than 5% of the population because you have to have a certain income and um wealth qualification. So the majority of funds and investments that are accessible to people are through a regggd framework but we go through the reggg a plus and incur significant expense and going through the securities offering to be able to offer access to people. One of the constraints though of operating in reggga plus is that we’re not allowed to make forward projecting returns. So the 8% to your point is a combination of two things. It’s the expected first dividend that will be paid out and then the projected 20-year average of the appreciation for um that particular zip code. And it’s a constraint, right? We can’t have the forward-looking projection because our securities regulation framework, it just doesn’t allow it. Um, and if you were to look at any trailing 20-year period kind of from modern American history, there’s about a four to 5% return on the appreciation component. Um, so I think that it’s not an unfair representation, especially when our dividend yields have been hitting around that uh 4ish% mark. If you look at our single family rental fund, it’s 4.2% return. Our Seattle city fund paid a 5% um return on the income. So monetization wise, we are in that range that we expected and we underwrote to. And then on the appreciation component, you know, it’s fair to say that we’re in a pretty stable and flat market right now. Um, and there’s and there’s properties that have declined as well in the portfolio because there could have been an eviction. We have to tap into the cash balances. So, as I’d mentioned earlier, the the equity component of the um of the balance sheet is what what the stock representation is. Um, so those can decline even if the property is not declining in value because the cash could be drained from the bank and the reserves because we had to pay for an eviction where we weren’t getting rent and then we have costs associated with that. It’s one of the unfortunate things about having real estate is that those situations do happen, especially on a portfolio um, you know, numbering in the 600. So, I I think about appreciation kind of as you got to be able to stay in the game and then it’s it’s not linear, right? It can be flat for a while or maybe it’ll inch up 1% 2% or go down 1% 2%. Those are perfectly normal oscillations, but then there’s going to be bull markets where for a 2-year period, three-ear period, 5 years, it can increase pretty significantly. So, we saw one of those during COVID era 2021, 2022. there was really high property appreciation and we caught the wave of that with some of our properties. Um similarly if you go back to the crash of ‘ 08 through 01 there was about a 25% decline peak to trough in the market and then there was you know stable appreciation from that point. So markets will operate on like a 15 to 25 year cycle. Um but historically you know that 4% number is coming from just picking any point looking back in a trailing 12 or 20 and what has been the annualized uh appreciation. That’s how we generate that number but it’s really born from a constraint of offering um securities to nonacredited investors. Um so you know we like rental real estate because it’s it’s tax advantage. It’s highly leverable. um you can get some of the best financing rates on it, but one of the you know reasons that allows you to stay in the game is that rental income. So, as we’ve been generating the 3.8 to 4.2% range on our overall portfolio, that allows us to hold the real estate and then once we catch that upward wave, then we’re able to capitalize on that, sell some properties for some good gains and then kind of continue the investing cycle. So that’s traditionally how you you know like the rationale behind why invest in single family residential real estate. High demand for rentals, highly leverable tax advantage through depreciation where a lot of the cash flow doesn’t incur income tax. Um and then you’re catching the right market cycles. But from my experience certainly hasn’t been linear. So hopefully that addresses some of the concerns they have. Um but happy to answer more.

    All right, let’s see. Does site.

    So, does the site have the capability to download your holdings with initial cost and current value to Excel? Yep. So, Larry, if you go to your portfolio page, there is an export where you can uh export your holdings, uh the number of shares you have, the recent market value, the cost basis on all of our individual investment offerings. They all start at $10. And then on your funds, based on when you invested, you’re going to have a different starting price, but that information is available on your portfolio page as an exportable spreadsheet.

    Okay, let’s see. Um, we got another question here. If you just start investing uh starting to invest in a real estate site like this, is it better to do individual properties or residential fund where you can only start with $100 in shares? So great question, Jessica. Yeah, so any arrived investment has a minimum of a $100. And I would say the best way to start out is to at least get a couple of holdings just so you can get the base amount of diversification. Um, and that that can mean a lot of things. You could you could be really bullish on a certain state or a certain market and you would still want diversification because you may want to hedge against a tenant, you know, tenant performance. So, let’s say that you really like Knoxville, Tennessee, and you only want to invest in Knoxville, Tennessee, and that’s perfectly fine. You would still want to pick up a couple of properties because any one property might go vacant, go through an eviction. There could be any reason that the, you know, the core thesis is still good, but you’ll want to not put all all of your eggs necessarily in one basket. And this is agnostic to the amount that you’re investing. So whether it’s $100, $1,000, $10,000 per property, that still holds true that your capital always wants to be kind of hedged against any one factor that you would be concerned about. when people think of diversification the clear one in a lot of people’s minds are is relating to geographic diversification um and you know from from my point of view I think it’s good to have concentrated beds and it’s good to have a concentrated thesis as well um but you still want some measure of separation between like the operating performance and not putting all your eggs in one tenant basket so that’s really one of the benefits of arrived is that for a low dollar amount that you can get some of these um hedges and exposures. Now, to your question about individual properties versus a residential fund, a fund is an even more efficient version of what I just described because you can invest $100 into our single family residential fund and then you’re a partial owner of nearly 60 properties. So, you’re really not ever going to be in a position where your money is not being put to work because, you know, 60 homes are not going to go vacant all simultaneously, right? We’ve historically had about 97% occupancy on the SFR fund and then you know if a few people move out that may drop down to 90% and then you lease it back up and then it and you know comes back up to that 95% plus level. So your money is always being put to work and the SFR fund is a good example of some some of that diversification um accessible at a $100 price point. So you know it kind of goes my my message is uh twofold. one, get that little bit of exposure just to hedge yourself against any one tenant vacating and then your money is not being, you know, um is not earning you any sort of rental income. And if that’s $100 or if that’s $300 or $500, you know, it’s it’s still a pretty accessible price point relative to something as expensive as real estate. If you want to kind of just dip your toes in the water but then get max diversification then the then our funds are going to be the the best way to do that um at that dollar amount because it is for 100 bucks you can get the equivalent performance of those 60 properties. You just own a much smaller stake in all 60 of those um properties. So that’s that’s the first part of it. The the second part though I would say is you know investing is a long-term game especially in real estate and you want to have conviction in what you’re investing in. So, if what helps you sleep at night is the safety of um having your investment just automatically spread out across those 60-ish properties, then then that’s what I would recommend is to like have conviction help you sleep at night. If your convictions are I love Tennessee and I know that that market is going to be the higher returning one, you know, from from all the things that you know, like you’re thinking, then go ahead, have conviction in in those markets. Um, but still, you know, spread your money out a little bit so that’s not all indexed to just one asset. Um, but have conviction and make sure that your money’s always being put to work for you are the are the two ways that I would recommend it. But both can be played as individual stocks, you know, and to analogize to the stock market. You can be an individual stock picker or you could be an ETF investor or like an index investor. So playing funds is more akin to index investing and then being a stock picker because you have a you know a a conviction around something that you think will work into the future is necessary to um support being a long-term investor.

    All right.

    And I think that’s all the questions that we went through, but I’ll give it another minute or two if anybody has any further questions.

    All right. Not seeing or any other questions. So, you know, with that, um, appreciate everybody’s time for, uh, sitting through the prepared marks as well as all the thoughtful Q&A questions. If you have any other, um, questions, you know, feel free to always reach out to supportive.com or click the chat bot. Uh, we’re on most social media platforms. Um, and we have a pretty quick response time with our chat. But, um, thanks so much again for coming on and happy investing. Take care.

  • 08/11/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    Hello folks. Usually I’ve got Karen on here for Q&A with me, but she’s out. So, it’s actually been me in the chat with her uh her face on it. So, I am going to run our Q&A section solo today. So, try not to beat me up too badly. Feel free to keep dropping questions in the chat. Um I only have a couple here that we’ll go with. Um and we’ll kind of see what where we go from there. So, first I want to take on Paul. Um it’s a good clarification question here. If you start with an investment of $100, you know, are you obligated to do that each month? The answer is no. So, each investment on Arrive is a separate investment. You’re not signing up for a subscription. There is no required, you know, you must put in X per month. Um, you make an investment and if you wanted to only invest $100, you would only invest $100. It does not obligate you to do anything beyond that. We do have a recurring investments feature that’s going to be launching this fall. So, if you wanted to invest $100 a month, you know, similar to an auto invest program in, you know, other financial apps, you can just say, “Hey, I want to invest $100 once per month, and it’ll automatically do that for you.” But to be clear, you don’t have to. Um, and right now, um, you would just be going online, evaluating the different properties and funds, and making basically a one-time investment each time. Certainly, the I think way to be the most successful investing in real estate is to continue to invest over time. It’s similar to your 401k. You know, you don’t make one investment in your retirement account and then just walk away and say, “Great, I’m going to be able to retire in 30 years now.” You steadily invest each paycheck. You know, you have those auto contributions uh into the 401k so that over a number of years, you actually do build up a pretty sizable nest egg that can compound, earn returns on itself, and then eventually provide you enough income to support you in retirement. Um really the only other question I have in here was um apologies I’m mixing up the names but um for you Andre on the share sale. So I’ll broaden it a little bit and talk about the two liquidity options on arrived. So the funds have what is called a redemption program and it’s fairly simple. If you hold the shares in the funds and you say that you want to redeem them, you can go through your account and submit a redemption request and then we batch them and we process them once per quarter. So four times per year, we just take all of the redemption requests we’ve gotten for the last three months and then we do the exchange of shares for cash and it really is the fund effectively buying back those shares. So the price that it happens at is a set price. It’s whatever you know new the whatever the price per share of the fund is. You know, we update that value quarterly. It’s the same price that new investors are buying new shares at. If you held your shares for two or three years, you know, you capture the appreciation that’s happened in that time. um and you do that redemption request and you you know sell your shares back to the fund and you get cash out in return. The other liquidity option is the secondary market and that works for all of the individual property investments and that one’s a little bit different because instead of selling your shares back to you know arrive you’re selling your shares to another investor. So it works a lot like the stock market where you have, you know, people that are interested in buying putting in buy orders, people that are interested in selling putting in sell orders. And then transactions only happen if you know the buyer and the seller overlap on price. So the secondary market, you know, you don’t just get a fixed price per share. It depends on what the market is willing to bear. And so sometimes that is, you know, above what life thinks the shares are worth. Sometimes it is below what thinks the shares are worth. Importantly, it’s a little bit more complex than the redemption program because you have to pick how many shares you want to sell and the prices that you want to sell at. And that means you may have to look at the market data to see, hey, where are buyers? You know, where are sellers? And you know, if the the market is here and I price my shares way high, nobody’s going to buy them. So, it takes a little bit more effort in order to sell your shares on the secondary market. But that option runs more frequently. So, we have the secondary market running once per month instead of once every 3 months. And so even if you miss a window where not all your shares get sold, um you have the opportunity the next month to be able to sell as well. And so for for your situation, Andre, it looks like you listed your shares for sale, but they didn’t actually get purchased. So you just said, “Hey, I want to sell my shares for, you know, a certain price, but buyers nobody nobody ended up buying them.” So you still own those shares. um and you will until you end up either selling the shares or if you hold on to the properties long enough eventually arrive will sell the property and then liquidate you know the investment that way. So the secondary market um preandre runs through this Friday. So go ahead and take a look because if you are interested in selling that’s kind of your window to do so otherwise it’ll open up again in early September. And for the rest of you um the secondary market you only get access to it once you’ve been an arrived investor for I think 60 days. So, if you guys make your first investments this week, you should be available um you should be eligible to trade on it come October. And when you do so, it’ll be exciting because you guys are also have access to buy shares on the secondary market. And that means that you’ll have access to buy, you know, any of the properties that we’ve launched over the last 5 years. So, properties that are in markets that we may not have had recently, properties that have kind of a um a full length of operating performance, you know, versus buying a new property where we may not have gotten the first tenant in the property yet. So, it’s a cool way to be able to kind of quickly diversify your portfolio and pick up a couple different shares of properties all across the country. Um, Jackie, is there a way to transfer shares from the property to the fund? So, you do have to sell and reinvest. So, it’s it’s um not particularly efficient. It’s it’s the same thing as kind of selling stocks. You know, you can’t just say, “Hey, I’ve got Apple stock, but instead I want Google stock.” you do have to go through the full process of okay well let me sell my shares here and then let me buy shares on the other side um we do have some um costs of liquidity so for that redemption program there is a um I think it’s 1 or 2% of the share value that um goes as a uh as a fee for the early withdrawal after 3 years it drops off completely to kind of incentivize the long-term holding of real estate assets and the secondary market will have a 2% fee a buy or sell so there definitely are some transactions costs to be aware of just because you know it it um you know none of the money really goes to arrive. It’s just that there’s cost of third parties and legal um setup and frameworks that have to happen in order to facilitate these kinds of liquidity options. So it’s something that we may do in the future to to wave fees or to lower fees if you’re just transferring from one asset type to the other. But right now that isn’t available. Um and so when you do make an investment keep in mind that it is a real estate investment. It’s not meant to be, you know, flipped and day traded, etc. They’re generally meant to say, “Hey, I’m going to put money into real estate, and I’m going to let this sit for a little while.” Um, no different than if you were just going to go and buy a property, a rental property yourself. You wouldn’t buy a rental property, and then try to sell it 6 months later. Um, just because there obviously isn’t going to be that much appreciation in the market, and the transaction cost with your agents and commissions is really going to kind of eat into your equity there.

    Leon, if you use a trust fund instead of a bank account, what is the difference between the two? So, um I think we’re mixing up two different concepts here. So, if you have a trust that you want to invest out of, you can totally do that. When you create your arrived account, there’s an option to just select a trust account type and you’ll put in your information and the information for the trust. Um what you’ll do then is you’ll just fund the investments out of that trust’s bank account as opposed to if you sign up as an individual you’ll just use you’ll just link your regular checking account and that’s how you’ll you know put money in in order to make transactions. So I think and clarify me if I’m if I’m misunderstanding. I think separate concepts here that you should have a bank account for your trust and you should have a bank account for your you know individual personal usage and which bank account you use just depends on if you are investing out of your trust or if you’re investing out of your checking account as an individual.

    Excellent question Michael. Yes, there are lots of tax benefits for investing in real estate. So number one like you mentioned is depreciation. Um at the end of the day all of the the u the income on the properties is going to get distributed to investors and you’ll basically get a tax form that has your proportional amount of you know what to do due. Most of the time with these single family properties there’s enough depreciation to fully wipe out any taxable income. meaning that you know with the depreciation expense the properties end up having a tax loss which is awesome because it means you receive dividends each month that you’re investing but then when we give you your tax form it’ll have a nice big zero for you know zero taxes zero taxable income and zero taxes due. It’s really one of the the reasons that people love investing in real estate is because you can generate cash flow without having to you know incur a lot of tax burden. Um, and keep in mind, um, the depreciation won’t show up as a separate line item on the form. It’s basically already factored into everything that we’re doing. So, you’ll just get a number and that’s, you know, net of the depreciation after that’s already been factored in. Um, depreciation will obviously only work with the single family investments. So, the individual properties or the single family fund will have um a depreciation benefit. the real estate income fund won’t because you can’t depreciate any part of a loan. So the the um keep that in mind as well that the single family fund is a little bit more tax efficient even though the income is a little bit lower than the real estate income fund. Um the other thing to be mindful here is there’s also what’s called the qualified business income deduction. So, because all of our investments are taxed as REITs, they’re all pass through investments. They qualify for the QBI deduction, which basically gives you a 20% discount on any of the taxable income that you generate. So, say that you I’m going try to do an example in my head. Say that you invest um $100 in the real estate income fund and you earn the 8% um dividend that it’s been paying out. You’d receive $8 in in uh uh um income per year. but you’d only file you’d only recognize um about $6.5 worth of taxable income cuz it’s a pass through investment. Um this was something that was slated to fade out with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from 2017, but then they reinstated it. They kept it going, I think, indefinitely um with the current administration. So, another benefit for investors there where the taxes you’ll pay are actually going to be at 20% lower rates than what you would pay on your other ordinary income investments. Those two are going to be the biggest benefits um for investing in real estate. Um the other one I’ll mention as well is that we do do 1031 exchanges. This applies to very few people in general, but if you have a rental property outside of Arrive that you own, um you can actually sell that property and not have any capital gains on it if you reinvest into a new property. So, it’s a a newer product that I’ve been working on. Um, and if you have a rental property that you are considering um, selling, feel free to shoot us an email and I would certainly love to chat with you.

    Um, Paul, I’m seeing your same question again about if it would be a monthly deduction from your account. Um, again to clarify, if you make 100 investment today, you’ll see $100 withdrawn from your account as we go to make that first investment, but then the next month there wouldn’t be anything else. It’s not there is there is no um automatic reinvestment etc. We have a feature that’s coming for that if you want it but it will be an opt-in. So it’s not going to ever just say hey we’re suddenly taking money out of your bank account without your permission. And in fact each time right now that you go to make an investment on arrive you actually have to put your you know check the couple boxes and put your initials in on the checkout flow. So it’s it’s fairly difficult to just accidentally make a trade. Um let me know if that answers all of your question. Um, otherwise happy to go through more. I’m running low on questions here, folks. Um, we went through a lot of content in prepared remarks and here, um, what other thoughts you guys have on investing in real estate options. Um, uh, on the 1031, we wouldn’t buy your property. What we’ve been doing is we’ve been um helping facilitate the exchange because there’s a lot of really strict IRS deadlines involved with the 1031 and if you mess those up you end up paying all of the capital gains taxes. And what we’ve really been valuable for investors on is sourcing the new properties. So often happens I’ve got somebody in California who says, “Hey, I want to kind of shift some equity out of California. Maybe have it generate higher income for me. maybe kind of get it out of a state that is tends to skew fairly tenant heavy and you know anti- landlord and so we have our network and we’ve got a you know 60ome different markets that we’re operating in so it’s really easy for us to buy a couple of properties you know all across the US that can help you know fulfill your exchange for most people it’s a really stressful time because you have really limited deadlines on how quickly um or on how long you have to find new properties so we we likely wouldn’t buy your property just cuz we look for very specific things when we’re buying Um, we can help sell it if you want, but you can use your own, you know, realtor of course. Um, but where we really help is kind of helping to facilitate the process, source the new property, due diligence on the new property, acquire it, and then we can help manage it. So, if you end up owning a property that’s 10 states away, we can just manage it, and you’ll be able to see it in your arrive portfolio, like any of your fractional investments.

    Um, let’s see here. Oh, I clicked the wrong button. I don’t know if I can get that back up on the screen. Okay, Stephan, I’m not sure if I can get up on the screen cuz I clicked the wrong thing, but um if you start with $100 and let it sit there passively, you withdraw the dividends. Um yes. So, the way it works is say you invest $100. Um and let’s say you’re investing in the real estate income fund. You’re earning that, you know, 8% per year as the as that fund is investing in loans, generating interest. That interest and those dividends each month are being paid out into your arrived account and they’ll be paid out as cash. So, um, if you start with $100 and let’s say you come back a year later, you’ll see, you know, you’ve got $100 still invested in the real estate income fund, you’ll also have about $8 in cash sitting in your cash balance. You can do whatever you want with that $8. So, you can withdraw it and there’s no there’s no penalties or anything for that. It’s just cash sitting in your account the same way that if you have cash sitting in your, you know, Fidelity or Schwab or Erade or brokerage account, you can just withdraw that at any time. Um, or you can say, “Hey, I want to go and make a new investment.” And if you said, I want to invest another $100 in the real estate income fund, you have the option of reinvesting that $8. So you could say, hey, now I’m going to only add $92 and use the other eight that’s sitting in my arrived account and, you know, be able to go pick up more shares. Obviously, that’s what kind of gets the compounding process kicked off because you invest with, you know, $92 that time and then you get, you know, $16 in dividends the next year because you get, you know, the dividends from both of those transactions. So the next year you only have to invest um 92 – 88 86 84 you only have to invest $84 the next year in order to purchase the same you know 10 shares worth um and start generating returns. So that’s that’s kind of where the compounding over time you know really starts to take effect. Um and obviously the larger the initial investment the higher the initial dividends. So instead of $100 say that you invested $1,000 and you earn $80 that first year from the real estate income fund. That means that in year two, you only need to invest $20 out of pocket in order to purchase another $100 in shares or sorry, uh you’d only invest yeah another another $20 to get another hundred. Um so that is generally the strategy we see and that’s really why we are launching this recurring investments feature this fall. Um is that we’ve just seen people say, “Hey, I like the idea and I want to just autorevest my dividends, but I don’t want have to come back and do the clicks every month.” We’ve definitely heard that loud and clear. So, that’s why we’ve got this new recurring investments feature that’s going to be launching later this fall. Um, the team is very excited about it. I think it’s one of the uh bigger things that we’ve launched over the last few years. So, I’m excited to see that come to life.

    If we don’t have other questions, we can certainly wrap up early. Um, I mentioned earlier, but yes, you guys will get a copy of this recording later today. So, um, I know we went through a lot of content. Um, we’ve got a lot of different investment products. Um, biggest piece of advice I’d give is just make sure you feel confident before you start investing. We’ve got, we host these webinars regularly. We’ve got lots of content on our blog and in our FAQs and, you know, really just read through the investment pages. There’s a lot of great information about what the strategy is for each investment. Um, we have the address for each individual property, so you can go look it up on Google Maps and kind of check it out in the real world. Um, we’ve got all the information about liquidity on each page. Um, including all the fees for the different based on the different, you know, investment type. So, there’s a lot of information. Um, and you know, want you guys to feel confident before you invest in real estate. It I know is certainly a big leap to go and buy a piece of a property online, but I think increasingly it’s becoming a a more and more common thing and folks are realizing that real estate is a great thing to add to your portfolio. you know, on top of your stocks and bonds and, you know, crypto and all the other kind of asset classes you have, real estate tends to be one that has endured for a long time that sure has a lot of tailwinds behind it. You know, a lot of people that want to buy homes, not a lot of homes being built. You know, we’re not doing a lot of construction. Um, the 2010s, we built the fewest number of new homes of any decade since World War II, so there doesn’t seem to be a a big slowdown coming in the single family market. and there’s a a lot of really strong fundamentals. So, so you know, we’re very bullish on the the market as a whole. Um, and you know, want to be able to kind of have a platform that allows folks like yourself to be able to go through and make investments, kind of participate in that upside.

    I’ve rambled as long as I think I can. I’ll give it another minute or two in case there’s any other questions. Um, and if not, then like I said, we’ll have that recording available for you later today. You can always shoot us a note at supportarive.com if you have any follow-up questions. Like I said, want to make sure you guys feel like you are supported and have all the information you need. So, please don’t be a stranger. Our team is happy to help out and answer questions cuz like I said, I know we went through a lot of information over the last 45 minutes and want you guys to feel confident.

    How are we finding properties? Good question. So, we have a um a whole acquisitions team that comes from, you know, largely American Homes for Rent, which is the second largest single family REIT in the country. Um and they are masters of pricing. And so they are kind of scouring the market and looking for you know what can we think we can buy the property for and what do we think we can rent the property for and that helps us kind of figure out okay what does this make sense from a cash flow perspective and then we really layer on what’s the kind of appreciation forecast in each particular market. So we do a lot of analysis to narrow those things down to look at you know jobs you know where are companies hiring what does the employment base look like you know you want to avoid investing in places like you know Detroit in 2005 where you just have a super concentration in the auto industry um we generally look for cities that are developing and growing and are kind of expanding where there’s what’s called immigration you know more people moving in than there are people moving out and we look at both the market for sales of you know what’s what kind of inventory is coming online. Um, you know, do you have places like Phoenix where you can just keep going out into the desert and building more houses or you have areas that are constrained on, you know, geographically like where can you even build more housing? Uh, good example being like Salt Lake City. You’ve got mountains on two sides and a lake on the bottom um and the top. So, it’s it’s really constrained and there isn’t a large ability to, you know, increase the supply of homes, but at the same time on the rental market, there’s a lot of people that want to be there and there is diverse employment bases. um you know that want that are attracting people to that particular area. From there we actually look at all sorts of different you know property sources. So we look at properties that are being listed online. Um where we’ve really had a lot of success is buying properties from home builders because you know the homebuilders right now have a lot of homes and a lot of land that they’ve kind of bought over the last couple years and are committed to building on. But as interest rates went up their cost of capital went up. So, we really need to start off selling loading homes, particularly this time of year, cuz I think their fiscal year end is the end of September, if I remember right. Um, and so as they’re trying to sell homes, they’re kind of hitting these headwinds where interest rates are high and so home buyers aren’t as active as they were over the last couple of years. And what that means is that we’ve actually been able to get pretty good discounts on new construction inventory. And we really like that because those new properties are going to have very few kind of repair and maintenance items over the next 5 10 years. You know, you’re not going to need a new roof. You’re not going to need a new HVAC system. And those newer properties are generally going to appeal appeal to higher quality tenants. And they’ll pay a premium in rent for buy, you know, for being able to rent a brand new property that, you know, feels new and doesn’t have that kind of old tired feel. So, we’ve seen a lot of success in buying new construction because those home builders still need to offload that inventory. They’re not in the business of buying and holding properties. They’re in the business of turning land into finished houses. So, we’re now one of the largest, if not the largest buyer of LAR homes across the country. So, as a result, we have kind of a corporate deal that allows us to get a discount on the purchase prices of those properties. And Edge ended up just getting passed off to investors. So, we’ll look at pretty much anything. Um, and we kind of shifted our strategy over time. Early on, we bought properties that were in kind of really cash flow heavy markets. We shifted to some areas that were more focused on appreciation. So, I think you know, Nashville, Phoenix, um, Denver. And then as interest rates went up and kind of the appreciation in the single family market slowed for a little bit, we shifted back toward, you know, properties are in a cash flow in that four to 5% range from, you know, day one. So, that’s kind of been the strategy and we’re kind of always evolving it based on what we see out in the market.

    Leon, if I invest $100 today, can I invest more in the next month in the same fund? Absolutely. You can invest $1,000 today and $1,000 tomorrow if you want in the same fund. Um, there’s no real limitation there. Um, you can invest virtually as much as you want in any of the funds. Um, the funds will be available. um it’s those individual properties where once we kind of hit the number that we need to fund that property then that’s kind of all that there is available and then that property is then only available in the secondary market in the future when existing investors are willing to sell their shares. The funds are a little bit different because they could grow you know virtually forever. Um there is a limit on how much they can grow to but we would just create a new fund um and and you know we kind of monitor that as we go. But the way the funds work is basically as new dollars are invested those funds can then go and acquire more assets. So say the single family fund you know owns about I think 55 properties right now and it’s continuing to collect dollars from investors and as it hits enough money it’ll go and it’ll just go out and acquire a new property and it’ll go from having you know 55 properties to having 56 properties. So there’s those funds are are kind of expandable. They can kind of keep growing as there’s more investment dollars in as opposed to those individual properties. you know, we’re only buying the one property, so we don’t need $5 million to buy one single family house. Once we kind of hit the four, five, $600,000 we need, that property is kind of closed for funding from investors. Um, and we just kind of begin operations on that particular property.

    Um, do we have a contingency for the company? Um, we’ve got all sorts of contingencies. So uh on the the legal answer is for all the risk factors, you know, take a look at the offering circular which is linked on each of those investment pages and goes through kind of the full set of our plans and details. But we do a lot to reduce risk. So for one, like we just talked about, we’re buying these newer properties. So we’re not buying properties that were built 100 years ago or properties that Joe and his uncle remodeled 30 years ago. Um we like buying these new construction homes cuz you kind of know what you’re getting. You know, not going to be any foundation issues. there’s not going to be anything that that really has a property be a full lemon. Um, and the builders will even warranty those properties for the first year or two. So, there’s kind of a nice little added perk in there. We also in our acquisitions are making sure that we’re not buying properties that are in a flood zone. Um, you’ll notice we don’t have properties that are, you know, on the beach where the shoreline is eroding and there’s hurricanes coming in. Um, and then we have really adequate insurance coverage. So, we insure the properties so that if there anything obviously happens, the insurance will pay out to fix it. Um, we also have, you know, a a a clause you have for landlord insurance. So that if we’ve got a tenant in a property and say that the pipe bursts and the house floods and it’s not livable, well, the insurance company will pay out to fix the property and it’ll pay out for all the lost rent that we didn’t get because the tenant couldn’t live in the property during that time. So, we obviously can’t reduce the risks to zero. You know, these are investments. It’s not just putting money in a bank account. There is risk of loss. There is risk of things happening. There’s risk of tenants don’t pay, of damages happen, of you know, all sorts of negative things can happen, but we really do a lot to, you know, try to protect the downsides on those risks. And in general, single family is an asset class that has tended to be, you know, fairly um fairly consistent over time and isn’t, you know, at the end of the day, you still have a hard asset. So, we’re not looking at something like cryptocurrency that can just bump up and down. even companies in the S&P um and on the stock market. You know, you may have per companies that IPO and then just kind of totally go to zero and get bought out eventually. The end of the day here, there’s kind of a floor to the value of these properties because there is somebody out there who’s willing to buy a single family house that wants a roof over their head and a good place to be able to live. So, we do a lot to to mitigate risk. Um but these are still investments. So, there still is that risk. And so, generally, you know, the way that you can reduce that is by diversifying. And so with these individual properties, obviously if you have $10,000 and you put it into one property, you know, it might be one property that the tenant doesn’t pay rent or we have to do an eviction or there’s a big damage, we have to pause dividends. Um, and so generally it can be smarter to say, “Hey, instead of putting $10,000 into that one property, I’m going to put $1,000 into 10 different individual properties.” Um, and that way you can kind of diversify a little bit and not have all your eggs in one basket. And that’s kind of how we ended up with things like the single family fund where if you invest that first $100 into the single family fund, it’s instantly diversified across the 55 properties that it owns. So that way as there’s normal tenant turnover and churn, you know, the dividends for that fund can be really really consistent because there haven’t been, you know, there there hasn’t been anything that is going to cause, you know, 20% uh vacancy across that whole fund. it’s all kind of staggered and those those um you know the the it’s diversified enough, you know, where there’s enough eggs in that basket that even a an event happening at one or two properties isn’t going to materially impact the overall returns for that particular fund. So that’s a that’s a good little ramble on risks um and things that can go wrong. Again, for the full list, take a look at the offering circular which is linked on the investments pages and you’ll be able to see kind of the full list of all of the the legal jargon and and disclosed risks.

    Okay. Well, I’ll give you guys a couple of minutes of time back. Thank you all for joining for the long presentation. Um, and like I said, you’ll get an email recording and feel free to reach us at supportarive.com and happy to continue some of these conversations. I appreciate all the uh the questions coming in and all the feedback from folks. All right, take care. Bye.

  • 08/02/2026 – IntentStriker

    All right, we are officially live. Welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open. Just give me a quick heads up if you can hear my voice and if you can see the screen. The sooner you do these things, the faster we can get started. And quite honestly, if you’re looking for leads, and more importantly, if you’re looking for buyers, not just leads that take a glance and go away, but people that are actually interested, people that are there because they want a solution, that are willing to pay, that have the budget to invest. If you’re looking for those types of buyers, no matter what you’re selling, you came to the right place. We’re going to show you exactly how you easily not only can get in front of them, but actually convert them into real clients and buyers of any product or service that you sell. So, I’m super excited to share this with you. I can’t wait to see show you the results, the testimonials, the case studies we have. There you guys see John is here. Adam is here. Samantha is here. Melissa is here. Greg is here as well. A lots of people saying that’s exactly what I’m here for. Amazing. Awesome. But without further ado, let’s go ahead and get started. This brand new prospecting engine generates customers by finding the exact people who need you. Meaning, it gets in front of people that actually are looking for what you’re selling. It can’t get better than that. Now, you’ll be able to actually turn this on immediately after this webinar and see real leads and sales just like we’ve done with all of our clients and users thus far within 24 hours. We’re going to show and prove that here today. I’m about to show you how you can start getting instant customers without having to grind for followers on social media. Because here’s the truth, and let me know in the chat box or the question box if you agree. There’s a a place where you can type while you’re watching. Comment if you agree that there are lots of great business models. There’s agency, there’s affiliate marketing, white label software, digital products, coaching. I mean, since we’re live, let me know what type of business you run. Or maybe you’re doing a little bit of everything or a few different things. Let me know. And even if you don’t have a business model right now, definitely stay on board because what you’re about to witness will be something you can offer as a service within itself. I see lots of people saying affiliate marketing, uh, local business marketing. There we go. Digital marketing. Perfect. AI white label. Perfect. Now, I can honestly tell you after trying every little trick in the book, it always comes down to the same thing. Always. And let me know if you agree. Just give me a quick yes if you agree. The evergreen proven income formula that stands the test of time is this. All you need is a product or service, which I can see many of you already have, and interested leads. And when you combine these two together enough times, you reach financial freedom. You reach a state where your sales pay for your life. There you go. I see lots of people saying, “Yes, I agree.” Now, I see someone asking, “How do we get the interested leads?” That’s exactly what we’re going to cover here today because it’s easier said than done. You’ve probably already tried some version of this where you maybe have great offers right now, but nobody to sell it to. You posted a lot of content maybe on Instagram, on X, on Facebook, on YouTube. You’ve posted on different platforms. You haven’t seen new clients, new buyers come in. And most tools and methods require tons of skills, tons of patience as well. And almost it feels like a luck of the draw. And it feels like that. The problem is, and we see this a lot, you don’t have a reliable way to consistently get buyers. That is the only thing preventing you from seeing actual results. Right now, you just don’t have a reliable way to get consistent buyers. Once you have that solved, you can reach the financial goals that you’re looking for. I remember our first $1,000 in sales, our first $2,000 in sales. It all became once we figured out this part right here where we’re climbing the mountain of success. We have all the gear, but the only thing that was holding us back was this right here. Now, you’re not alone. This happens to a lot of people and you came to the right place because that is exact has [clears throat] been solving behind the scenes. And if you don’t know who Victory is, award-winning seven figure product launcher, I think most of you already know him. Uh close to a million dollars in sales just on this platform here alone. Then another 1.6 million here, close to 2.6 or 2.7 right here. He has been crushing it online. But trust me when I say nothing of this was possible unless he had interested leads to show his products and services to. And today we’re going to reveal the curtain on how you can do that because that is the missing puzzle piece for so many people. Now what if I told you that after this training you will own a unique solution that will get you quick buyers without having to post content. Others will beg you to install this for them. Every time we show a demo, they’re like, “How much for you to put this into my business?” Now, it works perfect for complete beginners, especially for beginners, and then creates an income stream from day one. It goes out there and finds the people that actually want what you’re offering immediately. And it requires zero tech skills. AI will do all the heavy lifting for you. It’s all done for you by smart AI agents. Not your generic chat GPTs or Claude or whatever you know is the latest out there, but agents that are specifically trained on finding buyers for your product. And not just any type of buyer, but a person that has clearly shown intent, meaning they want what you have to offer before you’ve even shown it to them. I’m going to show you exactly how that works. That means when you grab this today, you will have AI getting you real clients on complete autopilot. This works handsfree. Now, let me ask you a quick question. Now that you know what we’re going to talk about, if you actually have thousands of qualified leads on your list every month, just give me a yes in the chat box. Do you see yourself generating more clients and sales starting today? Whether you’re selling digital products, affiliate products, your own products, digital services, marketing services, working with businesses, do you see yourself generating more clients and sales starting today, if you had a smart AI agent go out there and find people that have shown clearly that they’re looking for a solution? There you go. I see lots and lots of yeses coming. That’s exactly what I’m looking for. That would solve all my problems. Perfect. Now, that’s what we’re going to cover here today. absolute most important part of your business is by far getting high quality leads. Leads with intent, leads that are looking for what you have to buy. It’s the life source of your business. You know, it will help you get a full pipeline, get you the sales and conversions you’re looking for, get you recurring revenue, get you to book calls, as well as just scale your business overall. And that’s why with what we’re about to show you today, you’ll be able to land clients from literally any industry. If you’re wondering, well, will it work in this niche? Will it work in that niche? it can go out there and work in any industry which will allow you in turn to have that consistent and predictable income that you can actually rely on and I actually prove it to you. We have beginners making a full-time income as we speak. Michael Carter helped me launch my first service offering on LinkedIn. Been freelancing for a while never offered this and then gave me a structured system that I could use for clients. I recently signed my first recurring client using it with Sophia Williams much easier to managing multiple tools. Jessica Thompson helped me stay consistent without burning out. You know, my biggest struggle was maintaining consistency. We got so many people crushing it. Arjun, Emily, Priya. Now, I’m going to show you exactly what they’re doing, why it works, and how what we’re going to show you is doing all the work for them. These are people who used to struggle to sell their products and services online, and now they’re crushing it. And the best part is this is not just an AI tool like many tools that are out there which you know generate maybe an image, generate you know a video things that you know generate copy. This is one of those AIs that actually goes and does something to directly make you more revenue. It’s a non-stop sales machine that will provide you an actual ongoing income. So, what you’re about to witness isn’t just information like most products and webinars where they just overload you with info. It is transformation. The webinar you’re about to watch will get you more buyers, more leads, more sales. So, comment yes if you’re going to stay until the end to see exactly how this works because we’re going to go ahead and get started. Comment yes in chat box if you’re in it. There you go. Excited, super pumped, happy to be here. Awesome. Now, the three secrets we’ll be covering. Number one, leads with intent to buy. most important thing is getting leads that have the intent to buy. I’m going to show you the number one thing that anyone can do to always tap into an infinite pool of leads that are ready to buy right now. And secret number two, I’m going to show you how to accelerate those results by making even more money without extra work, even if you’re a complete beginner. And then last but not least, because you’re so smart, that you showed up to this live webinar, you’ll be able to actually take this, run with it, and immediately have it be implemented for you. actually see the results with your own eyes because the people that are live here today, which is you, are going to get special webinar only discounted exclus exclusive access to the secret AI we’ve been using to skill absolute beginners from scratch. So, I hope you’re excited and without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. Now, I’ve spent tons of money on trainings and tools to start a profitable business, and I want to share something that most people refrain from sharing, and that is the non sugarcoated reality of running an online business. And I feel not enough people talk about this. Let me know if this sounds relatable. It’s where, you know, you buy different softwares to, you know, build your website, obviously. Then you buy different softwares to start with marketing. by different courses to start generating leads, you know, more marketing courses because leads are the most important thing. And in the meanwhile, there’s so many shiny objects happening left and right, different ways to make money now with, you know, e-commerce and then crypto goes up again and then YouTube faceless channels and there’s so many distractions happening that look more attractive all the time while you’re just trying to get that initial project, that initial product or service sold. Now, if that’s you or if you can’t relate, let me know in the chat box. But one thing I will tell you for sure is that no matter how many tools you own, the final roadblock, even after you’ve set everything up, you’ve finally got everything up and running. The final roadblock, let me know if you know what it is. There you go. Buyers, clients, sales, traffic. It is all that. It is getting leads that want to buy, getting people with intent. and getting buyers can feel like trying to win a lottery ticket. So, Victory sat down and said, “How do we fix this?” And after doing deep research, we discovered exactly to the tea how anyone, even if you just started yesterday, can rapidly get buyers. Now, answer the following question for me. Let’s see if we have some smart entrepreneurs in the room. Which person do you reckon generates buyer leads and sales faster? for people that actually want to buy, buy your leads and sales faster. Is it person A that is posting tons of content trying to reach anyone and everyone? This is what most people are doing. They’re using different AI tools to generate videos and, you know, images and posts and posts, which is okay. It definitely can work. Or person B who specifically messages people who already mentioned online that they need what you sell. For example, someone online on a forum, on a group, on a certain page, on a certain social media platform, already put out a request. Can anyone help me with this? Can anyone know about this? Does anyone recommend this? Someone that has already shown clear intent that they have a problem regarding the solution that you offer. Who do you think generates buyer leads and sales faster, A or B? There you go. It is hands down. I already see tons of BVB. It is hands down B. And even though we know it’s B and it makes more sense that it’s B, right? If if you find people online asking, you know, what’s the best funnel builder? How do I get more leads, right? My conversions are low. If you find people that actually, you know, have problems [clears throat] that relate to anything that we sell, it’s easier for us to come in and say, hey, I actually have a solution for this. I actually have a product for this. But if we just post endless amounts of content, it’s just a sitting and waiting and, you know, hoping game. Now on top of this, now that we established who gets buyer leads and sales faster, which platform do you reckon you can actually find and get these qualified buyer leads? Is it LinkedIn or is it all the other, you know, social media platforms? Let me know. Like like YouTube, Instagram, Facebook. And again, not to say that, you know, Instagram is not powerful, YouTube’s not powerful. They all have their own unique strengths. But as you can see, I see lots of people already saying LinkedIn. When it comes to buyer leads, people that are not just online for entertainment, people that are not just scrolling just to pass time, but people that are online to make connections, to, you know, network, to buy, to find solutions, to learn, they’re on LinkedIn. And that’s not just something we’re saying. That’s actually based on real, proven data. That’s actually why LinkedIn is built in the first place. You can see right here, study shows LinkedIn has the highest buyer intent leads. LinkedIn generates 277% more leads than any other social media platforms. Now for B2B, so especially businessto business as well, but also B2C, this makes LinkedIn the most powerful social media platform. You can see right here, while LinkedIn outperforms any other platform because users log in with a career mindset rather than for casual entertainment, making them receptive to business solutions. key phrase here, receptive to business solutions. Now, furthermore, we can go on and on. There’s so many studies on this. LinkedIn is widely recognized as the top platform for the best lead quality and so forth. Now, why does this matter to us? What’s in it for us? Because you might reckon if all it takes is going on LinkedIn and then finding people that are actually, you know, looking for solution in relation to what we offer, then why is not everyone doing this if it’s so simple? And that’s because [clears throat] you need to keep in mind that first of all, it takes a really long time finding all those people. And better yet, cold audiences are difficult. They don’t know you. They don’t know who you are. And connecting and converting total strangers is time consuming. And here’s what I personally used to struggle with as well. Not knowing what to say to them. Sure, they showed, you know, that they need help, but how do I approach it? How do I make sure I don’t just come across as a spammer or someone that just wants to sell their product? How do I, you know, make all the time to find all these people and message them one by one? And on the top of that, it’s not scalable if it’s tied to me continuously going out there looking for people talking about anything in relation to what I offer and there’s no way to connect with those people. And even when you manage to do all things right, it’s still very manual. Now, exactly that is all about to change because Victory spent a whole year. I think it’s even longer than a year. victory let you know correct me if you if if I’m mistaken here but I remember it’s at least one and a half you know with all the newer versions and then then also the evolution of AI coming out so it made it even more powerful developing a tool that is bound to convert audiences into leads bound it literally doesn’t miss you can generate the perfect leads on autopilot now I’m about to show you how it works but let me ask you a question imagine you have access to the newest technology in lead generation today that grows your business with one click. It puts out very targeted campaigns going out there hunting and searching for people, not just random people, but people that mention they have a certain problem that your product or service can solve. Now, if you have that, do you see yourself growing your business with more leads and sales fast? If every day it finds all these daily interested leads in this crowd and you know unifies them in one certain inbox and talks with them you know about the solution one by one. If that happens around the board 24/7 without you even needing to be there. People that are looking for help people that say oh thank you so much left right and center. You know it’s even calculates and scores the intent based on how they reply based on their initial message. If you had such a powerful machine, do you see yourself growing your business faster with more leads and sales? It can literally get you leads within the next 10 minutes. Comment yes if you can imagine it. And there you go. See lots of coming in. I’ll pay very close attention. All you have to do if you want to see this is comment I want this and we’re going to go ahead and show you the full release. Comment I want this in the question box or in the chat box right now. There you go. In the chat, comment I want this. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Finding qualified prospects on LinkedIn [music] shouldn’t take hours of searching, messaging, and manual follow-ups. Meet Intense Striker, an AI powered LinkedIn lead generation platform built [music] for B2B teams, agencies, recruiters, and founders. It helps you discover highintent prospects, automate personalized outreach, and manage conversations from [music] one workspace. In this walkthrough, we’ll build your first campaign and show you how to turn LinkedIn into a predictable [music] lead generation engine. After signing in, you’ll see a quick overview of the platform’s AI powered lead discovery and outreach capabilities. [music] Click set up your first campaign to begin. Start by entering your company name and website. Intense Striker analyzes your business [music] with AI to identify your industry, generate a company description, and create your value proposition automatically. If you don’t have a [music] website, simply enter a few keywords and let the AI build your company profile. Review the information and [music] continue. Next, define your ideal customer profile. Intent Striker recommends job titles, industries, [music] company sizes, locations, and company types based on your business. You can add or remove criteria, exclude [music] specific companies or keywords, and fine-tune your audience using advanced filters. Now, choose the buying intent signals [music] you want to track. Add AI suggested or custom keywords, include [music] competitor profiles, and let intent striker identify prospects [music] actively showing interest in your industry. Click AI generate to refine your targeting. Next, select [music] your location and connect your LinkedIn account securely. Once connected, Intent Striker can automatically send connection [music] requests, personalized messages, and follow-ups for you. Click launch [music] my agent, and the AI instantly creates your first signal agent and outreach campaign. Now, let’s [music] head to the dashboard, your command center. Here you can monitor outreach activity, campaign performance, sales pipeline, upcoming actions, [music] opportunities, leads contacted, conversations, and pipeline value. Activity [music] charts also show leads discovered, invitation sent, and messages delivered over different time periods. [music] Open leads inbox to view every prospect your signal agents discover. [music] Instead of manually searching LinkedIn, qualified leads automatically appear here [music] based on your ideal customer profile and buying intent. Every lead receives an AI score, helping you prioritize the highest quality opportunities [music] first. Advanced filters let you search by campaign score, industry, company, or location, while lead lists help you [music] organize prospects for different workflows. The inbox replies tab shows prospects who’ve already responded, helping your team focus on [music] the warmest leads. Selecting any lead opens a detailed profile with company information, campaign [music] activity, AI score, and additional prospect details. You can also enrich contacts with business emails and phone [music] numbers. Then export leads or sync them directly with CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce [music] or Pipe Drive. Now, let’s look at Signal Agents, the AI behind your prospect discovery. [music] Instead of searching LinkedIn manually, Signal agents continuously scan for people who match your ideal customer profile and buying intent. [music] Each agent automatically discovers new leads and sends them directly to your leads inbox. You can monitor [music] leads generated, active intent signals, cued prospects, activity history, and scheduled runs. Open any agent to review its performance. see the campaign [music] it’s supporting and monitor discovery activity. Need another audience? Simply create [music] a new signal agent or edit an existing one. The setup follows the same onboarding process. Define your audience, [music] select buying signals, choose where leads should be saved, and let the AI continuously [music] fill your pipeline with qualified prospects. With leads flowing automatically, it’s [music] time to start conversations. Open campaigns to create and manage your LinkedIn outreach. Each campaign displays connected LinkedIn accounts, [music] enrolled contacts, reply rates, campaign status, and the signal agent supplying new leads. [music] Open manage workflow to build your outreach sequence. Add connection requests, personalized LinkedIn messages, [music] profile visits, and wait steps to create a natural outreach flow. Enable AI [music] ice breakers to generate personalized opening messages for every prospect [music] or upload a voice message to make your outreach even more personal. Once your workflow is ready, click [music] start campaign. Every qualified lead automatically moves through your sequence while Intent Striker [music] handles the timing in the background. Use the scheduled tab to preview upcoming invitations, profile visits, messages, [music] and follow-ups before they’re sent. The status tab provides a complete delivery history while contacts lets you monitor every enrolled prospect, [music] their AI score, current workflow stage, and campaign progress. Open last launches [music] to review previous campaign runs. Then switch to insights to track acceptance rates, reply rates, audience growth, workflow completion, [music] and funnel performance through interactive reports. Finally, open campaign settings to choose your LinkedIn sender account. Define campaign objectives, [music] customize message tone, enable review mode, and exclude existing first-degree connections before launching your outreach. [music] With your campaigns running automatically, let’s explore C-Pilot. Co-pilot gives you complete visibility into your outreach [music] before anything is sent. Select the LinkedIn account you want to manage, then use [music] campaign filters to focus on a specific workflow or view all campaigns from one dashboard. The autopilot tab displays every scheduled invitation, message, and follow-up. Select any prospect to [music] view their profile, company details, campaign information, completed actions, and upcoming workflow. If you need to [music] make changes, simply edit the message before it’s sent, and the updated version [music] will be used automatically. For teams that require approval before outreach, enable review mode. Every first touch message is held for review, allowing managers to approve, edit, [music] or reject outreach before it’s delivered, giving you the confidence to automate while maintaining complete control. [music] Next, open Unibox, your centralized LinkedIn inbox. [music] Instead of switching between multiple accounts, Unibox brings every conversation [music] into one workspace. Click sync inbox to import your latest LinkedIn messages. [music] Then use filters to organize conversations by campaign, account, or status. Open any conversation to view the [music] full message history, reply directly, or jump to LinkedIn when needed. Each conversation [music] also includes a detailed contact panel showing company information, campaign details, [music] AI score, and lead source, helping you personalize every [music] reply. You can also compose new LinkedIn messages directly from Unibox, making it easy to manage [music] every conversation from one place. Now, let’s measure your results with analytics. Choose a date [music] range and filter performance by signal agent to evaluate specific prospecting sources. View total leads generated, average daily leads, [music] active signal agents, and monitored intent signals. Then analyze activity trends over time. The heat map highlights your best performing [music] signal agents, while signal performance compares different buying signals, helping you identify which keywords, [music] job changes, funding events, and engagement signals consistently generate the highest quality leads. Once you’ve optimized [music] your outreach, connect Intense Striker with the rest of your sales stack through integrations. Connect [music] popular CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipe Drive, Zoho CRM, and more to automatically synchronize leads with [music] your pipeline. Configure Slack notifications, web hooks, and API integrations to automate your [music] workflows or connect platforms like Instantly and Limist to combine LinkedIn outreach with email campaigns for a complete multi- channelannel strategy. For agencies [music] and resellers, White Label lets you deliver the entire platform under your own brand. Customize your application [music] name, support email, logo, favicon, brand colors, and even [music] connect your own custom domain, giving clients a fully branded experience from log into dashboard without building your own software. As your business grows, [music] manage users through team and access. Invite team members, assign roles, manage permissions, and [music] monitor active members in LinkedIn seats from one central location. Whether you’re working alone or managing an [music] entire sales team, everyone stays organized with the right level of access. Finally, head to settings to [music] configure your workspace. Update your organization details, set a default pipeline value, and add your meeting link to help prospects [music] book appointments directly from your outreach. Manage your company information to improve AI generated messaging. Then configure [music] connected LinkedIn accounts, synchronization, time zones, working days, and daily sending [music] limits to keep your outreach running safely. Under profile settings, update your account information, manage passwords, and review active sessions for [music] additional security. Then open AI templates to create reusable templates for AI generated icebreakers, [music] connection requests, follow-ups, and outreach sequences. By defining your preferred tone and brand voice once, Intent Striker generates personalized [music] messages that remain consistent across every campaign. Your workspace is now fully configured and ready to scale. [music] From AI powered prospect discovery and signal agents to automated campaigns, [music] centralized conversations, detailed analytics, CRM integrations, white label branding [music] team management and AIdriven messaging. Intent striker [music] brings every stage of LinkedIn lead generation into one intelligent platform. Instead [music] of spending hours searching for prospects and managing multiple tools, you can automate your outreach, [music] build stronger relationships, and maintain a predictable sales pipeline while the platform works continuously in the background. Thanks for [music] watching and welcome to Intense Striker. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw? Now, before we carry on, I want to quickly show you the most important and powerful part of Intense Striker. I mean, look at all this traffic. You’ll never have to worry about leads again. But your question might be, how does it know specifically how to find exactly the people that need your offer? Not just someone random, but these precise person that will buy your services. And it all starts with the signal agents. We’re actually going to go ahead and set this up live because this is what sets Intent Striker apart from anything else out there. You can see we already have several agents running. one for a rang bamboo offer, one for our social media marketing services, and one for our starter builds. It literally goes out there and finds people specifically and curates them accordingly to fit our exact offer. They are currently out there wondering or looking for help for someone that can help them with the problems they have, which is directly related to the offer we sell. So, all we have to do is actually go up and click on create agent right here. From there, let’s say we want to put up an agent for, you know, website services agent. So, let’s say we build websites or maybe do anything of that kind for other businesses and I want to go out and find people that need exactly that. So, we’re going to go ahead and create the agent. All we have to do next is give a quick description. So, um website services. So this is all we’re going to put specifically need website services or want to update their existing website. Now from here we need to put up somewhat of a customer profile. But instead of having to fill all of this out ourselves, we can literally just click on generate ICP with AI. And in case you don’t know what ICP is, that stands for ideal client persona. So I’m going to click on that and it’s going to go ahead and fill out all the details for me. the exact people that need what I have to offer. From here, all I have to do is click on configure signals. Now, from here, I can literally add any additional engagement and interest keywords if I want to. So, you can see right here, it goes for website, web design, website builder, web hosting. Anyone that is talking about any of these things in posts, in likes, in comments, or in anything, I immediately get as a lead. I simply go to leads management here. And then, where do I want to add them? any type of list to my social media marketing list, my Rang Bamboo prospect list. In this case, I’m going to create a new list. I’m going to call it a website services list. And again, I can do this for any offer I sell, even for affiliate offers. I click on okay, save agent, and continue. And boom, this now starts running. It’s exactly what we did with our recently set up SMA agent, which is right now going ahead and getting leads left, right, and center for our social media marketing services. And you can see right here if I open it up, it is going crazy. It already contacted over a,053 people. We have about a 9% reply rate right now. 93 replied. This is all hands-free. Already generated 210 actual leads that went ahead and wanted more information that responded back that are looking for information. I mean, this is a traffic machine on autopilot that you can leverage for any type of offer. No matter what you’re selling, you’ll never have to worry about traffic. All these people right now are getting contacted, getting spoken about, showing our offers to them, giving them demonstrations, everything that needs to happen is happening on complete autopilot. So no matter what product you want to sell, what service you want to sell, what affiliate offer, digital product, coaching, anything, you can do this right now with Intent Striker because it doesn’t just find leads, it finds leads with intent. people that are actually interested and are looking to hear more because they are actively speaking about all the things that you offer right now. Now, look at this. We’re averaging about 72 leads a day. Let me ask you in the chat box real quick, who here would love to have 72 highly targeted, a great fit for your offer type of leads coming to you every single day on a silver platter because that’s exactly what Intent Striker does for you. And I can see per day what type of leads, how many leads, and for which offer they’ve been generated. And again, these are not just any type of leads. You can see the score right here, right? These already engaged. engagement interest is super high. These have a score of 90, making him a direct fit for our offer. In this case, if I click on John G, I know this is most likely for our Rang Bamboo offer. And if I go to other information right here, you can see he’s actually great fit for two offers. Our rank bamboo offer, which is SEO service we provide, and our social media marketing offer. It goes out there, scores them accordingly, finds the attent, and then make sure they get offered and presented our solution because they’re currently talking about it. They need it, and intent striker actually puts us in front of them ongoingly. Again, let me know who here absolutely loved what they just saw. Every day, it talks to prospects that already show potential. It sends a message. It makes it personalized. Hi. So, it finds this person, the prospect Michael Thompson from this company. It says it sees he’s a high fit, you know, um, hi Michael. And notice he makes it all completely personalized. Then it has, you know, the icebreaker, the follow-up. It does it all from start to finish. Now, personally, the intent striker is responsible for doing over $20,000 in profit from scratch, selling any offer or service for our clients. you whooping 29,000 actually close to 30 grand just you know booking meetings left and right getting qualified replies and you know doing close to 420 outreaches every single day it is insane right and you can see right here the pipeline stage how many new people enter the pipeline how many new people are contacted you know how many replied how many are qualified how many booked it is just a powerhouse closing machine now who absolutely love that let me know in the chat button give me a yes if you did There you go. Love it. Love it. Love it. Lots and lots of yeses coming in. There you have it. That’s it for secret number one. Now, let’s go ahead and talk about some accelerated results because now that you have this, the doors open. There’s so many amazing things you can do. Now that you can actually get in front of people that have an intent to buy, let me show you how you can accelerate your results even more. Now, the people that take action today, you will get guaranteed clients and results and at least one client or customer per week because people reveal what they want through their online activity. For example, when someone engages with a relevant topic, like I need more leads for my business or someone even saying we’re struggling with this particular problem. Do you have any tips? Your signal agent takes note of that and immediately feeds them your profile, your offer, your services. Same goes for when somebody likes or comments on an offer or service related to what you have to offer. Even if they just leave a like or a simple comment, that is an intent that they’re interested in that particular solution. Same goes for for when they follow an industry expert or marketer. It immediately make sure that your signal agent understands that this particular influencer is known to talk about the exact topics that you happen to offer as a service and therefore it qualifies the people that follow, the people that comment, the people that engage on relevant topics that you provide as a service or as a product or a solution. You have your signal agent picking up all those leads for you. And same goes for when they join a relevant group. Let’s say somebody joins a group on AI or automation or any other particular topic and you offer several services in that particular case. That’s exactly when the signal agent jumps in and make sure he adds them to your particular LinkedIn leads list. So your offers can now get put in front of them saying, “Hey, I noticed you’re part of this group. We actually solve this in this particular way.” Now, these agents and signals are working around the clock to make sure you’re only getting in front of the right eyeballs. And that’s why LinkedIn is filled with these buying signals. Again, when somebody asks for help as a prospect, when the prospect shows buying intent, when they join a relevant group or event, or even when they just visited or followed your profile page, that means they have a certain intention. They wouldn’t do that just at random. They’re doing all these things because they’re interested in a particular solution or offer. And that is where LinkedIn allows you or intent striker in particular allows you to pick up on that, fill your leads lit with those exact types of people and make it so easy for you to have extremely high conversions selling your products and services with e. And that’s simply because not only will Intense Striker find the right people for your offers, but there are tons of businesses out there that all have one thing in common. Whether it’s a restaurant, a car dealership, a gym, a dental practice, a course vendor, all these people need qualified leads daily. Now, you can use Intense Striker for yourself and for clients and get paid to do so. Quite frankly, they’re willing to pay recurring money to anyone who can get leads for them and they will always buy from you. This is one of the most highest leveraged skills. It’s one of the most valuable assets you can bring to a business, which is qualified lead generation. And if you can help them get more leads and get more sales, they will absolutely fall in love with you. Now, we’ve created what we call the guaranteed $1,500 per month client template. And this template lands clients without a doubt left, right, and center. And it’s simply because of the way it’s built. You see, whenever you send this message to a business, which is, “Hey, business name, I saw you were doing either ads or doing a promotion or just putting out content, so I assumed you’re looking to attract and convert more people on your website, which is something every business is generally doing.” Now, I actually happen to specialize in this field using our AI intent striker engine. if you want, I can reach out to a thousand people for you, and if it doesn’t work, you won’t have to pay a dime. Now, this sounds very attractive to a business. Telling them, hey, I’m going to reach out to a,000 potential clients for you, and you know, if there’s no results or, you know, nothing uh comes up, then, you know, you don’t have to pay a dime. That is a nobrainer deal for a business. And the moment you do that, they won’t want you to leave anymore. They want you to stay and they will pay you to stay moving forward. And that’s what we call an AI lead genen agency because businesses want more qualified leads and clients but have no idea how to use AI to get them. Now the profitable three-step AI lead genen agency is as follows. You activate Intent Striker to get qualified clients and it’s a simple six-step onboarding process. You connect the LinkedIn account, you know, you get the profile access, a real-time sync, and it’s literally a matter of clicking a button and you’re set. Now, from there, you provide the business with a oneweek free trial. It’s going to go ahead and do AI powered personalized outreach, reaching out to all the potential clients for that business. Now, from there, we want to go ahead and [clears throat] analyze the results, and you start getting paid monthly. They’ll see the amount of contacts that they’ve got, the leads that have been added, the people that have been reached out to, and they’ll see that this is very beneficial for our business. We would love for you to stay on and keep doing this. And to make it even easier, because you were smart enough to pick this up on this webinar, you will actually have this completely done for you, extremely high converting agency website filled with our proven case studies and testimonials that converts people left, right, and center for this exact service. Every time people land on this page and they check out the services, they check out exactly what you’re able to do now that you’ll have access to Intent Striker, you’ll have them ongoingly book a consultation and quite frankly just sign up for your service because you’re able to get them 10 to 30 qualified meetings and leads every single month. Now, what’s even more powerful is that you can also use this to sell affiliate offers. You see, all you have to do once again is simply activate Intent Striker, but this time all you have to do is let it find people who need your affiliate offer. Maybe you’re selling an affiliate offer on a digital product or a physical product or a digital course or a software of some kind or a reseller tool that you have access to. It will find the exact potential buyers for that offer so you can enjoy ongoing commissions because it will make sure those are the exact people that will be interested in the affiliate offer that you promote. Now, let me know in the chat box, do you see how having access to intense striker and a legion agency gets clients to pay you monthly? Can you see how a business owner would absolutely love to pay you to do this for them? Imagine someone came up to you today saying, “Hey, I’m going to reach out to a thousand people that are most likely to buy your products and services. And if you like it, then we can talk about, you know, what it takes for you and for me to stay on every single month and keep doing this.” Now, this is music to a business ears, and that’s why it’s one of the best and easiest offers to sell to any type of entrepreneur. So, let me know. I see lots of yeses. There you go. John Ali uh diamond amazing uh one of the best services hands down exactly perfect. Now that’s it for accelerated results. You can use it for yourself but you can also use it for clients. That takes us to number three instant results because what if I told you that you will have access to everything you need to get clients in a heartbeat. And the best part is you will get it at a webinar special discount. the type of discount that will make your jaw drop on the floor like you see right here. Because right now you have two options. Option number one is you don’t take any action today. You literally have the opportunity right now to never have to worry about leads, about customers, about buyers ever again and let AI find them for you and make them buy your products and services. But not taking action today means you go ahead and stay at the same place you are now. On top of that, you’ll miss out on real paying clients online that can literally make you money. And on top of that, you waste tons of time and money on, you know, trying other routes or just waiting on social media to finally work in your favor. Now, option number two is just let Intent Striker do it for you. Immediately, you have Intense Striker make you money starting today. It can go out there and start finding the exact person that is highest and most compatible to your offers and services. It will put your offers in front of them and get you sales. Now, on top of that, it’s the world’s first AI that actually does it all for you. And even better, you get done for you resources from us for fast success. We actually help you and hold your hand throughout this entire process. So, with that being said, who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the special webinar deal when you take option number two? Let me know in the chat box who wants to know everything you’re getting today as a part of the special webinar deal which is only and I’ll ex emphasize this over and over again. This is only available on this webinar. This is a special deal we’re only doing once this webinar ends. This won’t be available anymore. I need you to understand that because we get so many emails after we do a special like this saying, “Please open the doors again.” We can’t. We literally can only do it while we’re live or else it wouldn’t be sustainable for us. So, this is a once- ina-lifetime opportunity. Now, I see lots of guests coming in. So, without further ado, let’s go ahead and show you everything you’re getting today. You’re going to get access immediately to an Intense Striker Premium account. Now, what this means, you’ll have the AI intentbased lead discovery. This makes sure it will find the leads that are very hot and ready to buy your offer immediately. businesses, people, no matter who you’re looking for. It’s going to search for buying signals. It’s going to search for the specific industry, and it’s going to make sure these are real people that have the capacity, the budget, and also the problem that your product or service can solve. Whether it’s an offer that helps people earn more on the side, whether it’s an offer that helps businesses with their marketing or anything else of that nature or anything in between, it finds anyone on the vast network of LinkedIn that needs your offers. Now, on top of that, it has agents, signal agents that work 24/7 to find the exact people, the people that you know will give you engagement, the people that are talking about the exact keywords that relate to your offer. It’s always on 24/7 working and getting you leads, finding those signals, meaning you’ll always have an ear online looking for who is talking about needing your help right now. On top of that, you have the AI powered ideal customer profile generator that makes sure to find the exact ideal client persona that needs your products and services. You have a smart AI lead scoring and qualification to actually make sure the people with targets score accordingly that match your ICP which is the ideal client persona that actually have the budget to buy your products or services or your offers. You’ll have everything done for you. An intelligent lead magnet works lead management workspace to have all your leads under one roof. visual multi-step LinkedIn campaign builder. So you can see what the flow looks like from the moment the AI connects, the message it sends, how it engages, how it gets them to either book a call or, you know, send them the sales page of your offer and how they turn into a buyer. You have the AI call-ilot outreach command center that can outreach on your command and you can guide it accordingly if you want to. You can just watch and see how it performs and you’ll be amazed. You have a safe LinkedIn automation technology. So it works within the boundaries of LinkedIn. So it never oversteps. It always makes sure it’s on par with the policy. It has daily and weekly limits making sure you know it no you know no bot behavior is detected by LinkedIn of any kind. And this allows you to keep this running 24/7. You have a unified LinkedIn inbox. So all the leads, all the messages, all the buyers you can see right here. And it qualifies them per interest, per warm and the pipeline stage. Furthermore, AI powered personalized outreach. So there’s no generic, you know, spammy types of messages, but real personalized outreach like a person-toperson connection that allows you to sell your products effortlessly. Now, campaign monitoring and queue management, so you can see the campaign, how it’s looking, how many offers are being sold, now how many sales are being made. On top of that, advanced pipeline analytics, so you can see, you know, the amount of meetings booked, the qualifications, the forecast. You have the CRM and workflow integrations. Any other tool you want to integrate, you can do so. Multi-account and team collaboration. So, if you want to add team members, maybe you have a virtual assistant or down the road you want to have someone else manage the account for you, you can. You have a fast six-step guided onboarding. So we make sure your profile, your network works, everything is dialed in. So you can immediately launch your campaign, start tracking and then review and optimize as you go. And then furthermore, the pipeline visibility in sales insights. You have complete insight of you know the amount of qualified replies that are happening, the amount of meetings are booked, the amount of signals that are coming in, the amount of outreach that is happening for the day. You have everything under one roof working for you selling your product. Whether it’s an affiliate offer, your own offer, a course, a surface, a marketing tool, everything is being sold for you. Let me know who here is loving everything they’re getting access to right now. Let me know in the chat box who here loves everything you see right here that you’ll immediately have access to. There see lots and lots of yeses coming in. Now, let me tell you, because you’re on this webinar, it’s about to get even better because you will unlock what we call the full bundle upgrade. Meaning, we’re going to give you access to the unlimited and the premium and the done for you and the unlimited reseller. I’ll show you exactly what this means. And this is why I said we’re only doing this on this webinar. We can’t do this outside of this. That, like I said, that won’t be sustainable for us. This is a special that we’re only doing because you decided to show up here. We want to give back. We appreciate your time showing up live. So, we’re going to give you not only a full bundle upgrade, but the insane webinar only discount, which means on top of the Intense Striker premier premium account that you’re getting access to, you’re also getting the unlimited edition, which is normally 97 a month. You’re going to get that included at no additional cost. This means this upgrade removes all the limitations, unlocks additional money-making features inside Intense Striker. So you can 10x your profits with no additional words. Things like the ability to create unlimited audiences. Maybe you’re selling different offers to different different types of audiences. You have the ability to export unlimited leads. You can do competitor audience extraction so you can see who your competitors are targeting, what type of audience they have, and extract the leads from there. All other limits upgraded to unlimited. Multi-step campaign and follow-up automations. You’ll be able to send unlimited messages, so there’s no cap. call and meeting management system and a push button email marketing app so you can even send real emails to businesses to leads and follow up accordingly with your offers and services and the AI will do everything for you. Now, if that’s not enough, you’re also getting, and this is a big one by far, the done for you LinkedIn Marketing AC. Now, this one usually is 147 a month. You’re going to get it included, which means you’ll have a ready-made LinkedIn marketing AC website. Now, like I said, businesses will absolutely fall in love when you provide the service. Now, therefore, instead of you having to explaining what you do, we’ve already made a battle tested and proven website that the moment people see what’s on that website, they’ll immediately ask you, “When can you get started?” Now, it’s fast and easy to get live with no prior technical skills or design experience. We’ve already made it high converting. It explains everything and shows what you do and deliver. and it has people immediately wanting to sign on board. We’re giving you even all the pimp to sell telemarketer marketing scripts for LinkedIn marketing services, print ready commercial graphics, highly optimized LinkedIn marketing email sequences, ready-made sample LinkedIn marketing poweroint proposal, and a highpaying client video course with white label rights. You’ll have everything you need to sign clients left, right, and center. And to really make it easy for you, we’re even going to include 50 done for you profit generating campaigns. Now, this one usually is 77 a month, but again, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get an amazing discounted deal for everything included. Now, the 50 done for you copy and paste profit generating campaigns are literally the exact campaigns that we’re running that are making us money as we speak. Now, these are campaigns that sell affiliate offers, different offers that you can turn on to start seeing real cash flow. These are some of the highest converting offers that has a ton of buyers on LinkedIn and there’s more than enough audience for it. You can literally tap into it right away. The campaigns already made. The sequences are already there. The audience is already built. You don’t need any prior experience. Everything is ready so you can start making money fast. Now, like I said, this is something we’re only doing on this webinar and we’re doing this so you immediately start seeing results and absolutely love Intense Striker. Now, furthermore, you’re also getting access to unlimited traffic to sell your products and offers. As you know, we personally generate a ton of traffic. We have a lot of buyers and we’re going to help you out simply because you’re on this webinar. We’re going to actually generate massive sales for your product offers. Get traffic without lifting a finger. This traffic has already generated millions and will generate millions more. You’ll also get your share of traffic from our future launch pages that will redirect to your offers. This is something unique that you’ve never seen before. It’s 100% done for you traffic that we generate. The traffic is proven to convert. We’ll siphon that massive traffic from our launch pages over to your products and services. Step-by-step training included. Uh we’ll show you with a rotator link how to set it up so everybody gets their equal fair share of traffic from us. and you get unlimited buyer traffic. And this is the fastest way to start seeing real figures online and grow to six figures. These are buyers. These are people, you know, that when you show them a good product, a service or a tool, they are willing to buy it. And that’s the type of traffic that you can expect. Now, again, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? You’re getting the best of the best out here. And all of that is included because you’re on this very webinar. Um, I see Anthony saying, “Oh, this must be expensive. I’m expecting over $1,000 hands out.” Exactly. Now, let me tell you, it should be extremely expensive. I mean, this will literally allow you to start making money as fast as humanly possible. It pays back for itself. However, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do, like I said, a special webinar discounted deal. So, you’ll be surprised at [clears throat] what you’re going to get access to for it. Now, uh furthermore, on top of the unlimited traffic, we’ve added one more thing, and this is a very special one that we contemplated on actually not doing, and then we said, you know what, let’s give the biggest bang for your buck altogether. This is the unlimited reseller license. You can see this by far has the highest value, $397 a month. Um, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that, by the way. But what the unlimited reseller license is, this allows you to resell Intense Striker under your own brand, your own logo. It’s like you own the software with your own name. You keep 100% of the profits. We handle all the tech. We handle all the support. You can resell Intense Striker for any price you want. It includes the done for you sales page, all of our marketing materials, and this thing sells like hotcakes. The moment we send or show a demo, clients immediately get sold, and it’s fast and easy. Uh, a way to create another income stream is by having your own software. Like we love software. We have a lot of softwares making us money and in striker is one of them. We decided to allow you to have that as well. Now this means you’re going to get access to the intent striker premium, the unlimited, the agency upgrade, the done for you campaigns, the traffic access, and as I’ve just shown, the unlimited reseller license. You’re getting the whole nine yards. A total value of close to $40,000. 39,982 to be exact. Now again, once you have Intense Striker, everything becomes easy. Your pipeline will get filled. You’ll see sales and conversions. You’ll have recurring revenue. You’ll book calls. You’ll start scaling. Once you have Intense Striker, you’ll be able to put your offer in front of people that actually want to buy it. And for that reason, based on the amount of results this will generate and already has generated, the actual price of everything you’re seeing here today will be 2,997 a year annually. And I think that’s more than fair, right? For what you’re getting, a system that sells your product, sells your offers for you that you can turn on, you can go to sleep, go outside. You basically have a machine going online making sure people buy our products and services around the clock. Now, luckily for you, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that. We’re not going to do 2997. We figured to do an insane discount and drop it down to just $497 once, one time, while keeping all the upgrades, getting all the future updates, the premium, the unlimited, the a reseller, the unlimited traffic at only one time 497. Now, let me ask you, who thinks that’s an insane deal already? There you go. Love it. Where’s the link? That’s amazing. Wow. [laughter] Uh, Christmas came early. Exactly. Now, let me tell you, even though 497 is an amazing price point, it gets even better. Let me ask you this. Who wants to dominate a line and get an under $180 off? Let me know in the chat box. Who wants an under80 $180 off? Comment special discount. Comment live. Let us know you’re here. Let us hear know you won it. Only the people that are here live that show up that comment are actually going to get an even better webinar bundle special. Meaning we’re dropping it down by even more. And that’s all the way down to 347. And guess what? Because you showed up live. You’re not here during the replay. We’re actually live. You can see us. I can see everyone in the chat. Chris, Tony, there you go. Marie, I see everyone in the chat here live. Because you came to the live webinar, we’re going to do something on top of that, which is the live webinar special. Even though 347 one time is already a massive discount because you took an effort. Effort pays off. you’re going to get only on this webinar and this is something unfortunately we can only do for the first 50 people first come first serve an extra special discount and you know it keeps getting crazier I can’t even believe this only on this webinar we’re going to give away 50 live coupons and these 50 live coupons are only available right now and will go into availability the moment we drop the link and that means on top of the massive discount 247 one time. 247 once less than 250 bucks. You’ll have Intense Striker Premium unlimited. You have the agency, the reseller, unlimited traffic. You’ll never have to worry ever again about selling your products and services. You’ll have AI go out there and not just find leads, but find leads that are looking for your product. Find leads that are ready to buy. comment in the chat live discount to claim the coupon and get the link. And I like I said, it’s first come first serve. Only the first 50 people will be able to snatch this up at this absolutely low al low this guy. It’s so insane. Um I mean this is clearly we’re selling this at $2,997 a year and you’re here and you’re getting it for just two for seven months. It is insane. So many people will be jealous of you, but it is what it is. We’re doing a webinar special here. Congratulations. Pick it up because honestly, you won’t ever see this again. In all seriousness, if you’re looking to sell your offers, if you have something you want to make money with online, it can be an affiliate offer, a digital product, a marketing service, an AI tool, a white label tool, you want to promote or sell something online, you need the people that are willing to buy that. And that’s what Intent Striker does. It finds those people that show the intent to buy. It locates them and it puts your offer in front of them. And whether you’re a complete beginner or you’re a seasoned veteran, it works for anyone. And the AI does all the heavy lifting. Go to the link in the chat. It’s available right now. And the people that grab this right now, you’re also going to get some amazing bonuses. The first 50 people, I see a few people already joined in. Uh Sandra, congratulations to you. Mo, congratulations to you. Uh there you go. Joshua, congratulations to you. Tom, congratulations. Stephan, congratulations. Uh, you guys are fast. Now, here’s the thing. Um, I can’t believe this. Um, wow. Two for seven. Great price. Thank you guys. You’re welcome. You’re welcome. You’re welcome. Thank yourself for showing up live here today. And the reason we’re doing this, by the way, if you’re wondering, well, why do you guys are doing why are you guys doing such an insane discount? Because, like I said, we know that if we can get you amazing results really quickly, then you’ll stick with us for the long run. And business is all about, you know, long-term creating really good client relationships. And that’s what we’re doing right here. Creating amazing success stories, you know, keeping the barrier of entry really low only this time. Um, and you’ll basically also become our brand ambassadors. It allows us to penetrate the market. We’ll use your, you know, case studies, your success stories, your results. We’ll be able to leverage that as well. So, with that being said, you know, it’s a win-win, but honestly, you’ll be able to take this 247 and make so many sales because of it. And better yet, if you’re on the fence for any reason, you have a 30-day money back guarantee to actually try it out in the first place. Let it run for 29 days. See how much it made you, and then you can still decide if you want to keep it. So, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Go to the link in the chat right now and grab it before it’s too late. And guess what? the first 50 intense strikers. This includes the people that already grabbed it. You’re going to get some webinar only fast action upgrades. Now, this is only if you go ahead and grab this right now. So, go to the order form because these webinar upgrades are worth their weight in gold. Meaning, you’re going to get first of all the Intense Striker affiliate marketing coaching program. This is an a toz step-by-step affiliate marketing program with a 100 done for you list building funnels across different niches built out for you. 100 done for you lead magnets that we already prepared for you. 100 done for you language and landing pages we built out for you. Thank you pages already set up for you. We give you free hosting on all of these pages. Done for you free traffic. Done for you Facebook creatives and done for you email swipes. You’ll get everything to start making money as an affiliate marketer. You’ll have the traffic. You’ll have the offers. You’ll have the pages. you have to set up. This on its own is worth thousands and you’re going to get it simply because you’re here live. Now, on top of that, I want to show you some results of this very fast action bonus. You can see right here uh in total I’ve made since I started in Jamie Zoo less than 7 days ago. You made it all possible. You can see the results right here. And it said, “Never knew I could easily build a buying list. Thanks for revealing this.” Now, these results are from real people that have gone through the affiliate program. Now, whether you want to make money with affiliate marketing or you want to sell your own products or services or you want to sell other tools, this allows you to have cash flow coming in on the side with little to no maintenance at all. It’s a beginnerfriendly, bulletproof business model where you know, Michael here, first day in JVZU, brand new list. See, victory is your mentor. Whatever he tells you to do, just freaking do it. I had so many a learning to do and it was all worth it. He made over $288 literally in a day. Now, this is already more than, you know, the entire investment here today. You can make this back literally in one day. And you even have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, if you’re on the fence for any reason, please don’t be because you’re shooting yourself in the foot if you don’t grab this right now. You can see right here my Warrior Plus dashboard. So far, we’re making progress already up to $532 right here. Uh, wa amazing. Now I feel [clears throat] better today is our response. Now, here’s what happens when we fast track your results, right? 691 uh within 30 days. Victory, my result for January, please. You know, ask me how can I make even more. Now, this is already more than an investment of what you’re getting here today. You can see here a, $103 in uh in the this month. So, in the last 30 days, hi boss victory. I’m really excited. Today’s the first time I’m crossing 1K in a month. This has been made possible after I followed your teaching slowly, implemented the strategy you revealed. I’m grateful for your time, effort, and willingness to see me grow. Thank you so much and God bless. Now, leaving this right here blows the result of my first promotion. Literally, first promotion, turned it on, and immediately made $148. Saying this has really motivated me to keep pushing on. It shows I’m on the right track and I learned from the best. Thank you for your effort. Again guys, if you are on the fence for any reason, I see most of [clears throat] you are not most people already grabbed it and you know you should. Congratulations. You got nothing to lose and everything to gay. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. But for the others that you know, maybe you’ve been burnt before. Maybe you’ve tried different things or maybe you feel like, oh, I’m already involved in too much or I’m already trying something. Use this to build up cash flow on the side. You set it up once it starts running. You know, an extra thousand dollars on the side will only benefit you and help you grow faster with whatever you’re doing, whatever you’re trying to accomplish. You need leads and buyers anyway, no matter what you’re trying to do online. Now, we’re also going to give you our white label AI license to some of our best tools. This is bonus number two, which is normally $497. This is an AI generator. It’s the ultimate AI assistant tool that helps you generate unique content, fix your already existing ones, or improve it. You can also generate AI images. There’s also fully featured speech to text, AI conversion, AI chatbot. These are all of our AI tools in white label format. So you have your own suite branded with your own name. You don’t have to be dependent on subscriptions like chatbt or any other. You have your own in-house AI system that is upto-date, the latest and greatest, and it’s completely white labelled to you. Meaning you can even sell it and keep 100% of the profits. Meaning on top of the intent striker premium, the unlimited, the agency upgrade, and even the done for you, which is an instant money maker, and the traffic access, and the reseller income, you’re also getting all these webinar bonuses. So, make sure you grab this right now before it’s too late. Now, I want once again congratulate everything or everyone that’s grabbing it right now. Um, like I said, Joshua, congratulations to you, my man. Super excited. Uh, May, congratulations to you as well. Derek, congratulations. Stefan, I mean, phenomenal. Can’t wait to see you on the inside. Uh, George, same goes to you. Uh, someone’s asking, “Will this work in the health niche?” Yes. Will it work for physical products? Yes. I mean, it’s going after real people, and people buy physical products, people buy digital products. It’s going after people that have the highest intent to buy your products and services. And remember, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. literally turn it on, see the results even within the first 10 minutes, even within the first 24 hours, and you can decide now, do I want to keep this? And I know for a fact once you see it, you’ll see that this 247 is worth so much because you’ll make it back in 10fold, if not 100fold, the moment you start turning on Intense Striker, it’s like an investment you’re making to make so much more. And to make it even more worthwhile, we’re going to add in one more bonus because if you have looked around, we’re now living in the AI era of, you know, applications, softwares, you know, those become the most valuable. Uh people are saying information is becoming a commodity. You know, ebooks are becoming more of a commodity. People now want apps and tools and AI tools. So, we’re actually going to give you a plug-in that allows you to build and develop your own AI tools. You can literally build any tool you want to. It’s called Plug Genies AI. It’s one of the easiest software development platforms. Now, it is a software that lets you create plugins for both personal and commercial purposes. Now, this brand new tool is a must have if you want to tap into the multi-billion dollar software industry and you know without any pro programming knowledge or technical team. It allows you to create plugins that you know have complete automation without writing a single line of code that can be sold on JVU, can be sold on ClickBank, Code Canyon, AppSumo, your own e marketplace and any other online marketplace. Meaning you’ll now have the power to literally create apps and sell them. And you can even let Intent Striker find the buyers for you or leverage our unlimited traffic and get it sold. This means you’ll have your very own software assembly factory that’s out there building out software for you. And quite frankly, right now reselling proven in demand AI tools and applications is in high demand. You can see right here, you know, how I built apps that print 30k a month. I clone three apps and I made 35k a month. You know, here making 12K a month. These are regular people. Dimmitri, you know, quit his 9 toive job and build a screen sharing app. Uh this screenshot API that he’s using, people are loving it. He’s making 12K a month with that. Now, you can literally build anything with this bonus that you’re getting on top of everything that you’re getting. And quite frankly, like I said, most people aren’t even aware right now that history is repeating itself because what we’re witnessing right now is nothing different from the gold rush in the late 1850s. They call it the AI gold rush. And it’s all about, you know, on which side are you? As a matter of fact, let me know in the chat box who were the majority of money makers in the gold rush. Were it the peoples that selling the shovels or the people that were digging for the gold? Now, the majority was clearly the people that were selling the shovels. And yes, every now and then someone found a piece of gold and got extremely rich, but the majority didn’t. But the people that sold suffles always got rich. And that’s the power of this bonus. You’ll be able to sell AI tools, AI applications. It’s like selling the shovels to the people that then want to go and use those AI tools and applications. And therefore, this is the biggest bang for your buck on top of everything. Now, this bonus in particular only has 19 spots left. It’s almost uh $1,000. You’re going to get it included for free for only 247 one time on top of Instant Striker Premium, Intense Striker Unlimited, the done for you, the reseller. You’re getting everything. And it’s just a onetime, no annual, no monthly, and you get unlimited access. And all it takes is 247 ones. This is the biggest bang for your buck that you can ever get and you will ever find, you’ll ever see. And it’s only because you’re on this webinar right now. Go to the link in the URL. Uh the team will drop the link. The time to grab it is right now. This is your last and final chance to get access because like I said, this is a once in a-lifetime opportunity. this 24/7. When you grab this right now, you will see so much more in return because honestly, there are people out there spending hundreds of dollars a day on trying to get traffic on paying for ads. You’ll never have to do that. You’ll have AI but working smart, letting it go online, find the people that are interested in what you have to offer and putting your offers in front of them. This is the biggest shortcut to go from where you are now to start earning a real income online. But the time to grab it is right now. I’ll let the team drop the link one last and final time in the chat box and then it is it. Congratulations once more to everyone that get access. I’m super excited to see you in. And that being said, I’m going to recap one last time everything you’re getting here today and then we’re going to leave it at that. So everybody that takes action right now, you’re going to get access to first of all the entire premium account. This gives you the AI intent lease based discovery as I’ve shown before. I actually bring it up on the slides here so you can see everything once more. You’re going to get the entire premium account which means you have the AI intentbased lead discovery. You have the AI signal agents that work 24/7, the AI powered ideal customer profile generator, the smart AI lead scoring and qualification, the intelligent lead mag management workspace, the multi-step campaign builder, the co-pilot outreach command center. All of this is automated for you. The AI does all the heavy lifting. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re getting to unlock the full bundle upgrade at an insane webinar only discount. the premium, the unlimited, the agency, the done for you, the traffic, the reseller income, all valued at 39,982 together, and the insane bonuses, including the affiliate coaching as well as the white label AI license and the AI plug-in developer. Meaning, you’re only getting this when you grab this right now before it’s too late. And that’s why, like I said, you have two options right now. Option number one is not taking action today. And this means you stay at the same place. You miss out on finally cracking the code, that missing puzzle piece, just having clients, having traffic, and if you don’t take action, you’ll waste tons of time and money online. Or option number two is let intense striker do it for you. Try it out for 30 days. Have Intense Striker make you money starting today. World’s first AI that does it all for you and get done for you resources for fast success. We’re on the inside holding your hand, even helping you set up your profitable three-step AI lead genen agency. We give you the done for you sign. We give you the $1,500 per month client template. You have everything you need to absolutely crush it. Now, this is your last chance to take action because quite honestly, if you don’t grab this right now, unfortunately, you will miss out on the biggest deal and the biggest bang for your buck. And which means you have to go back to, you know, posting content without results, waiting for results to show up, you know, having offers but nobody to sell it to and just, you know, climbing that mountain of success but always being held back by not having interested leads. And this is, like I said, the exact problem that Victory has been solving. So don’t let 247 stand in the way of finally solving this problem for you, but you’ll have to grab it right now. The link is in the chat. I can’t wait to see you on the inside. And like I said, the team has just dropped the link in the chat to claim one of the final spots. We have just under a dozen coupons left uh where you can get discounted onetime lifetime access with all future upgrades included for a 247 one time. So, let me break it down once more so you understand completely what you’re getting access to. You’re going to get a brand new prospecting agent that actually goes out and generates customers by finding the exact people who actually need you. You can literally start seeing leads and sales happen within the next 24 hours. This allows you to start getting instant customers without having to go through the usual grind for followers on social media. Because again, the truth is there are a lots and lots of great business models out there. Some of which you may have already tried. And it’s not that the business models don’t work. It simply always comes down to one thing. You need a product or service and you need interested leads. And that is exactly what Intent Striker will give you. Now, combining these two will allow you to finally reach revenue goals, numbers that you could only dream of before. Having access to interested leads can literally take you from where you are today to having consistent cash flow coming in because your products are being sold, your services are being offered, your offers are literally getting in front of people that are already looking for them. Now without this we see usually people that are struggling you know having to go through things like having great offers but nobody to sell it to posting a lot of content without send seeing any new clients and just you know messing around with tools that require so much patience and skill. And the simple problem that all of them are having is they don’t have a reliable way to get consistent buyers. And that’s exactly once again what Intent Striker will do for you. Once you’re able to get these buyers, the moment you grab this offer, the link is in the chat box. Once again, you will have access to a unique solution that will get you quick buyers without posting content. Have others beg you to install this for them. On top of that, it works for complete beginners. It creates an income stream from day one and requires zero tech skills on your end. the tool or in this case the intent striker agents will do all the heavy lifting for you. It is literally all done for you by smart agents that go out and find new customers to add to your business. Which means when you grab this today, you will literally have AI getting you real clients on complete autopilot. Now I asked this question when we started and that was the following thing. If you had thousands of qualified leads on your list every month, I’m not just talking about random, you know, traffic or prospects, but real leads that are interested, leads that actually, you know, could make use of your offer. Leads that can actually, you know, buy your products, leads that can actually benefit from your offers if you had access to them. Do you see yourself generating more clients and sales starting today? And if you said yes, you know that the most and absolute most important part of your business is high quality leads. Leads are the life source of your business. And that’s what Intent Striker gives you. It allows you to get get a full pipeline, a sales and conversions non-stop, recurring revenue ongoingly, booking calls, even if it’s just making an extra $500 to $1,000 a week. That is what Intense Striker will do for you, which makes it more than worth it to grab it today for only 247 one time. Now, this is only available on this very webinar, allowing you to as well as land clients from any given industry and having finally consistent lead flow, meaning also consistent and predictable income. you already know how much you’re going to make because of the amount of leads you see that are being generated, the amount of people that are being outreached to. You can see clearly the conversion rate and you can predict your income ongoingly knowing exactly how much you’re making consistently. And remember, you have a full 30 days to try this out. Now, once again, I’ll prove it to you. We have beginners making a full-time income as we speak. Even offering intent striker as a service to businesses. Now, the best part of what you’re about to get access to is that it’s literally a non-stop sales machine. It will provide you an actual ongoing income. It’s not another tool that just generates, you know, videos or images or writes copy or another chat box or just another agent. It’s something that actually goes and adds revenue to your business by putting your offer in front of people that are actually interested in the first place. And therefore, this is not just more information. This is transformation. So, make sure you grab this right now because this will once again allow you to go from just, you know, posting tons of content all the time, which can help over time, but it’s definitely a longer game to just immediately getting your offers in front of real people that are already looking for what you have. And it does that by leveraging one of the most powerful platforms, which is LinkedIn. Now, study shows once again that LinkedIn has the highest buyer intent leads, 277% more leads. Um, LinkedIn, you know, is better than all the other social media platforms when it comes to really getting your product in front of people that actually want to buy, that are not just looking, you know, for the sake of looking or window shopping or just scrolling by or just looking for entertainment. If you’re looking to outperform any other social media platform and actually get sales and real proper traffic, LinkedIn is widely recognized. You can look this up. Now again, normally doing this yourself would take a lot of struggles. You’ll need to know what to say. You need to, you know, make sure you don’t come across as a spammer. You need to manually find people search linking day in day out. You know, it’s not scalable. You’re glued to your computer and it’s just a nightmare having to sit down and being tied to your laptop 24/7 and figuring out what to say, how to convert, where to find people in the first place. It is not doable. And even if you manage to do it, it will eat all of your time. And that’s why what you’re about to get access to is going to change everything for you. Victory once again spent the whole year developing a tool that is bound to convert audiences into leads, allowing you to generate the perfect leads on autopilot. Imagine you have access to the newest technology in lead generation today to grow your business literally with one click. Now, seeing all the invitations going out, getting new connections of people that actually want to know more about what you do, seeing all the messages being delivered, follow-ups happening, you know, actions coming in and out. You see all the people that are being contacted, Sarah Chan, Michael Tors, Emily Carter ongoingly, everything is happening and you’re sitting back relaxing, watching it in front with your own eyes. That is the power of what you’re getting access to right now. Now, imagine having that. This is available including the entire stack of the premium account as well as the unlimited upgrade as well as the agency upgrade val at $3997 as well as the done for you agency setup with a done for you website zero tech free hosting $6997 in value. On top of that, the unlimited traffic where we siphon our traffic and give it send it straight over to you as well as a reseller income where you get full resell rights unlimitedly. The total value of 39,982 only on this webinar to make sure you have all the benefits and start seeing results fast. So you become our ambassador so you stick with us long term knowing that what we share is high quality. Everything you see here, instead of 2997 annual, we’re not even going to drop it to 497. We’re going to do a special discount, which takes it not even to 347, which is an absolute steal, but because you decided to show up live, you’re getting the biggest discount available, which is 247 one time. And don’t forget, everyone that grabs this right now, and I see more people just joined in. Uh Samuel, congratulations to you. Uh Michelle, congratulations to you as well. Um, you’re going to get all of you. Yes, you’re right in time. You’re going to get the fast action upgrades, which means the entire affiliate coaching pack with a toz step-by-step affiliate marketing, done for you list building, lead magnets, landing pages, thank you pages, all taken care of. And we have amazing case studies and success stories for that. On top of that, the white label AI license where you have all your own white label AI tools, the latest and greatest. And on top of that, not to forget the powerhouse plug-in developer, which is the plug genius that can develop any application software, any plug-in software, literally built it out for you, which you can sell, use, offers as a bonus, custom create for clients. You have your own software assembly factory. We use it all the time. And this is currently in high demand. Reselling applications like this make a lot of money. And right now, you’ll be able to tap into that, including everything you see here with the extra bonus, which is the Intense Striker webinar only bonus. Meaning, you can only unlock this while you’re on this webinar. Outside of this webinar, this simply is not available. So again, make sure you grab this right now because the link will be dropped for one last time in the chat box, allowing you to get access for only 247 one time right here, right now. I’m super excited to see you on board. Once again, congratulations with your access. Everything you need is immediately available. The AI is there for you to do to do all the heavy lifting. Meaning you can sit back even if you’re a complete beginner and watch results come in. Whether you’re selling coaching, whether you’re selling a service, whether you’re selling affiliate offers, whether you’re selling multiple offers or you want to start offering intent strikes, intent striker to clients as a service. This will allow you to do so. But better yet, it will actually make sure you have the clients and customers that will buy from you. Now, only because we’re live for the last few minutes that we’re here right now. Actually, seconds to be correct, you’ll have the webinar special bundle. So, go to the URL that you see in the chat for the last time right now. Then go to the order form, enter your details, and you’ll be inside with full access to everything as promised. And when I say full access, that means you get everything you see right here, including the unlimited edition, which normally is 97 a month, the done for you LinkedIn marketing agency, which normally is 147 a month, the 50 done for you profit generating campaigns that we already pre-prepared for you, as well as the unlimited traffic to sell your products and offers, and best of all, the unlimited reseller license. All of this is included right now, plus the bonuses as mentioned at only two for seven once. and you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Now, if you’re wondering what makes Intent Striker different, unlike traditional LinkedIn automation tools that simply send connection requests to cold list, Intent Striker follows the buying intent. It 24/7 has agents on LinkedIn looking for people that talk in relation to what you have to offer, that talk about the help they need, that are talking about the interest in relation to the offers you have to sell. Meaning you always get in front of people that are actually interested or curious about the products and services that you have to offer. Whether it’s an affiliate offer, your own offer, a digital product, a physical product, a surface, an AI tool, Intent Striker finds the people that are looking for it. It continuously discovers prospects already showing interest, qualifying them with AI, giving them a score, and it automates the outreach, giving you full control through AI co-pilot, centralizes every conversation in one inbox, so you can see clearly, and it provides complete visibility into your pipeline, all from a single platform. It finds buyers, it starts conversations, builds the pipeline, closes deals, all with intense striker. Now, it’s beginner friendly. You don’t need prior LinkedIn experience. Perfect for all niches and industry. It’s cloud-based. You can use it from anywhere. It is an advanced AI engine that automates all complicated tasks. Save time, get better leads, and collect high ticket payments and includes step-by-step training and three done for you high ticket campaigns in case you need something to sell. And you can get it now for a low one-time payment only if you grab it now, right now, while we’re live. So, once again, congratulations. I’ll leave the chat open for a little bit longer so you can go to the link and grab this. In the meanwhile, I’m going to go ahead and welcome everyone on the inside. And if you’re still not in, you’re missing out. Consider this your last and final chance. We literally have two coupons left. That means take it as a sign. It’s waiting for you. If you’ve been waiting for a solution to finally make things easier for yourself, to finally see real results, consistent income, something you can do from home, something that actually brings home the revenue you’ve been wanting, you’ve been looking for, you’ve been promised. Better yet, with all these opportunities you might have seen thus far, this fills that missing puzzle piece. It gives you the leads. And better yet, if you need an offer to sell, it even comes with that. So, link is in the chat box and I’ll see you on the inside once more.

    Finding qualified prospects on LinkedIn shouldn’t take hours of searching, messaging, [music] and manual follow-ups. Meet Intense Striker, an AI powered LinkedIn lead generation platform built [music] for B2B teams, agencies, recruiters, and founders. It helps you discover highintent [music] prospects, automate personalized outreach, and manage conversations from one workspace. [music] In this walkthrough, we’ll build your first campaign and show you how to turn LinkedIn into a predictable lead generation engine. [music] After signing in, you’ll see a quick overview of the platform’s AI powered lead discovery and outreach capabilities. Click [music] set up your first campaign to begin. Start by entering your company name and website. Intense Striker analyzes your business [music] with AI to identify your industry, generate a company description, and create your value [music] proposition automatically. If you don’t have a website, simply enter a few keywords and let the AI build your company profile. Review the [music] information and continue. Next, define your ideal customer profile. Intent [music] striker recommends job titles, industries, company sizes, locations, and company types based on your business. You can add or remove criteria, [music] exclude specific companies or keywords, and fine-tune your audience using advanced filters. Now, choose the buying intent signals you want to track. Add AI suggested or custom keywords. [music] Include competitor profiles and let intent striker identify prospects actively showing interest in your industry. Click [music] AI generate to refine your targeting. Next, select your location and connect [music] your LinkedIn account securely. Once connected, Intent Striker can automatically send connection [music] requests, personalized messages, and follow-ups for you. Click launch my agent and the AI instantly [music] creates your first signal agent and outreach campaign. Now let’s head to the dashboard, [music] your command center. Here you can monitor outreach activity, campaign performance, sales pipeline, upcoming actions, [music] opportunities, leads contacted, conversations, and pipeline value. Activity charts also show leads discovered, [music] invitations sent, and messages delivered over different time periods. Open leads inbox to view every prospect your signal agents discover. [music] Instead of manually searching LinkedIn, qualified leads automatically appear here [music] based on your ideal customer profile and buying intent. Every lead receives an AI score, helping you prioritize the highest quality opportunities first. Advanced filters [music] let you search by campaign, score, industry, company, or location, while lead lists help you organize [music] prospects for different workflows. The inbox replies tab shows prospects who’ve already responded, [music] helping your team focus on the warmest leads. Selecting any lead opens a detailed profile with company information, campaign activity, AI [music] score, and additional prospect details. You can also enrich contacts with business emails and phone numbers, then export leads or sync them directly with CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce or Pipe Drive. Now, let’s look at Signal Agents, the AI behind your prospect discovery. Instead of searching LinkedIn manually, Signal agents continuously scan for people who match your ideal customer profile and buying [music] intent. Each agent automatically discovers new leads and sends them directly to your leads inbox. [music] You can monitor leads generated, active intent signals, cued prospects, activity history, and scheduled [music] runs. Open any agent to review its performance, see the campaign it’s supporting, and monitor discovery activity. Need another audience? Simply create [music] a new signal agent or edit an existing one. The setup follows the same onboarding process. Define your audience, select buying [music] signals, choose where leads should be saved, and let the AI continuously fill your pipeline with qualified [music] prospects. With leads flowing automatically, it’s time to start conversations. Open campaigns [music] to create and manage your LinkedIn outreach. Each campaign displays connected LinkedIn accounts, [music] enrolled contacts, reply rates, campaign status, and the signal agent supplying new leads. [music] Open manage workflow to build your outreach sequence. Add connection requests, personalized LinkedIn messages, [music] profile visits, and wait steps to create a natural outreach flow. Enable AI ice breakers to generate [music] personalized opening messages for every prospect. Or upload a voice message to make your outreach [music] even more personal. Once your workflow is ready, click start campaign. Every [music] qualified lead automatically moves through your sequence while Intent Striker handles the timing in the background. Use the [music] scheduled tab to preview upcoming invitations, profile visits, messages, and follow-ups before they’re sent. The status [music] tab provides a complete delivery history, while contacts lets you monitor every enrolled prospect, [music] their AI score, current workflow stage, and campaign progress. Open last launches to [music] review previous campaign runs. Then switch to insights to track acceptance rates, reply rates, audience growth, workflow completion, and funnel performance through interactive reports. [music] Finally, open campaign settings to choose your LinkedIn sender account. Define campaign objectives, [music] customize message tone, enable review mode, and exclude existing first-degree connections before launching your outreach. [music] With your campaigns running automatically, let’s explore C-Pilot. Copilot gives you complete visibility into your outreach [music] before anything is sent. Select the LinkedIn account you want to manage, then use campaign [music] filters to focus on a specific workflow or view all campaigns from one dashboard. The autopilot [music] tab displays every scheduled invitation, message, and follow-up. Select [music] any prospect to view their profile, company details, campaign information, completed [music] actions, and upcoming workflow. If you need to make changes, simply edit the message before it’s sent, and the updated version will [music] be used automatically. For teams that require approval before outreach, enable review mode. [music] Every first touch message is held for review, allowing managers to approve, edit, or reject outreach before it’s delivered, giving you the confidence to automate while maintaining complete [music] control. Next, open Unibox, your centralized LinkedIn inbox. [music] Instead of switching between multiple accounts

    or jump to LinkedIn when needed. Each [music] conversation also includes a detailed contact panel showing company information, campaign details, AI score, and lead source, helping you [music] personalize every reply. You can also compose new LinkedIn messages directly from Univox, making it easy to manage every conversation [music] from one place. Now, let’s measure your results with analytics. Choose a date range and filter performance [music] by signal agent to evaluate specific prospecting sources. View total leads generated, [music] average daily leads, active signal agents, and monitored intense signals, then analyze activity trends over [music] time. The heat map highlights your best performing signal agents, while signal performance compares different buying signals, [music] helping you identify which keywords, job changes, funding events, and engagement signals [music] consistently generate the highest quality leads. Once you’ve optimized your outreach, connect [music] Intense Striker with the rest of your sales stack through integrations. Connect popular CRM [music] like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipe Drive, Zoho CRM, and more to automatically synchronize leads [music] with your pipeline. Configure Slack notifications, web hooks, and [music] API integrations to automate your workflows or connect platforms like instantly and limb list to combine LinkedIn outreach [music] with email campaigns for a complete multi- channelannel strategy. For agencies and resellers, white label lets you deliver the entire platform under your own brand. [music] Customize your application name, support email, logo, favicon, brand colors, and even connect your own custom domain, [music] giving clients a fully branded experience from log into dashboard without building your own software. [music] As your business grows, manage users through team and access. Invite team members, assign roles, manage permissions, [music] and monitor active members and LinkedIn seats from one central location. Whether you’re working alone or managing an entire sales [music] team, everyone stays organized with the right level of access. Finally, head to settings to configure your workspace. Update your organization details, [music] set a default pipeline value, and add your meeting link to help prospects book appointments directly from your outreach. Manage your company information [music] to improve AI generated messaging. Then configure connected LinkedIn accounts, synchronization, time zones, [music] working days, and daily sending limits to keep your outreach running safely. Under profile [music] settings, update your account information, manage passwords, and review active sessions for additional security. Then open AI templates to create reusable templates for AI [music] generated ice breakers, connection requests, follow-ups, and outreach sequences by defining your preferred tone and brand voice. Once [music] intent striker generates personalized messages that remain consistent across every campaign. Your workspace [music] is now fully configured and ready to scale. From AI powered prospect discovery and signal agents to automated campaigns, [music] centralized conversations, detailed analytics, CRM integrations, [music] white label branding, team management and AIdriven messaging. Intent Striker brings every stage of LinkedIn lead generation [music] into one intelligent platform. Instead of spending hours searching for prospects and managing multiple tools, you can automate your outreach, build stronger relationships, and [music] maintain a predictable sales pipeline while the platform works continuously in the background. Thanks for watching and welcome to Intense Striker.

  • 08/25/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    Fantic. Looks like we have folks from all over today. Arizona, Texas, California, London, across the pond, and New York. We’re thrilled to have you all here today. I see others in the chat as well, which is great. Um Jake, I dropped a few poll questions in here, which I thought was interesting. I asked folks if they’ve invested in real estate. Roughly 75% have, 25% haven’t. And then um I asked also which arrived offerings are folks most interested in. And we had 20% say real estate income fund. So more on the credit side. We had 20% say equity. So that’s the Seattle city fund, single family residential fund and individual properties. And then 67% which I love to see you said both, which is great. So lots of diversification. And folks are interested. Uh for people that are new here, feel free to drop any and all questions in chat. This is your time. I want to be sure you get all your questions answered so you decide to move forward or move a different direction. But Jake, we’ll get things started here. Um Ryan walked briefly through secondary market. I think it’s always good to walk through uh what our hold periods look like, especially when it comes to real estate given that we have had folks that have invested and haven’t uh what options they have for for uh those hardearned funds if they should be removing them at any time. Yeah. So there’s there’s liquidity options for all of the different arrived investments. um exactly which option you know there is depends on what you invest in. So for the funds products, the Seattle fund, the single family fund, and the real estate income fund, we have what’s called a redemption program. So you can submit a redemption at any time and then we’ve processed them quarterly. So it’s a fourtime per year option where you can effectively sell your shares back into the fund. You receive the the cash from the transaction and the fund buys back those shares. There are some early withdrawal fees for doing so. um you can’t do a redemption for the first six months after you make an investment and then from six months to three years there’s a 1% penalty for um you know doing the redemption. After three years there’s no fees. So if you invest in one of the funds, you hold it for three or four years, you decide that you want to liquidate, there’s no penalty. The fund will just redeem those shares for you. It just happens on that quarterly schedule. For the individual properties, we have a secondary market. And the secondary market is a lot like the stock market where you’re actually listing your shares for sale and other arrived investors are, you know, attempting to buy them. And so, similar to the stock market, you put in a a sell order or a buy order. And then the market determines the price and the number of shares that actually transact. Just depends on if buyers and sellers agree on, you know, the price they are willing to transact at. The secondary market has a 2% fee for buying and for selling and but it runs a little bit more frequently. The secondary market runs monthly, generally around the first week of the month, and we have the whole schedule published for the next year, so you can kind of take a look and plan things out. So, with the individual properties, you have the ability to um you know, sell more frequently than with the redemption program on the funds, but there’s a little bit less certainty in the price in which you’ll be able to transact at. With both options, it’s good to remember that real estate is meant to be a long-term investment. you know, you don’t just generally buy a rental property and try to flip it within three months unless you’re actually doing that as your strategy for these more type of buy and hold real estate options. You know, we we tend to aim to hold the properties for five to seven years. And that’s intended on purpose so that you can kind of capture a number of years of cash flow and some appreciation in each of the markets. So, as you think about, you know, what you’re wanting to allocate to real estate, you know, it’s generally best to consider it part of the liquid part of your portfolio. You certainly can get out of the investment if you want to, but you know, you’ll have the best returns and performance if you’re able to invest and leave that cash invested for a number of years. Absolutely. Yeah, Jake, thanks so much for walking through it. I dropped an FAQ that outlines the differences too between the fund investments and the individual properties. I’ll say too, one thing that’s very exciting about the secondary market is it unlocks the opportunity for folks to invest in properties that are that pre are previously fully funded. So, for example, if there’s a vacation rental that you’re excited about or a property in a specific market, so on and so forth, uh once you’ve met the qualification of, you know, your first investment and been on the platform for roughly 60 days, then you’ll be able to participate in the secondary market as well. So, it’s uh it’s definitely another place uh for folks to get in there and invest in a different way. All right, moving back over really quickly, I’ll answer this one from Moses. Are non US residents allowed to invest in arrived? Currently, arrived is open to US citizens and permanent residents to date. Uh we definitely hope to expand in the future. We just don’t have an estimated time frame at the moment. Um if you are not a US citizen or permanent resident, we definitely appreciate your interest in arrived and we will be sure to share from the virtual rooftops if we expand in the future. All right. And one thing I’ll say too, Jake, you made a great point about real estate. I think um in terms of holding it, if we were to go purchase, you know, another property today, we wouldn’t be looking to hopefully sell that within 6 months, a year, even 5 years, the goal would be to hold on to that property as long as possible for that appreciation. So, even though this is fractional real estate and all these properties are living on an invest page, um I like to think about, you know, the house that you’re living in or the ones that are across the street just to um make it feel a little bit more tangible. All right, moving back over here. Let’s see. And feel free folks to drop any and all questions in the chat. Um we can always wrap early if folks don’t have any today, but um Jake, we’re well into Q3. What would you say that you’re most excited about um in terms of what we’re building? Um I’m really excited for the the auto invest feature that we’ve got coming up this fall. Our team’s working on a way for you to make recurring investments automatically. So right now if you want to just say, “Hey, I’m going to invest into the real estate income fund and I just want to generate cash yields and I’m just going to invest in this every um you know regularly.” Well, in order to do so, you have to come back every month in order to make a new investment. um which is fine, but it’s just a number of clicks and you have to remember to do it. And so we’re really excited about this recurring investments feature where you’ll be able to just set up an auto invest um you know at any point to just say hey I want to invest you know $200 a month into this fund and then kind of take a step back walk away and let the you know ability of the market to compound returns start to work on your behalf to start you know putting some money in getting the dividends from that and then reinvesting those dividends um automatically. I would be a really cool way for people to, you know, be able to build their real estate equity. Absolutely wonderful. And Jake, what would you say too about like state of the market right now, real estate as a whole, uh, very broad, high level. What are your general thoughts on real estate right now? Yeah, it’s been kind of a squirrely market, you know, where we have still um high inflation, you know, that people had thought was going to come down a bit this year and we might even start seeing rate cuts, but inflation’s kind of stayed around and then now the Fed is talking about raising rates this fall. So, generally the appreciation on most things has been, you know, kind of flat over the last year or two. Um, you know, there’s been not a lot of demand to buy properties, but prices haven’t come down because there’s been not a lot of supply on the market either. folks that are locked in on mortgages in the, you know, three, four percent range are just not willing to sell to trade into a five or six or at this point a six and a half percent mortgage. So, you have a a lot a lack of supply and a lack of demand at the same time. So, prices haven’t dropped the way that folks thought they would when interest rates went skyhigh, but they also haven’t come down. Um, and so, or they also haven’t gone up. So, we’re kind of seeing this this moment in the market where there’s certainly more renters in the the pool of people looking out there. We’ve seen really strong rental demand on our properties. Um, and you know, renewal rates are are going quite well. Um, you know, new leases are going quite well, but we’re, you know, kind of biting our time a little bit. You know, generally with appreciation, it’s it doesn’t all happen linearly. So, the historical, you know, single family homes have kind of appreciated at about 4% per year nationally, but it doesn’t all happen at, you know, an even 4% per year cluck. Um, it tends to be that you have years that are flat, then years that have crazy appreciation, and then years that are flat again. Right now, we’re kind of in one of those plateaus where um you know, we’re able to buy properties at cash flow right now and we’re kind of holding them and kind of waiting for the market to turn a little bit. Um but it’s really made for a good opportunity on our side to purchase homes because we’re buying a lot of homes from home builders and they’ve got set homes that are under construction that they need to sell and there’s not as much, you know, homeowner appetite to go out and buy those properties right now. So, we’ve been able to go out and buy properties well below list price, get a bunch of concessions from builders, um, and really get some good deals on new properties. So, we’ve been selective in what we’re buying and, um, we’re still out there, you know, acquiring properties. You know, we still believe in the the long-term tailwinds in the single family market. The reality is there’s a lot of people that want to buy homes and not a lot of people that can do so right now. So, that is going to lead to, you know, long-term appreciation. It’s just hard to know, you know, exactly um forecast exactly when that will come. Absolutely. Sometimes we wish that we had that crystal ball, but the good thing about real estate, to your point, Jake, is typically whether’s the storm or whatever takes place in the macro environment. So, very much appreciate you walking through it. There’s one last question before we close our virtual door since it seems to be a little quieter today in chat, but Jake, maybe we walk through what the 1031 exchange program is and maybe how it’s going. uh you’ve been at the helm of building the whole program alongside a whole team, but uh would love to share more details with the team as I didn’t include that in a poll as an option to on arrived. Yeah, for the 70% of you that have invested in real estate before, if you own a rental property that’s appreciated, um you can actually sell that property and not pay any capital gains. It’s called a 1031 exchange. And essentially as you if you sell a property, reinvest the proceeds into a new property, you can defer all of the capital gains and you can defer them indefinitely to ideally, you know, never end up paying the IRS for that. So we’ve recently launched a 1031 exchange program where Arise will help facilitate the process for you. There’s a bunch of tight IRS deadlines and complexities involved with the 1031. Um, and we realize that, you know, we’re out here buying single family homes every day. it’s really pretty easy for us to buy some for an individual owner. Um, you know, the same way that we buy them right now for 500 people that are going to co-own the property. So, the the 1031 program is off to the races. We’ve got several clients that are going through it right now. Um, and we’re similarly seeing good discounts from builders, good opportunities to buy. Um, and so we’ve been really excited about this program. Um, Mark, I’ll I’ll shoot you an email. I’ve got your email. I’ll shoot you a note after this. um would love to chat if you guys um have rental properties you’re considering selling. It’s really easy for me to run a couple of numbers to see kind of what makes sense and for your potential situation um and see if it might make sense. Absolutely. Wonderful. So, appreciate it, Mark. Um Jake, any other uh thoughts that you have before we close our virtual doors today? I think that’s all I’ve got. Um I know we went through a lot of information. Um, so feel free to take a look through the site, take a look at all the different property pages. We’ve got lots of good information and FAQs. Um, and we host these sessions weekly, so feel free to come back if you want to hear more, ask questions live, and otherwise just shoot us a note at supportive.com. Absolutely. Well, Jake, thanks so much for your time walking through all the questions for folks that spent 35 minutes on your Tuesday morning or afternoon. We so appreciate you. Uh, feel free to email supportive.com at any time. We also have a live chat function in the bottom righth hand corner of our platform. As a note, we do have an AI um bot that starts right away. You can ask for a human at any time in there if you prefer not to. So, uh I hope you have a great rest of your day and happy investing. All right. Thanks, folks. Take care.

  • 08/25/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Life After Work – How to Create a Good Life in Retirement

    So, I just made some hot tea probably 20 minutes ago, and I put it

    in my cup, but it’s one of those travel cups.

    And I usually put ice in there because right now it is like sipping lava. I forgot. So, what sign do we have? Do we have time for ice? No. I think I’m just going to endure it. Uh,

    so hopefully everybody’s having great weather where we’re at right here in Houston. I assume Florida’s the same thing. This is the dog days of summer. It is about a million degrees right now and it is about a million% humidity. So, um, I got to tell you, September can’t come quick enough. So,

    these uh these webinars, they’re always more fun. So, I had to go back to the home office last week to do in person for Align Credit Union’s employees, right? Talk about 401ks and the importance of it and and just some just general retirement planning and why you should do it. It’s always nice to meet in person. You know, it’s a lot more interactive. It’s a lot more personal, but these are fun, too.

    So, I have one minute till two. It looks like some folks are still joining. So, we’re going to give it another minute or two.

    It is good to see some familiar names.

    There are a lot of names that I that I’m not familiar with.

    Right. I’m thinking let’s see time do we have here

    all right I think in the interest of time and we should have plenty of time we’ll go ahead and start because we have to do the housekeeping stuff anyway place as people join. Um, oh, Pennsylvania. I think that’s as far north as I’ve had anyone join. So, we have someone from Pennsylvania. So, I got a sister from Pennsylvania. She lives in uh well, I have nieces and nephews, too. She lives in Lancaster in uh Amish in Amish land. And uh I have nieces and nephews in Philadelphia. So, all right. So um so officially welcome everyone. I appreciate you joining me this evening. It is my pleasure to host these and we’re going to talk a little bit life about life after work and how we create that good life in retirement. Um if you’re joining us for the first time, extra special welcome. I’m Michael Marx, certified financial planner and financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services or AIS for short. Stay tuned. And I think we’re doing a rebrand and we might be changing our name. Credit Union is going through a rebrand. Uh we’re going to be changing I think we’re changing our colors, but the logo will still be the same. Uh I live right here in Houston, Texas, and I’ve been doing this for over 30 years. People usually ask if I’m a fiduciary. Yes, I am a fiduciary. Uh my family has been tied to Alliant since the 60s. For those of you that don’t know, it was originally the United Airlines Credit Union uh when we’re here in Houston, so it’s Continental as well. Um so I realize there’s many different channels that some have joined us through. So whether it is through United or Continental, Google, Tesla, CVS, Susie Orman, welcome to you all. Just a bit of housekeeping before we dive in. Uh today’s session is for educational purposes and includes proprietary material to protect both the content and everyone’s privacy. So we ask that attendees please do not record or capture the presentation whether it be by video, audio, screen sharing or AI tools without prior consent. Thank you so much for your understanding.

    Again, I am not sure if you joined this webinar via an email directly from us or if you signed up directly on Alliant Credit Union’s website. So, I just want to take a couple of minutes to talk about Aerys. Uh in addition to these weekly webinars that we host, we are a we are the a we’re the full-ervice wealth management and investment planning division of the credit union with a broad variety of investment options and planning strategies and maybe even a little bit of life coaching in there when it comes to your retirement years. Speaking of webinars, we offer multiple webinars throughout the week with different presenters. Each of us usually hosts twice a month. Um, we are very focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, some strategies, some tax planning, etc. If you have not, I encourage you to take a look at our website. It is a ris.aligncreditun.com.

    You can see a list of our weekly webinar topics. You can also access our podcast which is invests savvy um our blog and some other financial resources that are available to you but I would say the best resource that is available to you are the advisors here. Um, you can also find us right on the Alliant. I also

    can find us right on the Alliant Credit Union website on the tap on the tab in the upper right hand corner. Retire and Invest. I’m sorry. Someone I just someone just pinged me and said, “Hey.” So, I I grabbed that. Is that okay? That was pretty funny. Thank you for the levity there. Uh so my next so I usually do one webinar in the afternoon and I’ll do one in the evening. So my next webinar will be in the afternoon that is going to be Wednesday September 9th that’ll be uh midday 2:00 central 3:00 Eastern and that is social security a choice of a lifetime. So, we’ll talk about, you know, some eligibility, benefit calculations, spousal survivor benefits, things like that. How claiming ages can impact your uh payments. Uh so, it’s really high level, but I I really think it’s it’s helpful if if you aren’t familiar with that. Uh and even if you are a little bit, you might you might learn a little bit as far as the timing, which is one of the things that you really should look at when you’re doing retirement planning. Um, so the back in the evening will be anatomy of a recession. So that is going to be September 22nd, 6:00 p.m. 700 p.m. Eastern. And we’ll talk about uh well the recession from a historical perspective. Um, and they how they apply to current situation, right? I mean, we have tariffs and lawsuits and midterm elections and wars. Uh we’ll talk a little bit about Fed rate cuts or non-cuts depending on what’s going on. Fed’s going to be meeting soon. Uh some of the impacts on, you know, some of the geopolitical decisions that are going on. Uh not a political commentary, just more matterof fact on that. So today’s agenda, if you’re here, it means you’re probably thinking ahead to retirement and wondering how you’re going to be able to replace that income once your paychecks start coming. So you know, you spent your whole lifetime trying to amass a sizable nest egg, right? Yet there’s still worry that your savings and investments are not enough to support you through the golden years. I can tell you that is the number one worry of retirees. Do I have enough? And really, will I run out of money? Right? That is the biggest thing. So, in the next 30 minutes or so, we’re going to talk about how you manage your piggy banks um to generate that retirement income that you’ll need. And I think this is vital cuz most of us think about our retirement in terms of a nest egg, right? This this big this big account and not as income. So there’s a lot of difficulty when you retire psychologically to say, man, you know, I don’t I don’t I don’t want to take money out. I’m worried that if I take too much money out, um I can outlive my money. And that is a concern. Uh so we’ll talk a little bit about that. Uh so this webinar is titled uh life after work because retirement income really is all about creating a good life for you after you leave your primary job. And it doesn’t mean you won’t necessarily work, right? Uh I would say, well, there’s a little stat there later that many people are planning to continue working in some capacity after they leave their main job, but hopefully the work that you do won’t feel like work, right? The work thing or the retirement thing is getting away from work, right? Life is what you’re moving toward. So, we will talk about, you know, retirement planning. We’ll talk a little bit about some general statistics on where people are. Um you imagine your life in retirement, maybe look at some withdrawal strategies, talk a little about taxes, and then how we get started. Um so I would say if there’s ever a time to plan, you know, retirement, it’s the time right now. So once you leave your primary occupation and you start depending on multiple sources of income, you want to make sure that that income lasts, right? Because nobody wants to go back to work at 80 because they didn’t plan right. So it’s really important to have a plan and retirement income helps you determine how much you’ll need and where that income comes from. Maybe your timing on your social security, whether you want to work or not, whether you can work or not. uh how you time your withdrawals uh and you’ll cover it. You want to make sure that income outlasts your life. Uh and and you know, we plan retirement savings over a 30-year period. I mean, realistically, that depends on the individual. These are really really just general general numbers. And yes, people do live to be 100 or more. The reality is most people do not. Um, so the question is, you know, will you have enough funny? Right. So, I love this piggy bank. Hopefully you can see my cursor. It’s it’s kind of like it’s kind of like parts of an animal, you know, where you would eat or not eat. But, um, but let’s look at this, right? So, our income sources. So, I thought this is really interesting. So, there’s really just a couple that I really want to point out. So, you can see the blue bar. So the dark blue bar is there was a uh a survey right on where they think their income sources will be from. So the dark blue the one above is people who are working and then the lighter blue uh is for retirees and obviously social security is a big one. So if you’ll notice for the most part the workers and retirees are pretty much in line. The two that I want to point out is down here to work for pay. So if you look about three quarters and that is up a few points plan to work in retirement. But of retirees only about a quarter end up doing that. So I think that’s important. So, if retirement, if working in retirement is part of your retirement plan, I think that’s great and I think that’s reasonable. But you want to do stress tests on what happens if you can’t work, right? If all those employers didn’t get the memo and they hire you, whether that’s part-time or whether your health doesn’t allow you to do that. So, so a bit of caution there. Um, the other thing that I thought was really interesting is a product that guarantees monthly income for life, right? You look at workers about 54, retirees, it’s about 28. And and we’ll touch on this for a little bit, but those types of things, you know, are are your social security, they’re your pension, uh maybe you have an annuity out there. So, it is a lot lower for retirees than than what folks had planned. So, just a few headlines. uh how does your retirement plan measure up? So, I’m just going to measure uh talk a little bit about few a few statistics with you out there. So, a little over a quarter of workers have no retirement savings at all. Zip. Um and I assume if you were on this webinar candidly most of these headlines will not apply to you. If they do, hey, we’re here to help. So only a little over a third of American households even have an IRA

    and about 16% of Americans age 50 and up actually take advantage of those catchup contributions. We’ll talk a little bit about that. Um so just as you know for your 401k for example for 2026 you can do $24,500. Um, if you are 50 to 59 or age 64 and up, I know that’s a weird one. There is a catchup provision. You can do 8,000 more on top of that. And they added something called a super catchup. Uh, and that is for age 60 to 63 where instead of 8,000 you can do 11,250. So hopefully you are taking advantage of that if you need to. Um, and yes, there is there is saving too much money, you know, especially if it is at the expense of not being able to do some of those things that you would like to do before retirement while your health is maybe a little bit better. So, that’s all part of the planning process, right? It’s easy just to say save, save, save, save, save, but there is really a balance of life. So only 41% of Americans 60 and up think their retirement savings is on track.

    For those ages 50 to 59, it’s less. It’s only it’s it’s only 34%. So a little bit over a third there. Now I don’t know if you fall in that category, but I think I think most of us worry about that. So that is the reason why we do why we plan. Um and only about a third of households have more than 250,000 in retirement savings. Is that good or bad? I don’t know. It depends on your goals. It depends on your expenses. It depends on whatever your your income needs actually are. Right? So given all these stats, right? What I would say is are you feeling more maybe less prepared for retirement? Well, that’s what we’re here for today. So, to make you feel more prepared and to show you what you need to do to get ready for retirement. So, imagine your life in retirement. So, we need to take a step back here and visualize what we want our new life to be, right? And I think this is something that you really start looking at seriously. Um 5 years out um depending on the complexity of your retirement, but usually 5 years is good. Even if you want to live overseas, you can start making those plans now. Um if you don’t know where and it’s not wherever you’re living now or wherever you’re joining from, it might be sooner than that. Uh how long will you live? Obviously, nobody knows that, but there are some rules of thumb and you can look at your family, right? If you have those and these are in these are discussions that we have with the members or non-members uh as far as when we do retirement planning. So, some of the things where you want to live. I live here in Texas. I plan to stay here in Texas. Um, if I move, as I tell my better half, the only way I’m moving is if it’s someplace to Montana where we can live on a nice river or creek or something and I can spend my days fishing in quiet and solitude. That would be pretty awesome. Um, but for right now, I’ll just fly to those places. So, uh, now, where do you want to live? So, this is actually really something, right? So, this is something that might take a little bit of planning. So for pre-retirees, the first consideration is where you want to live. And not everybody changes a residence, at least here. Most don’t. They’re about where they want to live. So if you’re not tied to a job though, right, you’re free to live anywhere. Perhaps you want to live close to your children, your grandchildren, or other family members. Or maybe you want to get away from family members. Uh I don’t know. There’s no right or wrong. Um, oftent times if you have, you know, you’re an empty neester now, the kids are older, you might want to downsize, right? And not necessarily just that is a true statement. Someone said, “If I stay in Houston, I’m going to need good healthcare.” Very true. Um, I would argue if we stay anywhere, we’re going to need good healthcare. But with that said, though, um, you might think about, you know, if you want to work, right, then those things matter, right? your employment. Uh if you might have health issues or if that’s a concern, you might might want to be near a major city where you’re near uh major hospitals, something like that, right? You don’t want to be an hour and a half away from something big if if you have regular health issues. So, you plan to do a lot of travel. Maybe you want to live near an airport, right? So, or a major hub. So, again, there’s really no right or wrong, right? look at climate, you look at culture, you look at recreational opportunities. Um, are you an outdoors person? Maybe, maybe not. So, we’ve included this chart that just says, hey, the these are some of the criteria that people who are were retiring, these are the things that they considered. Obviously, this goes back a few years because because the lower risk of COVID was included in this survey.

    So, how much home will you need? So, will you downsize? Should you rent? So, this is actually a thing, right, where where folks are saying, “Hey, you know what? I don’t want to I don’t want to live where I’m at. Maybe I want to downsize. Maybe I want to go to a maybe I want to go to a condo. Maybe I want to go to one of those 55 and up retirement communities where all I have to do is sit around, shoot the bull, maybe barbecue, chitchat with people, do some water aerobics, um play dominoes, whatever that might be. Uh, oddly enough, I had a friend who who is early 60s and he’s still working full everything and he moved into a 55 up community and and he said, “Well, one, I’m the youngest person there and it was awesome.” But, um, he’s like, “It is it’s amazing. It’s it’s the things that they do and have everything planned.” So, is it right for him? Yes. Is it right for everyone? No. But, you know, if you’re if you’re kind of unclear about things, what I would say is talk to your friends who are retired. Um, talk to family who’s retired, talk to us. We can tell you what a lot of folks are doing out there. Um, as far as your home, right, there’s a lot of home equity. The average person has over 300,000 in home equity. So, that is another resource that is available to them. So what will you do in that all that free time? Right? Most hobbies cost us money but some can make us money. So if you’re not working anymore, how do you fill your time? Right? So from a financial perspective, right, this is something really important to look at. Is it something like travel? Travel can be really expensive and that’s probably one of the more expensive hobbies out there. Um but even things like golfing or uh I think a more expensive hobby than that but the point is there are and there are other things that are income generating right you might want to start your own business uh that’s a possibility to generate some income maybe you have like a side hobby or you know I make furniture um maybe I could sell that so it’s a hobby and if I can generate some income how great would that be to be able to spend my days getting paid for what I want to do. So, kind of as a rule of thumb,

    people can spend almost as much money in retirement as when they worked, right? Because they have those big ticket items or some people, right? They have those big ticket items. So it’s expected to spend about 70% of in your retirement is that when you were working because you don’t have to well you don’t have to save for retirement first and foremost and you don’t have those other things like eating out to lunch, you don’t have to dress, right? We don’t have work clothes, we don’t have commute, all of those things. Um, but I would say the biggest reason why people are retiring and they’re spending their time is spending more time with family and friends and then hobbies and traveling. So, and as you can see, this goes down whether they’re volunteering, caring for a loved one, and that is a whole different webinar in itself and it’s incredibly stressful.

    So, how long will you live if we only knew? But here’s some I think this is really interesting though. So these are your average life expectancy, right? So what you can see is most of these is what I always want to point out is when when we’re looking at, hey, we’re planning to 90 or 93 or 95. The reality is that most people do not get there. So, I’m not saying not plan, especially if you have longevity in your family, but I think that calculator that living to 100.com is actually pretty cool. It’s been a while since I did mine. Um, and they say ensure that your money lasts to age 95 or 100. So the risk on that is that if you’re planning for that, right, you have to a lot more money toward that and then you may not be able to do all of those things that you wanted to do in your peak years, right, for health. But that’s one of the things that we account for in our strategy when we plan here at Aerys. What what surprises does life hold? If we knew it wouldn’t be surprises but usually it is health either your own or a family member or some hardship that maybe happens with a family member and then you have to step in uh obviously the economy the market or major disasters. I can tell you probably the biggest one out there is is health right where nursing care or something like that. Um, so Fidelity did this did this uh this study that they say over the average retirement you’ll spend $250,000 in health care. Now for you, but but your insurance and most of that happens in your last two to three years of life. So look, surprises are out there. You can’t plan for everything, but you can plan for a lot of things and flexibility is important, right? Stock market fluctuations happen. We certainly see that this year. We certainly saw that a few years ago. And obviously the major disasters, you know, it seems I’m going to jokingly say this, the world ends, right, with floods and earthquakes and tsunamis and fires. You want to make sure that your insurance is paid up and covered. And I know for those folks in well in Texas and Florida, property insurance, your homeowners insurance is brutal because of all those storms in the past. So this is something how much income will you need? If you haven’t done this, this is actually a good a good thing to do. And the lazy answer is 70 80 to 80% of your current living. Right? So

    thinking about how you spend your free time. So so what I would do is is when I tell members when we start working on their weld plan, I have them run a budget worksheet. If you need that, just let me know. We can send that to you. Uh but you want two numbers, right? You want to you want to go, hey, this is about what I’m spending in these categories. And right next to it, if that number is different, write write the different number. For example, um the obvious one is travel, right? If travel’s one of your goals, you know, right now you might say, “Well, you know, I get uh the typical two weeks vacation. We usually don’t do anything big, but when I retire, we’re talking some bigger cruises, maybe some longer trips, maybe 30 days in Europe, maybe one of those river cruises, maybe a cruise around the world, um maybe go live overseas.” So, that might be a little bit more expensive, right? since you have to come back and forth. There isn’t a right answer. This is your answer. And the the nice thing about this budget worksheet is it maybe even if you have a budget in your mind, right? It maybe has it maybe allows you to look at things that you’re like, “Ah, you know, I didn’t even think about that. I forgot about my vehicle that even though I don’t have a car payment, I’m still going to need a new car every 5, 10, 15 years, however often you get a vehicle.” So what we would do is you’d look at those potential sources of income once you get your expenses done, right? And for most of us, our baseline and possibly only line for guaranteed income is social security, right? If you and your spouse are eligible for social security, you want to consider how you claim it, when you claim it, the timing, right? How you maximize your benefits. Do you take it early? Do you take it later? What’s the impact of doing that? Um the second one is pensions if you’re fortunate enough to have one. You have some elections to make. Uh the third, it could be an annuity contract if you have one. Now, these are actually pretty interesting because they provide living living benefit guarantees and they provide you and your spouse some guaranteed withdrawals for life or at least they can depending on what you have. And you know we had talked about this maybe some part-time work assuming you can uh the other thing we had actually talked to someone about this one too just uh rental income right via your investment property. So these are great but one of the things when we do the planning right does that fall into guaranteed incomeish right you have to depend on having a renter in there you have and having a good renter in there. So do they damage the property? If they’re damaging the property and they leave, then you might be out a few months of income and you still have to pay for that expense. So again, we kind of look at those scenarios and say, “Hey, do you want to consider this or the likelihood? How close is this? How much of how much of this is needed? Baseline income.” We help we help rearrange those and take a look at that. Some business interest if you’re selling a business. So let’s talk a little bit about each one of those, right? Because most sources have have pluses and minuses to them. So social security that is our baseline for most the more that you earn the smaller percentage that social security will be you know like if you earn 20,000 a year versus a 100,000 the social security for that 100,000 will not be five times more. So the more income you get the less percentage wise for social security you get. Um, now they do inflation adjusted for income and it is guaranteed for life which is very nice. I will tell you though over decades historically social security does not keep up with cost of living right it does not keep up with inflation. Pensions fixed income guaranteed for life. Oftent times that’s a static payment. So, you know, what looks good at 65 or 67, that same income at 75 or 80 might not be buying as much earnings from work. They’re great if you can get it. They’re not permanent, right? Because they can cease with ill health or just being too old or lack of interest in that. Annuities, you have to manage those for sustainability. There’s different types. And then you know the other things your investment property business interest the rest of it and most of it for many now but there’ll be a little stat that’s really surprising uh usually come from your IAS 401ks 403bs brokerage accounts etc savings accounts I think this is really interesting though so where do retirees say most of their income’s coming from right so social security is hands down the largest The average retiree makes about 50,000 a year. Uh a fair share of that comes from your social security. Now I would say the pensions and as we continue 5 10 15 years down the road that number will probably be smaller and smaller as pensions are going away. I think this is a really interesting number. Right. So, so the 401k, it’s only 10%. So, the question is, is it because they didn’t need it? Is it because they didn’t fund it? Is it because a lot of the folks who who are um being pulled come from a time where pensions were still pretty common. So, you have a pension and your social security. So, that provides a pretty good living in itself. I know a lot of us are retired from Continental or working for United um formerly Continental people. Uh there’s pensions there. So that’s nice. Or you work for the government. So I will I would expect that again as pensions get smaller I would imagine the 401k bar or graph would get larger. So social security. So, the cost of living adjustments average about 2.8%. And if you have not, by the way, if you haven’t determined or done an estimate on social security, you really should. There’s a quick calculator. You can just put SSA quick calculator in Google search and it’ll bring it up. But if you haven’t logged in and created an account with Social Security, you really should. It’s safe. It’s free. And once you log in and create an account, they actually have your reported earnings by year. And they can give you a much much much better estimate of what your social security would be expected at, you know, retiring early or at full retirement age, which would be between 66 and 67 depending on when you were born. So it gives you a really good idea and it really helps you, you can optimize your benefits from there um and come up with a strategy and it gives you a little better idea on that. So pensions, will you get one? Most people would say no, but for those of you who do, that is awesome. So they generate that monthly income for life. But how much would it be? And what are your distribution options? Now, I would say if you’re younger watching this, because we don’t know how old folks, you know, the age of people who are actually watching this, you should always be careful of planning on a pension if you’re younger, right? Because employers can can do away with pensions where they freeze it. So what you’ve earned you get. But if you’re planning on, hey, I’m ex getting this amount, but I’m still 20 years from retirement that this amount might be shrunk to this amount if your company decides to suspend it. Um, if you’re a little bit closer, obviously that risk becomes less earnings from work. So

    what I would say on this is what will you do full-time, part-time, what’s that transition? Most people work because it gives them a sense of purpose and a reason to get out of bed. And many of us it defines who we are, right? Not what we do. Uh that is a whole another webinar by the way. But how long can you expect to work? I think is realistic. It’s a realistic question. Oh. Um, the SSA calculator site is is all you have to do is in Google just put SSA quick calculator.

    So, look, once you leave your main job, right, there’s a lot of work options that might be available to you. Some become consultants, right? They go to their employer and say, “Hey, can I just maybe reduce my hours and still work right now?” Now, obviously, agism, yes, I know it’s illegal, but it is it’s a thing, right, that companies will eliminate your position, but magically there’s a position that’s pretty similar and someone who is younger. But I do, but what they’re showing now is employers are starting to realize the importance of retirees, right, and the shortage of that. And there’s still some work ethic there. Not that there’s not work ethic with the younger generation because they work hard. It’s a difficult time. Annuities. So, do you have an existing annuity? So, these are actually really good. So, um you’re looking to replace your income. So, these are the options you want to look at if you already have one or if you don’t have one, right? You look at the living benefit writers, how’s that guaranteed income, obviously the fees are associated to it, surrender charges, um and your tax implications. And I would say this, I I alluded to it earlier. So, one of the biggest biggest concerns when you’re retired is, am I going to run out of money? Do I have enough money? And really, do I have enough money is really, am I going to run out of money? Um,

    using an annuity is a really, really good way to supplement some of that income. you can you can put that risk off to an insurance company instead of having to manage it yourself because you run the risk of what happens if we have a 2000 followed by a 2001 or a 2002 or a 2008 right there’s something there’s something called um sequence of returns right it is and and I will tell you this so when we do our planning for the members that we work with we stress test portfolios so what happens s if I retire at the wrong time. For the most part, we know when we want to retire within a year or two, right? But we don’t know what the market’s going to look like during that time. Maybe they didn’t get the memo, right? Maybe we have a 2008. It’s rare, but it happens. Are you prepared for it? That’s part of the retirement planning. So these are your sources, right, for your different piggy banks that you stuff with money for different reasons. Some like retirement accounts, some are non-retirement accounts. Um, I would say it’s very nice to have a mix of those, right? Whether you have your tax deferred like those traditional IAS or your 401ks, whether you have tax-free with your Roth IRA or your Roth 401k if your company offers that. Um, and then some of those things that are just taxable, whether it’s a brokerage account or their CDs or savings accounts, they all have a purpose. I would probably say they’re not better or worse. Maybe consider them well, not better or worse. You can actually say good or bad, I would say, would be a better description, right? They’re really purposeful. Some other income sources, right? if you have real estate investments or if you need to tap into your home equity. Now, that is a slippery slope, so I’d always say so some caution to that if you’re thinking about doing that, give us a call. We can talk you through that. Um, fortunately, maybe you’re you’re looking at a a nice sizable inheritance, uh, or maybe you have a trust available to you. Let’s talk a little bit about strategies. So, there are a few different strategies, and I would tell you it might be a combination of them. the um there’s the live off the interest, the 4% rule, the bucket strategy, and then we look at mandatory versus discretionary uh expenses. So, let’s talk a little bit about that.

    So,

    living off the interest. So, that’s pretty easy, right? So those are accounts like individual bonds or I guess even bond funds um some dividend paying stocks some of the limited partnerships uh even CDs right where your principal remains untouched. So if I have a million dollar and I’m earning 4% I will get $40,000 a year and then as long as that interest rate stays that at that rate I won’t touch my principal. So the second one and this is pretty common for folks uh if you read out there like hey how much should I take out of my nest egg sake right because we’re not looking at his income I said that’s kind of a paradigm shift where it’s like hey this 4% rule um so assets are invested for your total return right so you’ll have stocks bonds not everything does has a dividend to it um there’s actually a stat I want to look at that that I want to read to you because I thought this was really interesting. Um, see if I can find that. I can’t. There we go. Um, so they they there were some studies, right? So, so if you have a million dollars, I’ll use a million dollars because it’s easy math that what you do, I have a million dollar at retirement. I’m going to take 4% of that amount, which is $40,000, and that is going to be my baseline income. And then every year, regardless of what the account makes up or down, I take the 40,000 plus an inflation adjustment every year, so on so forth. Statistically, it should last 30 years, right? Until it doesn’t. This does not guarantee success. The assumption is 50/50 stocks to bonds. This was a formula that came about or at least a strategy came about in the 90s. Uh what I would tell you there are some cautions to that right there might be retire at the wrong time like a 2008 or a 2000 that can impact or even a 2022 where the market was down 15%. This can happen. So I would tell you there’s critics to this. Uh some say that it doesn’t let you spend enough, right? The number now they think is probably closer to five, four and a half, 4.7 because the reality is most people don’t live 30 years. Uh I will tell you statistically the the older you get, I know this sounds really weird, but like at 80 versus 85 versus 90, the chance of running out of money is like 5% and then 10% and then 12%. That’s what I was looking for to see if I can find it. And it was a it was a high enough number that that I’m not really sure anyone was comfortable with that. H you may all have that next time. Um but there are some strategies to that. So the second strategy because this isn’t an all or nothing and this is what I would say this is really really important. The bucket strategy right? So instead of percentage what you do is you think about it in time frames about money to spend. So you have your shorter bucket from 0 to 5 years and then that intermediate bucket 5 to 10 years and then the the long-term bucket which is 10 plus years. And what you do is you live out of the 0 to 5 years. And then as that gets depleted, you take money from the 5 to 10 year bucket and you replace that money into the 0 to 5 years and once the 5 to 10 years, you know, you’re taking money out of there. So you replace that with the 10 plus years. And the reason why that is, I would say, actually pretty effective strategy as a general rule is because you can invest those differently, right? short-term money, bad things can happen in the short term. So, they tend to be on the more conservative, more liquid, but really the range between zero and five years and and the investment range as far as risk is still really really broad. So, so there’s a lot of latitude and a lot of flexibility on on how you manage that 0 to 5 bucket. The 5 to 10 and the 10 plus, there’s a lot of similarities to that. that becomes like a tax efficiency side.

    So don’t forget taxes because this is important. Um taxes are a very real part and not just income taxes that I would say, right? So you still have other things like you still have to pay for your Medicare. Uh depending on how much income you make that that amount can change, right? you can get hit with Irma, which is the income related monthly adjusted amount. I always have to look that up, but basically if you make over a certain amount, there is a Medicare penalty and you get to pay more. Um, and it’s not like like income tax, right? If you go a dollar over that 24% or the 32%, it doesn’t go taxes don’t go back to dollar one. You just pay taxes on that extra dollar over. With Medicare, that is not the case. If you go over $1, you’re in for a penny, in for a pound. So, that part of the planning that we do, you know, as far as structuring out goes, when you’re when you’re 5 years plus out, we say, “Hey, you know, these are potential concerns because of RMDs, your required minimum distribution. This is part of your tax strategy and planning or how does that money pass on?” So, we’ll talk a little bit about how retirement income is taxed. For this, we really look at social security. This is kind of a shocker to some that yes, you still have to pay taxes on social security. It’s a bummer. I know you paid into it your whole life, your whole working life, but that’s the brakes. So, most everybody will start will be paying some on your social security. It’s it’s up to 85% of those benefits taxed at your regular tax rate. So if you’re making $1,000 a year, you have to report $850 of that as taxable income. So pensions generally taxable as regular income. Work obviously is ordinary income. Investment income depending on how it’s structured, it can be taxfree in a Roth. It can be taxable only as you take it out as in an IRA, 401k. Um and then like brokerage accounts and things like that, it can be taxed at different brackets. you know, whether it’s a qualified dividend or whether it’s long-term capital gains, those are taxed at lower tax brackets.

    So, with all that said, what’s the next step? So, I would recommend an action plan, right? That’s that’s your first and foremost. So

    I I recommend that you get some books on like the softer side of retirement planning. Talk to the people about what you want to do for the rest of your life, right? Not so much the financial side of it, but but how do you define the next 20 plus years of your life? Because you can reverse into that, right? I I want to play golf every day. I have a client who actually has a tea time every day, seven days a week, and that’s what he does. As long as it’s not raining. So, by figuring out what your passion is, you can start putting a price to that retirement, right? So, you can buy your retirement. Um, that was one of the things that we had talked about, right? Investing for your retirement. You’re really purchasing your retirement. It’s a big purchase like a house or a car. It’s a major purchase. So purchasing the retirement plan that you want. So the next thing you want to do is is once you do that, then you start getting your resources together. The next thing you’ll do is get your financial information. You want to make sure all of your documents are in order, right? Do you have that AMD, the advanced medical directive? Do you have a power of attorney? Do you have a will? Do you have a trust? Do you need a trust? Um, all of those things can matter, right? Does your family know what your plan is? uh how do you look at downside? What happens if the market happens? What happens if my health is is bad or my spouse is bad and we have to go into a facility or we need help at home? All of these things matter. Again, just a reminder that social securitys.gov is a good resource for that baseline social security to have an idea of what you need for your baseline. And then what we do is it’s called an income gap. You figure out your expenses, you figure out your income, and then that gap is what you need to solve for. And that gap is not always the same, by the way. Um, for example, certain things you will always need, right? Shelter, food, um, utilities, things like that. Um, things that healthcare, things that will change like travel, uh, some of your hobbies. You probably might not do that till the day you die. Travel, you might not do that till the day you die. If you’re spending time with grandkids, they’re eventually going to get older and find you less interesting because they’re too cool. I’m joking about that. I mean, I’m really not, but hopefully I’m joking about that. And hopefully they love you all the way through all the way even through their teen years. Um, and you make a list of questions and any concerns and you write them down, right? Then you can focus more on that over time as far as the solve. And that’s some of the things that we can help you do. So, how we can help, right? We do the complimentary financial planning. So, that’s usually a question comes up. So, we’ll just get ahead of this. So, the two questions that almost always come up is do we charge for the plan? We don’t. It’s just one of the things that we do here as part of a for the members. Um,

    am I fiduciary? Yes, I am. I’m a certified financial planner. Some of the advanced planning. So, I think this is really cool too, right? So 5 years out or less, look at how that income is going to be. Come up with a strategy. We can help you through that. I will tell you two of our biggest things that we help on how we help solving for that income gap. We have a very different strategy that can reduce your stress tremendously and reduce some of your taxes. Uh also when we can help with Roth conversions and the timing of your social security and when you should take that. But the Roth conversion can make a huge difference, especially if you have children that are going to inherit money. Um, you know, because there’s two, right? How much taxes we pay and how much taxes are our children, grandchildren pay. Uh, how much those beneficiaries pay. Are things titled correctly? uh briefly

    um briefly so we just added this so trust and will services so this is digital uh it’s one of those things that we can offer through erys uh at a discounted rate pricing is pretty good if you’re for our clients who we handle that it’s actually complimentary so it’s like the will trust private attorney some of the basic foundation which really covers most people. Um, you start off doing a little more complex depending on on your net worth or if you have like a special needs uh child or grandchild that you’re really looking after. Um, things like that. Or if you have, and I’m going to jokingly say this, irresponsible children that you just don’t trust handing them over a bunch of money and you’re like, maybe why don’t we just call that a spend thrift provision uh in that if if you think that has to happen over time. So, with that, we’ve come to the end of our presentation. Uh, if you have any questions, I know we have some questions right now. Go ahead and type that into the chat or the Q&A box and we’ll address those. So, while we’re doing that, I’m going to put up a one question poll if you want to schedule some time to see me and talk about your specific situations or specific questions that apply to just you or planning questions or something like that. You can either do that through the poll that I’ll put up um or there’s my contact information or you can that QR code on the right hand side will take you directly to my calendar. Uh, my calendar is regular business hours, but if you do need to meet outside of business hours, just let me know. I’ll do my best to accommodate. Uh, there we go. Let’s see what questions we have. So, I have a friend who is 96 and is running out of money. She owns her own house, is thinking about a reverse mortgage. Uh, what are your thoughts on that? I actually think reverse mortgages can be good. You just have to be careful about those. So, um, if you want, we can kind of look at some of those things, but but you want to be careful, um, as far as what the charge is for that. Like, shop that around a little bit. Uh, and and what they’re expecting, what they’re getting on on the pricing on that and what’s the impact, how long is that for, because the devil’s in the details on that. Um, we can help. And this is a great example of someone who lived in ’96, right? We don’t we don’t plan to live that. But sometimes God has a different plan for us. So hope for the best, right? I would say plan for the worst. But I used I used to say planning is um you plan for rainy days, not floods. But I live here in Houston and we flood a lot. So sometimes you do have to plan for floods. But I mean that metaphorically. So let’s see what other questions we have. Um, if I’m nearing retirement, is there a general guideline on how I should be invested? There there there is on that. Um, so as a general rule of thumb, right, you will re you will invest more conservatively as you get closer to retirement. The caution is, and I’m going to jokingly say this tongue and cheek, you don’t want to become recklessly conservative in your retirement because what can happen is that is that your money does not grow and it does not outpace inflation and then you lose purchasing power over time.

    Let’s see what else. You have an old 401k. Should you be paying attention to how those are invested? Absolutely. Especially if it’s an old 401k, right? If you had an old 401k when you were in your 30s and now you’re in your 60s, that probably doesn’t match your risk tolerance. So, that’s important to look at that and update that as a whole. That’s one of the things that we look at. We look at your investments whether we’re managing them or not, right? The part that we’re not, we still take that into account from a holistic side.

    65 want to retire in the next two years. Is there a general guideline on how it should be invested? There is. So here’s your general guideline. Again, as I said earlier, the closer you get to retirement, right? We look at the buckets. But the other thing is it depends on your needs, right? So one of the things that you run and we could do this if you want just we can schedule some time and we can look at your cash flow, right? Look at your budget, look at your income sources, look at those expenses and solve for that gap. And and that’s kind of where you would say. So your rule of thumb is take as little risk as you need to to still hit your goals. So not necessarily what earns me the most, right? If a portfolio if portfolio A earns me this much or expected to earn me, portfolio B earns me this much, is this one necessarily better? Well, the problem is is that as you know, the more you can earn potentially, the more chance of something going wrong. So, you want to be cognizant of that, right? So, make sure your risk matches and your downsides protected. How do I know if my annuity is worth keeping? We can take a look at it for you. That’s not a problem. We I’ll take a look at it, see what it is, if it makes sense. We’re futures. I’ll tell you yes, no. Um, keep it. Some of the older ones are actually pretty cool though. They they have some benefits that a lot of them don’t have anymore. So, uh, if I’m close to retirement, is it worth Oh, this is a good one because this is all the rage now, right? Roth conversion. If I’m close to retirement, is it worth doing a Roth conversion or is it too late to make an impact on my financial plan? I would say it’s rarely ever too late to consider that. Now, the difference is the later you are in life or if you’re already retiring, you’re close to retirement. So, we would look at that, right? We’d look at your tax savings and how that would impact um the end of life, right, for your legacy. If you are already deep into retirement, then Roth conversion still might be an option, but it would be more for a legacy plan, right? How how it goes to your beneficiaries versus tax savings because you probably depending on where you are, you might not have that many tax savings years available to you. Uh maybe one more.

    What happens social security if you decide to work part-time after full-time and already receiving social security? Uh that’s actually a good question. So social security if you’re still working part-time. Um a couple of things on that, right? It still counts toward your income, but the reality is they look at your last 35 years of of income and they take your highest one. So, if you’re working part-time, depending on how much you’re making part-time, it’s unlikely that it’s it’s really going to make a difference. And and if you are retiring at 57, does that impact it? Yes, it does. Um because they calculated up to 65. So, from 57 to 65, if you stop working, those would be zeros. Uh so, that’s where social security would matter on when you’re going to take that. We can calculate that. That’s one of the things that we calculate if you’re thinking about retiring early. I think that’s Oh, one more here. Is the market overvalued with the recent highs? Um, that’s a trillion dollar question right there. I would say, as a general rule, no. Compared to other times in our history, I I wouldn’t I wouldn’t concern myself as much with the market being at a new high, right? Because there’s always new highs to be made. the market doesn’t move straight up. It’ll move up, it’ll pull back, it’ll move up, it’ll recover, but over time, the trend is up. So, that would be it. Thank you very much for the compliment. If there are any questions, please reach out to me. Other than that, I think we have answered all the questions. I wish everybody a very wonderful rest of their evening and rest of their week. I hope to see you on future webinars. Until then, thank you so much and be safe. Take care. Bye now.

  • 08/23/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. What is happening? How’s it going everybody? Hope everyone’s having a great day. I’m guessing it’s uh good evening to most of you. Uh possibly good morning to some of you and uh good middle of the night to a few of you as well. But uh yeah, comment in the chat where you’re calling in from while I’m getting uh ready here. I’m just uh getting ready on the side here. getting all the PowerPoint and everything up and comment in the chat here while I’m doing it. Okay, so we’ve got

    all right we have got Lach Texas, Tacoma, Washington, Eastern Washington, Dallas, Texas, Dayton, Ohio, Wayross, Georgia, Alberta from Kentucky, Kathy from Massachusetts, Lisa from Las Vegas, used to live in Las Vegas. Very nice. Um, also used to live in Washington, too. I forgot to mention that. Yeah. Um, let’s see. I’ve lived all over, actually. I used to live in Oklahoma. Well, I stayed there for a summer. I guess that doesn’t count. Um, I say I I lived there for 3 months during a summer one time. I don’t think that counts, right? But I did just live out I did live outside of Tulsa, Oklahoma in Bixby. Bixby and Tulsa. Um, Minnesota, uh, South Carolina, Houston, Texas. Tracy from Fort Myers, Florida. Uh, Caesar from Invigado. Columbia via New York. Nice. Joanne from Cali. Cindy. Rick from Atlanta. Colin Charleston, South Carolina. Andrea, New Jersey. Alisa, North Carolina. Gideon, Spartanberg, South Carolina. Doug, hello from Edmonton. Uh, Edmonton. Nice. Alberta, I’m guessing.

    Another North Carolina here. Stayed there for a summer, too. So, I lived in North Carolina for a summer as well. Arkansas, Oregon, up in the mountains of North Carolina. Robert, Florida, Charlene, Texas. Chris, Missouri, Kevin, Massachusetts, Nate, Ohio. Derek DFW. Um, Adam Atlantis, you’re you’re funny, Adam. May maybe that’s a real place. I don’t know. Maybe there’s a place named Atlantis. Uh, Bert, Colorado Springs. Todd, Yukon, Oklahoma. Miner, Mountains of Guatemala. Nice. Heather, uh, we we have one person on the team from Guatemala. Uh, Heather, Montana. Travis, Minnesota. Thomas, San Antonio, Texas. Elaine from Atlanta. Awesome. Okay, so second question I got for you guys. What is the number one reason that you’re here tonight, guys, today? What is the number one reason that you uh showed up to this live training today? Go ahead and comment that in the chat.

    Okay, we’ve got money and freedom. Okay, we’ve got um Okay, money says Carl. I like money says Michael. Cindy make money. Minor YouTube income money. Selena monetize. Cynthia dollars. Lisa to learn and earn. Adam to expand my knowledge. Michael to learn. Mark to make money. Stella to learn. Kate income. Pierre the YouTube content advantage. Charles learn about YouTube. Gideon I learned YouTube and earn money doing it. Gwindelyn dollar freedom. William dollar. Jeff great info. Alberta learning. Jessica to learn how to build a YouTube channel. Robert to learn how to start a YouTube channel. Robert to learn new information. Joanne because I’m already making content. Have str and have struggling to turn it into revenue. I’m struggling to turn it turn into revenue. Got you. Uh Chris to learn how to make consistent income on YouTube. Maurice curiosity. Stan to learn about the YouTube system. Katherine would like extra income. AI Miles IVth or Al Miles IVth maybe. Uh third income. Uh Anitra knowledge. Uh William knowledge. Bert augment retirement income. Josh start Todd time freedom. Pearl second source of income. Sharon additional income stream. Thomas grow my channels on YouTube. Travis learn. Timothy to use YouTube to build a second income stream. Derek to learn and earn on YouTube. Jerry, want to start a YouTube channel on the right foot. Ellen, I’m ready to have a YouTube channel and think I have a good idea to start. Rick, YouTube knowledge. Darla, make my own money. Uh, no rely on man on the man. Okay, got you. Pam, retiring 1231 and need additional income. Sheldon, working towards financial freedom to spend more time with my daughter. Elaine, 60 years of need to work from home. Anthony, want to start on YouTube. Christopher, additional streams of income. Robin, interested in a YouTube channel. Wendy, learn a YouTube channel. Kurt, I am building online anyways and your system makes sense. Awesome. Okay, so the next thing that I’m going to ask you is what is stopping you from getting started, right? What’s stopping you from getting started? Right? Or what’s stopping you from progressing? Yeah, if you’re hearing an echo, just mute yourself. It’s very easy. just mute yourself because the the audio is looping through. It’s coming out on my It’s coming out from my side and it’s looping back through on your side. So, just mute yourself if you’re hearing an echo.

    Um,

    Angela, fear to learn. Derek, not knowing what to do. Thomas, time. Kate, I need an idea. Gideon, time and knowing what to do. Pierre, lack of knowledge. Let uh don’t know what to do. Michael, time, newborn at home. Makes sense. Michael Marta, don’t know the process. Varoth, uh, self-doubt. Jim, audio is in and out. Patrick, need to discover what my niche would be. Uh, Paul, no clue how to do it. Tanya, no idea what my niche is. Jared, fear of failure. Ann, I work 40 hours a week and don’t know a good niche. Savio, knowledge. Cynthia, overthinking it, I think. Christine, don’t know how to do it. Lisa, don’t know where to start. Sharon, scams. Heather, I am a total YouTube noob. Joy, understand how to best present information to help others. Elaine, don’t know what to do on YouTube. William, where to start? Robert, inconsistency. Heather, analysis paralysis. Uh, Denise, knowledge. Sheldon, uh, I don’t have much knowledge on how to start. Uh, minor, I I don’t know how to monetize. Uh, and Eric, I don’t know what I don’t know. Devin, niche knowledge. Gwindelin, too much info out there. Don’t know which way to go. Barbara, not knowing how. Uh, Eric, knowledge opportunities. Salvador, niche. Uh Joe info is too broad to uh to narrow down. Anthony time Cindy I have other businesses and trouble finding the time to learn. Makes a lot of sense. Cindy um YouTube can help with that though. YouTube can help with that. Can solve a lot of problems in a lot of different businesses. Uh Katherine scared Steve knowledge about monetizing as well as what content to make. Okay, perfect guys. Let’s go ahead and get started. Let’s go ahead and jump into it. So, should be able to see the screen right now. Um, this is how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. Go ahead and do the thumbs up thing. It should be the emoji on the bottom right of the screen if you’re excited about one of these things. And the first one is going to be views. Okay, do the uh thumbs up thing if you’re excited about getting views on YouTube. Does everyone want to get views?

    All right, I’m seeing a good amount of thumbs up for that. But how about this next one? Okay, how about making some money? I’ve got a feeling you guys are excited about this one from the the comments from earlier. Okay. Okay. Yeah. A lot more. Lot more. All right. Got the confetti, got the hearts, got the clapping, the uh all all kinds of all kinds of different ones here. Let the o face. Yes. Okay. Got more than just more than just a thumbs up this time. But how about this third one? Okay. The third one is going to be having an impact. basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. So, did the emoji for that one as well. All right, that one is very popular, too. Yeah, I think it was tied between money and impact there. Okay, perfect. Well, you guys are definitely the types of people I like to work with because the thing is, guys, is if you take care of the impact, the money and the views are going to take care of themselves, right? And impact really just means helping other people solve problems. That’s it. And if you if you help other people solve problems in mass, which YouTube allows you to do, then the money and the views are going to take care of themselves. So before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten free right here. No catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you way a a way to work with us directly, our coaching program. Okay? is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus clients that we have winning inside right now. There may be a few of you that also want done for you. We offer that to a very limited amount of people as well. Okay, so here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours for free. If that is fair, then go ahead and drop deal in the chat. Okay? Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair to you. Okay. Perfect. All right. Awesome. Now, by the way, we’re giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the Niche validator pro. This is both the chatbt and the Claude AI version. We of course recommend the Claude AI version, but some people really like Chachi PT. So, it’s whichever one you like to use. And this is the newest version yet. It is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you’ll also get $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Okay? So, type staying if you’re staying until the end for the niche validator. Type staying in the chat. Okay. See? All right, got a lot of people staying. Good stuff. Okay, now before we start, I’m going to ask you to type things in the chat the whole way through. And here’s why. This is the forgetting curve. It has been studied for 140 years at this point. If you just sit and listen, rough roughly half of what I say is gone within the hour. 2/3 by tomorrow. Okay. Now, the same guy who discovered that also discovered the fix for it. Active recall. Every time you pull something back out of your head, this line resets. So you can retain more information as we go. So every time I say type it, that’s not me being cute. That’s a repetition. That’s you’re you’re basically resetting your curve. Okay? So do that 20 times tonight and you walk out with knowledge in your head instead of knowledge being gone by breakfast. Okay? So if that makes sense, type locked in if you’re with me. Okay? Okay, so you’re going to get a lot more out of this if you actually engage and you type into the chat. You’re going to get a heck of a lot more out of this. Okay, perfect. Perfect. Good stuff. All right, now look at this. YouTube just launched a whole series to help creators land brand deals. It’s called the brand deal desk and this tra it’s straight from YouTube itself. And read what it teaches. how to pitch brands, how to negotiate, how to build a media kit and close real sponsorships. Now, think about why YouTube would even make this, right? Because brand deals are where the real money is, and YouTube knows it. And they’re literally teaching creators how to get paid outside of AdSense. This is the part that I’ve been telling you this whole time. The ad money is the smallest slice of the pie. The big money comes from brands paying you directly. And here’s the best news in this whole thing. You do not need to be a huge uh to be huge to land a brand deal, right? Brands don’t just want big uh big channels anymore. They want the right audience. For instance, I’m going to show you here in a bit somebody who landed a brand deal with less than 500 subscribers and it was a $1,500 a month brand deal, right? So, a focused channel with people who are act who actually trust you. Okay, that’s going to be worth a heck of a lot more to a brand than a giant channel full of random viewers that probably don’t really care that much about you, right? When YouTube itself is showing creators how to get brand deals, that tells you exactly where this is all heading. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today, right? YouTube really does want you to be able to make a full-time income. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re watching this right now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. With that being said, type burnt out if you felt this, okay? Or not yet if you haven’t even started. And type that in the chat. Let’s see. Scroll down here. Burnt out. Not yet. Okay. Okay. Got it. Got it. There might be a few people who are who are burnt out uh from trying and then there’s there’s uh some people who have not yet tried it. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Okay? Uh because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” Right? And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like a 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that is the maze. That is the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. And it kind of looks like this. I’ll kind of outline it with my uh mouse there. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there’s another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. And you’re basically going around the maze, right? Pretty clever. But even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned from a young age that the fastest way to go from start to finish is just to go from point A to point B, right, in a straight line. And what if I uh showed you a way to do just that, right? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. Type straight line in the chat if you want to do a straight line, right? If you want to just go from straight uh from start to finish, you don’t want to have to get lost in the maze and find your way through the maze and and all that kind of stuff, right? Type straight line in the chat. All right, let’s see. Okay, we’ve got uh Giam, uh Robert, Paul, Santiago, Nate, James, Carl, John, Mike, Derek, Renee, uh Daniel, uh Caesar, Kate, Brian, uh Bina, Wendy, Billy, Ellen, John, Heather, Tamara, Renee, Ted, Derek, Anitra, Dena, Chris, uh Corey, Greg, Jessica, Andrea, Jr., Marta, Kathy, awesome. Anna, good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. Now, one thing I want to say about this part right here really quick is a lot of other YouTuber advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice, right? Some of them might actually purposely be giving you bad advice, but a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, okay? because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels, but I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. More on that here in a bit. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. Uh before they were saying that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem is going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. And then just 6 months later they updated it and it said they said it would be worth $1.6 trillion by 2034. Okay. And then you know the next year it’s 2 trillion. Okay. So it is just growing faster and faster. Okay. It has grown that much just in the last year. the the projections are just going up and up so much faster. And by 2035, it’s probably going to be worth $2 trillion. So, this is just growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing to stand on the sidelines as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. So, type money if you want a piece of that two trillion. Okay? Type money in the chat. Want a piece of that two trillion? You want a piece of that giant very, very large giant pie? Okay, perfect. Perfect. Okay, so today you’re going to be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. people that own software companies or SASS, uh, location specific businesses like dental cosmetic clinics, uh, realtors. We’ve helped a lot of realtors, um, but also, you know, various different medical businesses as well, um, like uh, uh, surgeons like, uh, plastic surgeons for instance, um, financial adviserss and probably a bunch of other ones that I’m forgetting right now. Um, but yeah, people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence, even physical brick-andmortar business owners, and even people with disabilities we’ve helped do this, right? So, this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs. And he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American with 4 million subscribers. That’s $3.7,000 a month approximately with four million subscribers. So, you know, that that’s less than the average income of an American. That’s not what you would expect a giant channel like that to make. But he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. But views do not automatically equal money. Okay? It’s not about getting views. It’s it’s about getting the right views. Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. I work with people who get 100 to 200 views per video and they’re making $2 million a year on YouTube. Right? But there are also people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. So if you understand that, if you understand that you need the right views, then type right views in the chat. Okay? It’s not about getting views, it’s about getting the right views.

    Okay, perfect. Perfect. Okay. Love it. Love it. Good stuff. Game, Daniel, Kate, James, Anitra, Alver, Brandon, Jared, Dena, Lynette, Mary, Larry, Carl, Nicole, Aaliyah, Jeremy, Liz, Cara, or Cara, uh, Charlene, Jerry, Renee, Jennifer, Patrick, Karen, an Derek, Robert, Tracy, Lisa, Lisa as well, Katherine, Mike, Derek, Kevin. Awesome. Good stuff. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, and stuck because they were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first. You need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. By the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach. So, Zach uh has spent his entire career in the trades. Okay? So, specifically in HVAC, most of his career has been spent in HVAC about, you know, 20 to 30 years. Uh he’s owned an HVAC business for 20 years. Okay? So, uh let’s go ahead and read some of these really quickly. Uh pilot military. Um, so Joseph pilot, Nate, military. Hey, thanks for serving. Appreciate you. Barb, dietician, Harold, uh, Asen, Asen, uh, Derek, IT, uh, Adam, retired, Billy Baker, Alver, risk analyst,

    Tito, information security. Kate, clerical, Caesar, software engineer, Calvin, tech support, Christopher software engineer, Anitra, executive assistant, Renee software engineer, Brandon software engineer, Greg, software engineer. Okay, we got a lot of software engineers in here. Uh, awesome. Awesome. Okay. Uh, yeah, we get we So guys, I definitely we’ve helped a lot of people that are like high up in different tech related careers. So, cyber security, software engineer, IT related careers, cloud, all kinds of stuff like that. We also get a lot of people in healthcare. We get some engineers. We get um you know, obviously with my healthcare background, we get a lot of people in healthcare. Uh get engineers. Uh get a lot of business owners uh both online business owners as well as a lot of in-person business owners. We have a bunch of realtors um that we’re working with right now as well. So, awesome. Good stuff. Good stuff. We get, you know, a lot of lot of people that have experience, right? Like that’s that’s great because you have experience and that means that you can use your experience to help other people which is good. Um but yeah, network engineer, Mary’s a health coach, Sana, social worker, Doug, truck driver, Will, Harrah. Uh John, IT support, Umar, teacher, Aaliyah, technical project manager, uh Elaine, Nick, you are in. Uh Derek, engineering manager, Wes, engineer, Paul, truck driver, Robert, lock desk analyst, Ed, sales, Charles, former machinist. Jared, educator. Uh, Bert, physician. We have we have so many doctors in the program now, too. Um, Greg, IT architect. Lette, healthcare. John, educator. Uh, awesome. Good stuff. Okay, perfect. Well, guys, I am so confident in this system that I literally used it on my brother who is in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy and who’s never made a video in his life. cuz you might think, you know, cuz you you guys have probably seen all, you know, all the the testimonials, all the case studies that we have, and we just have an endless amount of case studies of people that have used this system and had success on YouTube. With that being said, you know, common thing that I hear is, “Well, Shane, you just cherrypick the winners.” Okay? And I I do hear that all the time, and it that’s fair. That’s fair. You know, you know, a lot of people do that. So, what I did is I picked a random 50-year-old in my family and I used the system on a random 50-year-old. There’s nobody else in the in my family that I used the system on. It was like one shot, you know, one one shot to to get it done. Okay. Random 50-year-old in my family. Documented all of it publicly and I helped him grow his YouTube channel from scratch. Okay. So, first of all, for context, uh I use this system to start a YouTube new YouTube channel every year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” And he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he’s really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you. And the very first video that he posted blew up. Got 800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. And that is a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zack. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So, he’s not just making money from AdSense, he’s making money from other things outside of that. And that’s thing one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. AdSense are basically the ads that pop up on your channel. So, when you’re watching YouTube and you see an ad on somebody’s channel, um like an advertisement that pops up, that is AdSense. Okay? So, they get paid by the advertiser. they actually make 55% of the money from the advertiser and that’s AdSense. Okay. Uh that is one way of making money. Um you know it it’s great but it’s a it’s a small fraction of the money that you can actually make, right? And there’s a lot of people that make a full-time income just from the AdSense alone. Um this month we’ll probably make about $60,000 from AdSense. Um and that is that is like I said a small fraction of the total amount of money that we make from the channel. And I’ll be talking about how much, you know, showing you guys the breakdown of how much money I’m making later on. Um, but yeah, that’s one thing we’re going to talk about, right? AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There’s a lot of other ways we can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. This is also for you if you’re a faceless creator. You want to use YouTube automation, right? Um, so here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients when Whiz first started his YouTube channel. It was a totally faceless channel and he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube and they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. how he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on because honestly it just makes a lot of sense to reveal your face. It’s actually way easier. It’s way better uh to do that. Um there’s a reason that some of the biggest brands that you know started off as personal brands. Ford, Hershey’s Chocolate, like think about all these companies like in their names. There’s a reason that they have the name of the person who started it. It’s because personal branding is incredibly effective. Okay? It actually makes business 10 times easier. Okay. Um, but he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future, and we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because if you do it the wrong way, there’s almost a 0% chance you’re going to make money. The very slim chance that you’re going to make money, most of those people will get banned or demonetized by YouTube because they’re going to make AI slop, and YouTube doesn’t want that. And then in the very rare case where you don’t get banned or demonetized and you make money, it’s going to be really easy for other people to just come in and copy you if you don’t do it the right way. Okay? So just, you know, just one thing for instance is you need to have a cartoon character that represents you. You also need to make your channel in such a way where it makes people really curious about who you are, right? So you need to use your anonymity to your advantage. It makes people very curious about who you are. So, if you’re interested in doing that, you can kind of look at Wiz of Ecom’s old videos to see exactly uh how that is done. With that being said, we typically recommend that you do a personal brand channel, okay? And we always recommend that you use your own voice. You do not want to use some fake AI voice or anything like that, right? That will get you banned by YouTube. We always recommend that you use your own voice. Uh, however, if you don’t want to show your face at first, you can do something like this. You can use a cartoon character. Okay? And then later on you can do a face reveal. Now, with that being said, go ahead and type uh personal brand or or uh faceless channel. Or you could just type face or faceless. Face or faceless. Uh depending on the which one you want to do, face or faceless. Okay. So, I see most people do want to start a channel showing their face. So, personal brand uh channel showing their face. So, that that’s good. Um, but yeah, you need to if you’re going to do the faceless thing, uh, you have to do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re pretty much doomed to fail, okay? Uh, and you’re also not going to have a lot of options in the future. So, this is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, uh, type clients in the chat if that’s you. If you want inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. So Davis’s sales went up by 400%. And after working with me, he’s making 100K per month uh with that particular business. Okay. So, let’s see. See, I’ll scroll down. You guys are super engaged. I’m I’m having trouble scrolling all the way here. Um let’s see. Clients. All right. We’ve got Alver, Wes, Margold, Chris, Cindy, Renee, Dalon, Gary, Maurice, Brian, James, Alexis, Kathy, Santiago, Ellen, Bruce, Vivian, Marta, an uh Anita, Mark, Darlene, uh Chris, James, Daniel, Daniel, Robert, um Julie, Pierre, Dean, Lynn, Nicole, Kurt, Jessica, Marsha, David, uh, Game, uh, Sandra, Allan, Greg, Bert, Joy, Robert, Patrick, uh, Henry. Okay, awesome. Good stuff. So, like I said, uh, Davis, uh, his sales went up 400% after working with us. He’s making over 100K per month. And basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies. Okay? And that is, uh, just one YouTube channel and one company. That is obviously not sustainable if you’re running multiple companies. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. And he has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel, right? So, if that’s something that’s interesting to you, type in authority to the chat if you want to become an authority.

    So, here’s a really good example of networking. And by the way, guys, I’m showing you a lot of the direct ways of making money, but the indirect ways of making money are probably even more valuable than the direct ways. Um, the people that I’ve gotten to meet because of my YouTube channel, I mean, it’s it’s unreal. These are people that I never would have gotten to meet uh without having a YouTube channel. I’ve gotten invited to masterminds that cost $50,000 for normal people, but I got to go for free. Um, just on and on. Like, you know, I’ve I’ve talked I’ve literally talked to billionaires because of my YouTube channel. It’s it’s it’s insane. Okay. Um, I got equity in a company that might be sold for somewhere between a hundred million and a billion dollars and it’s because of my YouTube channel. These were the indirect benefits, okay, indirect benefits of having a YouTube channel that aren’t, you know, obvious right up front. But when you grow yourself as an authority on YouTube, these opportunities start to pop up. So, here’s a really good example of networking, right? Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry, and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month on his channel when we first started working with him to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, okay? Including companies that are a part of Fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were literally reaching out to him, right? Just to put this in perspective, guys, 99 like 99% of people don’t get into fang companies. Of the people who do get in, they usually apply for years and years and years over and over again until they finally get in. But they these companies were reaching out to Josh to offer him job. Okay? And it wasn’t just any job. It was a job making multiple six figures where he got to work fully remote and travel the world if he wants to. Okay? And so that’s exactly what he did. He landed this job making multiple six figures where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job uh uh getting paid incredibly well and living his dream life. But then the YouTube channel just kept going. It got up to 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled it all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategy. And most of that way, he was just working part-time. And it was do he was doing it all on his own as well. He didn’t even have one single person working on the channel until he’d he was already making really good money with it. And of course, he quit his dream job at that point because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point as well because, you know, he’s just making way more from the YouTube channel. Even though he loves the job, he’s making 10 times more at least from the YouTube channel. So, I like his example because it goes over every single stage. just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking, getting his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K, and then scaling his business. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Well, it’s because they believe in these myths, right? And most people do fail when they try to start on YouTube. You know, make no mistake about it. But it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera and have a super fancy setup with a whole studio, right? Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Okay? Now, uh go ahead and type the number of the myth that you believed. Okay? So, 1 2 3 or four in the chat. Okay? And I’ll I’ll look at the chat here in a bit. Um let’s see here.

    Okay. 1 3 4 1 2 I’m seeing a lot of uh fours. Um, yeah, a lot of people. Number four, I’d say is the is the most common one. Okay. All the above as well. Got it. Okay, cool. But yeah, these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. And uh, you know, just as an example, when I started my second channel, uh, Shane Helus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. So if you believe that you have to, you know, take a long time to make money on YouTube, that is a myth. You know, that is true if you’re making kind of like an influencer style channel where you have to get millions of views to make millions uh to make money, right? But if you make the right type of channel, you can make money right away. You don’t even have to wait till you get monetized to make money, right? And so we made 30 over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers. And these are the myths that people believe that stop them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? Let me introduce myself to those who don’t know me. My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.6 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve also helped 20 businesses that were already profitable. Uh I’ve also helped count not 20, countless amounts of businesses that were already profitable or already uh had big YouTube channels uh get to 100K plus per month, too. But I’ve helped 20 20 businesses now get to 100K per month from complete scratch. Like zero business, zero following on YouTube. And I’ve helped them get to 100K per month. Now, a lot of people that I work with, they don’t want to make 100K per month, right? they’re not they’re not trying to get to that level. They want to make a full-time income, make maybe 10K per month or something like that. And I’ve helped countless amounts of people do that as well. Uh as well as just make like side hustle income and stuff like that on YouTube, solving niche problems for other people. Okay. So, I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with, just as an example, Course Careers. This is the company that I was talking about earlier that I got equity in. So, they liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they were making from when we first started working with them. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived at trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And I didn’t want to be homeless anymore. So I did what society told me to do, right? I didn’t want to be poor. Went to college, got a doctorate, so I got the high, you know, highest level of college. And I became a pharmacist because, you know, people told me that pharmacists made good money. It looked like they were had a pretty good lifestyle. And, you know, and I also, you know, care, you know, I I I do like medical and and I really care about, you know, helping people. Um, but I didn’t want to be poor. That was that was one of the main reasons that I became a pharmacist. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to get there. I went $300,000 in student loan debt. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money, okay? Because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of like an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. Just to emphasize how bad this was. We got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was in the situation. Like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, drop shipping, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, etc., etc. Here’s one of them that I tried. It’s called the booty kit. Okay, it’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. It’s a little funny, but I tried selling this on Shopify drop shipping as well as Amazon FBA, but I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? And I couldn’t really make any of these sustainable. Um, and a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD. I’ve been diagnosed twice and just having, you know, uh, uh, you know, always trying a bunch of different things, having shiny object syndrome, always thinking the grass is greener on the other side, that kind of thing, which I’m sure a lot of you can relate to. But, as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried and all the businesses that I tried, they actually work, okay? But they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s like nobody knows you exist. If nobody knows you exist, there’s no way they can buy from you. It’s that simple. So, if you have a business out there or you’re planning on starting a business or a side hustle, uh they all work. Literally, every business that you hear about works, but they all need traffic. They all need views. They all need people that know that you exist. And if you have enough people that know that you exist, then they’re just going to buy from you, right? And it’s just that simple. Okay? And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views and specifically getting the right views. That’s something that I figured out later on. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. Now, type views if that makes sense, right? None of these work without views. Type views in the chat if that makes sense, right? because every single one of these work. But the problem is is you’re probably going to be spending a full-time uh it’s probably just going to be a full-time job uh just getting clients, getting customers, right? You’re going to spend all of your time marketing and trying to get more customers uh if you don’t get views. But if you get views, the customers come to you, right? The people the people who want to spend money come to you and you don’t have to seek them out. Okay, perfect. So Renee, Robert, Patrick, Liz, James, Kathy, Lisa, Christopher, Derek, Kate, Cindy, Brian, Chris, Wes, Heather, Selena, Giam, uh, D, Charlene, Renee, Santiago, Vanessa, Catherine, Wes, Allen, iPad, Ron, iPad, Gary, Linda, Aaliyah, Mike, Allan, Hel, Nate, Ricardo, Doug, Greg, Robert. Awesome. And after I tried it again, you know, uh at that time, by the way, uh I was in basically in a house full of seven guys. Uh I was trying to save money, but it was kind of like an entrepreneur house. And one of the guys that I ended up meeting was Sam. Okay. So Sam, uh basically came from Lebanon. He immigrated from Lebanon to the US. And he couldn’t actually technically work when he first got here. So he had to start a business. like legally he had to start a business and started and so he started a YouTube channel where he was making about 10 to$20,000 a month from his this 10,000 subscriber YouTube channel and his wedding photography business right and he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast and he basically just almost by accident just you know they say that necessity is is the mother of invention uh figured out how to properly monetize YouTube because he had to right and you know I’d spent a lot of time before in you know at LA, San Diego, even Las Vegas. I went to college in Las Vegas and I’d met influencers who had millions of views and millions of subscribers and followers and they were broke. They didn’t have any money. And so I was like, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like. And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like, you know, 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. In fact, one of our clients, Carla, made a video that got a couple hundred views and it landed her a six-figure contract worth $16,200. Right? So, you can see it right here. She messaged me about it. $106,200 from one video. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I think just two weeks ago, I I had a video that got like nearly 2 million views, right? So, I know how to play the views game with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, okay, this was one of my first ever breakout videos. It got 4 million views uh and it made about $31,000 and it took about six years to get those to make that money, right? But this video right here, I posted around 6 months ago and it got 8,000 views and made $48,000. So, it’s already made more with 8,000 views than this video made with 4.3 million views. And one thing I want to point out here is this one did it in 6 months whereas this one took six years. And I make videos like this like almost every week. Almost every week I have a video that does these kind of numbers. So this is not some kind of outlier video that I’m cherrypicking here. This is actually not even a special one. There’s a lot of videos that we do that do over 100K uh in revenue. But the whole point is this one right here. I picked a random video from 6 months ago when I was making this slide. Um, you know, when this one gets to the six-year mark, about five and a half years from now, it’s probably going to have made double or even triple the amount of money that that it’s made so far, okay? Because it’s going to have six years where it sits on YouTube, uh, or 5 and a half years where it sits on YouTube accumulating more views, more subscribers, uh, more people clicking the links, more people buying. Okay? And so by the time it gets to the six-year mark, it’s probably going to be 100 to 150,000 in revenue. And it is significantly easier for me to reproduce a video like this than it is for me to reproduce a video like this. It is so much easier for me to to reproduce this type of video than it is for me to reproduce this. It is very difficult to get a 4 million view video. Don’t believe what anyone tells you. It is it is very very difficult to get a 4 million view video. It’s not that hard to get a 8,000 view video. It really isn’t. Okay, so this one very simple. It’s going to be accumulating uh more and more sales over the years. We actually got a sale from a video that we posted six years ago and it wasn’t just any sale. It ended up being an agency client. We don’t work with that many clients in agency. We’re very very picky about who we accept into the agency. Uh but this was a you know six figure contract agency client um that has been with us for over a year now. Okay. And we we got them from a video that we posted six years ago. So it’s you know these videos do just keep getting views. They sit there. They’re like a little soldier. They just keep getting views. Get your subscribers. Uh, make you money for the rest of time. They never take a day off. They work seven days a week, 24/7. Um, and they never get sick, right? And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about two plus years ago. So, two Septeers ago, I made about $283,000. One September ago, uh, sorry, three September ago, I met made about $283,000. Then two Septeers ago, $325,000. And then one September ago, I made $1 million. Okay? Okay. And I’m not saying this to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They never actually started a successful channel themselves. And they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers. And they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? They’ve never started a successful YouTube business outside of just teaching YouTube as well. before I and but me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. Here’s me in the San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. Um, and I was whale watching. I was orca watching and we did see orcas. It was pretty awesome. And I only had to work four hours a week this whole time. Now, I choose to work more than that sometimes because actually quite a bit because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. So, I choose to work more than that. But the point is I only have to work 4 hours a week to maintain or even sometimes grow my business. And in many cases, I’ve actually gone as much as two months at a time without working at all, spending literally zero hours on my business. And the only way this is possible is because every single time I post a video, it’s like I just hired a full-time employee whose only job is to go out and get me more uh get me more views, subscribers, and get me more clients. That’s it. Right? It would be impossible for me to live this lifestyle if I hadn’t done that. if I hadn’t built up that roster of videos that just continues to get views day after day. Every single video that I post, you know, sometimes, you know, they only get maybe one view a day, but some of them might be getting a 100red views a day or a,000 views a day. Even years down the line, they’re still getting like a,000 views a day, right? So, uh, you know, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any inerson employees, anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up. And this is about the closest thing to passive income as you can possibly get. There really is no such thing as passive income because you always have to work actively to get the money in order to make passive income um or to you know do the videos to to make passive income for instance. But this is the closest to passive income as you can get once you’ve actually posted the videos. They just stay there getting you views uh getting you subscribers and making you money. So type 4 hours if you want a business that only needs 4 hours a week. Type four hours into the chat. Okay? because it only takes four hours or less per week for you to actually record the videos needed for this business. And that’s about the that’s exactly the amount of time that my brother Zach spent. He told me that he spent 4 hours or less per week on his channel to grow to a full-time income. With that being said, okay, so a lot of people posted four hours. Kate, Billy, Mike, Greg, John, Charles, Joe, Anitra, Will, Caesar, Marta, Cindy, Roger, Derek, Renee, uh, also Renee, but spelled differently. Uh, Tanya, Christopher, Robert, Diane, Linda, Christopher, Michelle, Calvin, Chris, Jason, Lisa, Doug, Heather, Alberta, um, Sima, Lynette, Dietra, Gary, Brian, Selena, Charlene, Amy, Jim, Carla, Joseph. Awesome. Okay, good stuff, guys. Okay, with that being said, something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. I I got my dream life and I’ve had it now for years. I’ve been able to travel the world. Um, and I’ve, you know, I’ve had this dream life for years now, but once in a while I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online. I’d watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. Like maybe it’d work for a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided, you know, once every six months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you come coach me? Hey, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was just too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought, “Hey, maybe it works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches.” So I turned them down, but I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what? I’m going to do it. So I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of people and I and it was a very diverse set of people. So there’s a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years on other platforms who wanted to shift over to YouTube because they know YouTube’s the best. uh a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online business uh online service provider, um a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, uh but most of them had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is, every single one of them that I worked one-on-one with blew up. Okay? And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel, right? I can only solve so many problems, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people than I could have just reached on my own. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. Okay? So, if I would have gotten that same amount of views, uh, with a Mr. Beast style entertainment channel, I would have only made about 24 to $73. Okay? So, that’s not very good, right? $24 to $73 is not very good. And with these entertainment type channels, you typically have to get millions of views a month just to make a living. not even not even like a good living, but just just to get by. You have to be getting millions of views a month, which is is tough. That’s that’s a that’s a hamster wheel right there. You don’t want to be on that hamster wheel. Okay. Then you’ve got educational content, like typical education channel. So, we’re talking like Veritasium, Mark Robber, that type of channel. This type of channel, you can typically make about $20 per 1,000 views. And so again, with the same amount of views, 24,200 at $20 per 1,000 views, I would have made about $484. So right off the bat, that’s 10 times better than entertainment content. That’s great, right? 10 times better right off the bat. But you can still make more money. Okay. So, with a niche authority channel where you’re properly monetizing your channel, which is what I recommend that you do that very first month, um 24,000 views, $1,736 per 1,000 views, and I made $42,000. Now, that was just the first month. Uh later on down the line, I got this channel to the point where I was making about $4,000 per 1,000 views. So, that was just the first month, right? You know, I was still figuring things out at that point. Um, but you know, with the knowledge that I have, I was able to generate $42,000 in one month, and I documented all of it as well. Okay. So, with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making 10 times more money than entertainment content. But there’s a better type of educational content, which is niche educational content where you’re properly monetizing your channel. And this is what I always recommend that people start off with. And on my main channel, this is what I started off with as well. I started off with niche educational content. And then eventually down the line, I just started making content about whatever I want. So, I would say that my main channel is a little bit more of a mass market channel now because again, I just make content about whatever I want. And that may not be the best business decision, but it’s kind of a personal decision, right? I want to just make content about whatever. So, on my main channel, Shane Homus, that is a mass market channel with 1.5 million subscribers, and that channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views. So, it’s 20 times more than your average educational channel um still right off the bat. Okay? So, it still makes a ton of money, but you can make way more money if you just do niche educational content. And it’s typically a good idea just to stick with that. But down the line, you can pivot to something else if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which we’ll talk about here in a minute. But that’s what I recommend that most people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject, helping people with a niche problem, uh, and doing that first. Now, I’m going to get into that here in a moment, exactly how to choose your niche and start off with that subject, because you don’t always have to stay with the niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll be talking about here in a bit. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content first. This is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $36 to $100,000 a month according to view stats on his channel. That’s just from AdSense alone. Okay? So, just from AdSense alone, he’s making about $36 to $100,000 a month from view stats. Okay? And uh if he’s properly monetizing, he’s making far more than that. So let’s conservatively say he’s making $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. Cuz again, this is an educational channel. They typically make about $20 per 1,000 views. So let’s conservatively say he’s making $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. That that means that he is making $136 to $273,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days, right? So, this is all money that he is making completely passively from his portfolio of videos that he has uploaded to his channel because he hasn’t uploaded a video in 62 days that he’s still making 136 to $273,000 a month estimated from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload uh uh the interesting thing is he he barely uploads too. Like even if you look back like two months ago, you know, that was an upload and then the one before that I think it was another two months. So, he’s uploading a video like once every two months, and these are very easy to make videos where he’s literally just tutoring people on uh how to do, you know, physics, chemistry, etc. Stuff that any tutor would be able to tutor people on. So, each of these videos is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Here’s another one, Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he’s making content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube, and even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them in different car related products and services. And that’s his whole channel. And basically, this stuff is dead simple for him. Okay, that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same exact thing, but he recorded it with a camera and posted it online. Okay, so there’s a lot of stuff that you probably think is common sense to you that’s not common sense to most people out there because you’ve spent thousands of hours in in a job or or you know doing something since you were young. And so it seems easy and simple to you, but it’s not easy and simple to other people. Okay, so um last one, this is the craziest story. Physics Wallow, he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are, right? He’s got like blurred face, etc., etc., but it didn’t matter, right? He started making these videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT or the SAT in the US. and he just made videos about these certifications and standardized tests and at first he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India standardized test only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called physics wallet it’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos and he is probably richer than Mr. Beast and that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. Okay, so type no excuses if physics walla just killed your my setup isn’t good enough excuse. Okay, cuz look at this. He started with this in his in his parents’ basement like with recording with an absolute potato. Okay. And also just one thing I’m going to point out while you guys are typing that. Um, he is almost certainly richer than Mr. Beast because Mr. Beast, he makes entertainment content and it’s very tied to his personal brand. So, it’d be very difficult for him to actually sell his businesses whereas um and and then also uh he loses money every year. He’s he’s public about that, but he loses money every year because he’s he’s reinvesting in growth and stuff. So, he’s actually losing money. But Physics Wallet is making money every year. Andy has a company that he launched from his YouTube channel that he could actually sell. You can sell apps, right? You can actually sell that. Um, and it’s not as tied to his personal brand because his personal brand is all about helping people solve problems. Okay? And so that’s just one thing I want to point out. Um, he is almost certainly richer than Mr. Beast both from a, you know, net worth perspective as well from a liquid perspective of like how much he could actually sell his business for. So Tyler, no excuses. Jessica, Katherine, Liam, Vanessa, Pierre, Cindy, Ciss, Cheryl, uh, Cara, Cindy, Paul, Anthony, Allan, John, John, Diane, Nate, Dietra, Heather, Nathan, Joe, Robin, E, uh, E, Uli, Julie, uh, an John, Mike, Eric, Jyn, Ty, Mark, Stella, Timothy, Robert, Charlene, uh Jay, Stephen, Ricardo, Leah, Samuel, Elaine, Sheldon, Calvin, um

    John, Yav, uh I always try to get names right. I think I might get this wrong. Yavon, I think I might Sorry if I get your name wrong. Jennifer, Robert, Chris, uh, David, Selena, Zed, Selena, Pamela, John, Raina. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. Okay, so um, hopefully those stories were inspiring to you and that this is like taken to the extreme what educational niche content can do for you, right? And remember, I said like I probably could have made money just staying niche. If I stayed super niche, it would have been a situation like this where potentially, you know, I could have launched like a big company from it. Um, but I just decided just for lifestyle purposes, like I don’t need to launch a big company. Um, I would rather just make more of a lifestyle business where I can travel the world and and just have a really good time. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing you need is a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches, and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that. Now, health, wealth, and relationships is not your niche. Okay? Uh your niche is going to be under the category of health, wealth, and relationships. So, health, wealth, and relationships is a category of niche, just to be very clear. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche or what category of niche to go into, you should be looking into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is in the chat. Just comment what your niche is in the in the comment section of the chat. And I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well here. So um remember guys, health and wealth is not a niche. Health, wealth, and relationships is not a niche. That’s a niche category. So, comment what you think your niche is below that. Okay. Uh so, so deeper in uh pot limit Omaha poker. Nice. Okay. Very specific, John. Nice. Uh Sandy, financial. Julie, construction. Uh Alexis, wealth. Uh Rocky, no clue. That’s all good. We’re going to help you with that here in a minute. Lyanna, yoga. Jordan, politics. Richard, writing songs. Wes, wealth. Okay. A lot of people type in wealth and health. Uh Cindy franchising birds work workers comp education. Uh and figuring it out at 50-ish. That’s I like that actually. Workers comp education. That’s such a good niche. I like that a lot. And figuring it out at 50-ish. Um could be good. Probably need to get a little bit more specific. Uh but potentially potentially that could be niche enough. Steve, uh Venus fly traps. Nice. Amy, health and relationships. Mike, no clue. Junior, relationships, Gabriel carpentry. Uh Todd, scuba diving. Uh Randy, don’t know. And trail camera footage and commentary

    minor education. Lisa, education. Carl, relationship. John, living with epilepsy. Roger not sure. Mark auto dealership. Simma travel. Larry learn English through conversation. Adam, local AI deployment. Ooh, very nice. Oh, that’s such a good niche, Adam. I love that. That is a really good niche. Don, graphic design. You’re ahead of the curve. Definitely. Don, graphic design. Okay. Uh, Kylani. Um, crochet plushies. Nice. Samuel teaching tech. Cindy art. Joanne tech solar and clean energy education. Uh, Michael Copto corporate. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff, guys. Um, so what you want to do is um, you know, I I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche, which is exactly what happened. And I don’t blame you for that. It’s totally fine. But that is incorrect. Okay? And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what most people call a niche, but I like to call it a market. And that’s going to be your X, right? And then you pick one specific problem inside of that market because the market might have, you know, 20 problems or uh 200 problems or 2,000 problems, but you’re not going to select all of those problems. You’re not going to try to solve every problem that the market has. That is that is not a good idea. You’re going to focus on solving one problem that the market has and solving that problem very well. And typically, you want to focus on a painful problem or or a big problem if possible. But honestly, sometimes even small problems can be really good. You just need to if you pick a smaller problem, you typically need to solve it for more people. Okay? So yeah, you’re going to pick a market and then the specific problem. That’s the Y. And then you’re going to find a specific solution to that problem. And that is your Z. Okay? So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y. This is your niche hypothesis statement. Okay? I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you are going to help them solve that problem. And that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. So type understand if you understand why a one-word niche isn’t a niche. Okay? You need a market and a specific problem. Type understand in the chat. You understand that now?

    Okay. Yeah. Awesome niches, by the way, guys. Like obviously those niches that you comment commented, they they need refinement and we’re going to do that here in a minute, but awesome niches. I was loving some of the niches I’m I’m reading here. I’m actually reading them as I’m scrolling down here. So, good stuff. Um, that makes me excited to help you guys with these niches. That that’s like super exciting to me. Okay. Um, let’s see. Okay. Scrolling very very far. You guys have a lot of lot of answers here. I think I think Zoom needs to fix their uh their their chat here so I can scroll faster. Okay. Uh, awesome. Robert says he understands. Okay. Awesome. Cynthia, Karen, Allan, Lisa, Christopher, James, Carl, Ann, Kate, Gary, Renee, Renee again. Renee and Renee comment at almost the exact same time, multiple times now. Are you you two need to be friends, I think. Bert, uh, two different spellings every night. Bert, Will, Anne, Andrea, Ting, Mike, Randy, Michael, Larry, Anitra, Nicole, uh, Marie, Dustin, Cindy, Mike, Sa, Sa, uh, Gabriel, Vince, uh, Vincent, Charlene, Pearl, Cara, Kurt, uh, William, Mike, David, Janelle, uh, Matthew, Alexis, Shelly, Derek, Ron, Travis, Jared, Elaine, Julie, love it. Okay, good stuff. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accounts. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? Um, so I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients I’ve worked with them, or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, I’m going to show you five different levels, but honestly, we could do 50. We could probably do 500. or there might even be 5,000 just in the accounting niche alone. Okay, so at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor but for accounting instead. Okay. Um, now this person is making a really yeah really good money probably pretty close to seven figures a year and they’ve been doing it for a very long time and they’re making really good money and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree, they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications and that would be like physics walla but for accounting, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So that is the second one. I know for a fact this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay. Third level helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So that’s another business owner that I know. They’re making multiple seven figures a year. So who’s in the market there? people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever accounting job, right? That’s the market, their entry- level accounting job. And that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge in accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Then you’ve got the fourth level, people who are already accountants. They’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. This is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even 300,000 a year. So, it’s totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you were in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would say, oh, it’s accounting, right? Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable and if you’d want the niche validator GPT that we’re going to be giving out in a short while. Okay, awesome. Yep, we’re going to be giving that out. It’s a both Claude version as well as Chat GPT version that’s going to help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement and pick the perfect niche for you. Perfect. All right. Okay. So, now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as creator. Because once you have your niche down, your niche hypothesis statement specifically, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, okay? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with iHelxy. But once you get traction when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hyperpersonal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So type I am the niche in the chat if you get it. Okay. I am the niche. All right. Type that in the chat. Awesome. Awesome. I am the niche. Wes, Robert, Roger. Roger. Uh Robert. Oh, two Rogers. There we go. Jennifer. Uh Gary. Nicole, Paul, Pierre, Karen, Dustin, Olly, Adam, Marta, Karine, Karen, Calvin, Henry, Heather, Mike, Jay, Kelly, Cindy, Cynthia, Anna, um, Charlene, Lance, Sonia, Denny, Kate, Brian, Caesar, Patrick, Renee, Jessica, Ann, Linda, Ali, uh, Renee, Ron, Christopher, awesome. Sue, Richard, good stuff. Okay, so let me show you an example. Alex Heroszi, when he first started post on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses. But now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about just about anything that he wants. But the point is he started niche, okay? And if he tried to do that from the beginning, basically talk about anything, uh, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then he became the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, then the king of a river, then the sea, and then the ocean. So, you want to do that as well. You want to start off being the king or queen of a pond first, and then expand from there. But the point is, you got to start small. You got to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal method. hybrid personal brand method because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. There’s so many different directions that you can go with your channel both in terms of the content uh and the topics as well as well as how you make money with your channel too. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi opened up basically like an investment fund. Okay, he has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets deal flow from uh YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You do memberships, you do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, you have traffic, and you have distribution. People that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, by the way, comment which one is your favorite, the one that’s going to make you the most money or the or yeah, comment which one’s your favorite out of these ones right here. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, memberships, SAS, or high ticket offers. Comment which one of those is your favorite. I’ll I’ll I’ll take a look here in the comment section. Okay, awesome.

    All right. High ticket, all high ticket offers, SAS, AdSense, AdSense, high ticket offers, sponsorships, membership, harvest the business, sponsorships, SAS, uh, sponsorship, sponsorships, AdSense, sponsorships, membership, SAS, affiliate, AdSense, job opportunities, three, uh, which is sponsorships, memberships, membership, SAS, membership, SAS, SAS, high ticket, AdSense, membership, SAS, the one that makes me the most money. Not really sure. Membership, SAS, AdSense, high ticket offers, job opportunities, all the above. AdSense, software as a service, uh, high ticket offer, memberships, high ticket offers. Okay, very cool. Very cool. Um, so yeah, let me give you an example of that. Doug Demiro, okay, so he launched his website called carsandbbits.com from his YouTube channel. Now, you can see it right here, cars.com. And then he ended up selling this company for about $80 million. And the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that his channel was set up with the hybrid personal demand method. Now, let me let me just explain how this works. Okay, when he first started this channel, I promise you with 100% certainty, he did not think that his big break was going to be an online car auction website, okay? When he first started this channel, online car auctions were basically not even a thing before the pandemic. Like, or if they were, it was just a very, very tiny amount of people who did online car auctions. Okay. And then the pandemic happened and online car auctions got huge. Okay, they got really big because people could no longer go see cars in person and go to the auctions in person. And so a lot of people started buying cars online. They started going to these online car auctions. And he took advantage of that opportunity. He launched carsandbids.com and then he was able to sell it for $80 million. Now, if he would have set up his channel without using the hybrid personal brand method, he wouldn’t have been able to take advantage of that opportunity as it pops up. And to be completely honest with you guys, most of the biggest opportunities that happen in your life are going to be things that you never predicted. Okay? They’re going to be things that you didn’t like you didn’t know. You didn’t like plan them out. Okay? I didn’t know that I was going to get uh equity in that company, for instance, right? I had how could I there’s no way I could have ever known that that I was going to get equity in that company. Okay, so most of the biggest opportunities in your life are going to be things that you don’t plan out. And so you need to set your channel up in such a way where when the opportunity presents itself, you can pivot the channel. You can evolve the channel to take advantage of that opportunity. Right? So this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future. Right? Because none of us can predict the future. What we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time. Uh, as the market evolves, as the products and services that people want evolve, as content evolves, as you evolve as a human being, because you’re probably, you know, you’re a growing, breathing human being as well. You want your channel to be growing, breathing, and and evolving too with you, right? You want it to be able to evolve as you evolve. You’re going to be different five years from now than you are right now. You’re going to have different interests, okay? and you want your channel to be able to evolve as you evolve in your business. Okay? So, you can channel the uh you can build a channel that does that so that it has the ultimate advantage which is that it can adapt to changing circumstances. Right? That is the ultimate advantage to have in business and life is the ability to adapt to changing circumstances. And that is how we build the YouTube channel with the hybrid personal brand method. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, that’s just wrong, right? Here’s an example from uh some of our clients, right? this work for Waqin. So Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major, but he wasn’t making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his nation. It became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000 and he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? Um, and we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. He was so busy that he could barely even respond to my messages and my emails. Uh, he was a product manager at a Fortune50 company, basically working 80 hours a week. He had a brand new baby. I had lots of investment properties like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. And he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. So type uh now typically we recommend that you do four hours uh or less uh per week. That’s typically what we recommend. But if you’re a busy business owner and uh you’re willing to hire other people, you can definitely get it down to two hours or less per month. But this was somebody who didn’t even hire anybody and he was able to do it in 2 hours a month. That’s not typical. Uh but we typically recommend about 4 hours a week or less. Um but type two hours if you can find two hours a month to do this. Okay. Type that in the chat. Okay. I I think everyone can find a little bit of time to do this, right? Two hours. Okay, awesome. Jim, Kevin, Lance, Parti, Ed, Tanya, Sue, Allan, Allan, Stephanie, Robert, Cynthia, Alberta, Dietra, Barb, Cara, or Cara, uh, Pam, Rocky, Chris, Marie, Vincent, Stacy, Samuels, Joseph, Marsha, Michael, Roger, Wendy, Diane, Cindy, Sharon, Jason, Andrea, or Andrea, uh, Stella, Travis, Jessica, John, Samsung, Michelle, Bobby K, Clark, Tyler, Charlene, Lisa, Calvin, Anna, Nicole, uh, Patrick, Jyn, uh, Jerry, Linda, Amy. Awesome. Okay, so here’s another example guy. This one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So, he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. This is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran. And it’s really debilitating, right? And so he made this channel where his goal was just to make a couple extra,000 a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich, right? And he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. Now he’s getting close to 10,000 subscribers. So he’s crushing it now. But before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind a thousand subscribers, he was making money just from sponsorships. So if you don’t think you can get sponsorships with a small channel, you can. And this was his actual brand deal that he got with this small channel. So if you don’t think you’re going to make money with a small channel, you absolutely can. You don’t have to get to a,000 subscribers to make money on YouTube. There’s many other ways you can make money on YouTube outside of just AdSense alone. So, one simple rule guys to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. Okay? You do not need a fancy camera. You do not need fancy editing. You do not need a million-doll studio. You don’t need high production quality. You don’t need top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Okay, here’s what you do need. These are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that is a lot easier to do than you think. Now let’s talk about the most important out of all those things. And that is the viral video ideas. So I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry. And basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And you know I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. So, type icon if you want to know more about the icon method. Okay. Type icon in the chat if you want to if you want to know how this works. Okay. Um, I also call this the hot dog method sometimes. Um, I called it the icon method cuz I wanted to give credit to who I got the idea from, but it kind of makes more sense if I explain it as the hot dog method. So, basically the the way it works is like this guys. Uh, if you tried to open up a fancy restaurant, but you put it outside uh of a um uh a buffet where people are like outside of the exit of a buffet, people already ate, they’re not hungry anymore. You open up a fancy restaurant, you put it right outside the the exit of a buffet, you’re probably not going to get that many sales. Okay? Additionally, if you open up a fancy restaurant, you put it in the middle of the desert, you’re also not going to get that many sales. Okay? However, if you open up a hot dog stand and you put it in a place where there’s a bunch of starving people, like for instance, outside of a stadium or outside of the bars right after they close at 1:00 a.m., which is what one of my friends did during college, you’re going to sell out every single time, right? Even though hot dog is not the best food in the world, right? It’s, you know, pretty mediocre food. You know, you eat hot dogs if it’s the only thing around kind of thing, right? and it’s pretty mediocre food and uh yet you’re still going to sell out every single time, right? That is the hot dog method. That’s the icon method. That’s basically how it works. You want to find the starving crowd of people. So, let’s talk about how to do this. So, I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. So, it’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, they had a lot of views despite not having uh despite having a small channel, despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry, the door is in better focus than his face, his audio is really bad, and he was drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees, and yet he still got 760,000 views, even though it was an objectively bad video. This was the thumbnail, by the way, right here. Then what you want to do is you want to steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the most worthless college majors, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. So that’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. Make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. So I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. Made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, once you get this down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all the work for you. And it makes it a heck of a lot easier if you’re using our AI systems, uh, which we will be giving you a taste of here in a minute. Okay. So, type nice if you thought the icon method was valuable. T type nice in the chat. Okay, let’s see. Awesome. Awesome. Nice. All right. Alexis, uh, with an S, Stan, Bruce, Jessica, Olly, Justin, Linda, Renee, Ida, Joseph, Christopher, Ed, Jerry, Doug, Jen, Jason, Henry, Crystal, uh, Larry, um, Phillip, Lisa, Randy, Colin, Ellen, uh, Michael, Rocky, Karen, Santiago, Shelly, Robert, Mary, Gary, Lisa, Allan, Jennifer, Aaron, Paul. Love it. Okay, now let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. With no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, without having to show your face to start off or having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, uh, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to and you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shenhus.com/coaching into your browser or you can scan this QR code with your phone. Okay, so here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, guys, if you know somebody who’d be a great uh who’d be great at this, share this with them, right? Your cousin, a family member, a friend, you can feel free to share this with them, okay? Send them this link because we can teach them how to do it the right way instead of spinning their wheels for years. And we’ve literally had two sisters, for instance, join together. Like we we actually just talked last week with two sisters who joined together. Okay. Um and I just I just interviewed one of them last week and by the who got really good success. She made it to a full-time income and her and her other sister is is just behind her. Okay. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And guys, the last time we did this, we were fully booked. We couldn’t even open up more slots even if we wanted to. So, I suggest you book now while you can cuz once I drop those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar. So, go to gosh.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, first we are going to help you pick a profitable YouTube niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber flax, the absolute best of the best. They’ll help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but it’s also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the mindset section. You might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you basically just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you probably already would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues and this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people these first two are usually their favorite modules, right? The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section because think about it like this. If you knew that success is inevitable um if you just have to take a certain amount of actions, it wouldn’t be that difficult for you to take those actions. Like if you knew that all you had to do, for instance, was just walk to your mailbox every day and push a button and then if you did that, you know, let’s just say 300 times in a row uh every single day that you were going to be a millionaire on the other side. You wouldn’t have any issues walking to your mailbox and pushing the button every single day. It would be easy for you to do that, right? If you if you knew that all you had to do was get on the phone and talk to somebody for 30 minutes every single day, um it would be very easy for you to do that. And then at the end of the year, you’d make like a million dollars or or you know, if you did it 300 times in a row, you’d make a million dollars. It’d be very easy for you to do it, right? So, the reason that people have so much trouble doing things is because they doubt the the success. They doubt that they’re actually going to be able to get results. But when you go through this section, you’re going to understand on a very deep level um almost on a spiritual level that when you go through this section and and you really follow the steps that we give you on a deep logical emotional almost on a spiritual level that if you follow this system, success is inevitable. For for some people like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. It blew up. Got 800,000 views. He went from zero to full-time income in uh less than one month, right? For some people it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos, right? But if you follow the system, success is inevitable and you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. We actually recently like did an analysis of all all of our clients and on average it was 14 videos. Okay, on average it takes 14 videos following our systems uh to actually be successful, right? To have one that that takes off. But the whole point is that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a deep logical level when you go through this, right? YouTube is a game where the only way that you can lose is if you stop uploading. That’s it. If you just keep uploading, it’s a matter of time before one of your videos takes off. And when one of your videos takes off, it makes your whole channel explode. Even your past videos that were failures at first, uh, it’ll make those explode. Okay, so number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here, finding the right video ideas. And by the way, guys, just got word the slots are almost gone. Okay, we only have like a few left. Uh just got word about that. Uh so yeah, go to go.sh.com/coaching. /coaching or click the link in the chat right now. We had we’ve had well over 90 people apply so far. So, the next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how to make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chance of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views, his very first video only spent about 15 minutes on that script. It was his very first script for his very first video. He spent 15 minutes on it. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we’re going to show you that exact same system as well. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. And in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or just a couple hours a month. So, if you’re a very busy business owner and you’re willing to actually hire other people to record the videos for you, you can get it down to zero hours a week. If you want to still record the videos yourself, but you’re willing to hire other people to like, you know, make the scripts for you and stuff like that, you can get it down to about 2 hours a month. And that would be you just literally only recording. You just show up, you record, you do absolutely nothing else. Um, and you know, for people that want to do everything themselves, we recommend 4 hours a week or less. Okay? But yeah, in some cases, very busy business owner, you can get it down to zero hours a week. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. And this is where we actually make money out of the views you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. And by the way, guys, yeah, I think we might have a few spots uh slots left. So yeah, take those spots now. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching or click the link in the chat. Uh right now, we’ve had 141 people apply, I see. Okay. So yeah, 141 people apply.

    And uh yeah, so so click that link in the chat. And that’s just a taste of what’s inside of the community, right? You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting updates in real time, and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chat GPT or Claude, there’s going to be a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Uh, and with that being said, I’m actually curious. Type Chat GPT or Claude in the chat. Uh, for which one you prefer. Which one do you prefer out of the two of them? Chat GPT or CL or Claude? Uh, I see Marta here likes Super Grock. Um, I like Grock for very specific things like news related stuff. I love Grock. Uh, but Claude in my opinion is the best by far when it comes to content creation. But to each their own. Okay. Claude, ChachiBt. Yep. Yeah, most people are saying Claude, but we do have a good amount of people that say Chachib as well. Um, yeah. And hey, if you’re using Gemini or Grock, feel free to say that as well. Do you like Gemini or Grock?

    Love it. Love it. Good stuff. Good stuff. Yeah. Joanne, Car, Carlinko, Greg, Stacy, Blue, Patrick, Daniel, Joseph, Linda, Ann, Paul, Cindy, Rocky, Draos, Christian. Oh, you have a really cool name, man. Nathan, Anna, Anitra, Lisa, Aaron, Roger, Daniel, Don, Brian, Renee, uh, Brightina, Bri, Brightina, Brina, apologies if I’m getting your name wrong. Nate, Colin, Renee, Tito, uh, Kelani, Kalani, Kanani, uh, Lynette, uh, awesome. Okay, so next thing you get uh is one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peak inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers. Um 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers. So basically a brand new channel. Um and uh yeah, this isn’t a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of them. This is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, book a call with us now, and we’ll look at where your channel’s at. See if you’re a good fit, and map out what it would look like to actually take you to get results like this. So, go to go.chmas.com/coaching. Uh, click that link in the chat right now. Um, and you can type in go.chains.com/coaching into your browser. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to10k in just 18 days. Right? So, here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. Uh you’re welcome, bro. So, this is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually, there’s a shaded graph right here. Uh so, this is kind of like what your typical video performance looks like. And then, this is your actual video performance for that particular video, right? That’s what a normal uh shaded uh views graph looks like, right? You’ll notice that this one has no shade. There’s no shaded region. And that’s what I noticed when I look at this client account as well. I noticed that it had no shaded region. So, I’m like, “What the heck is going on here?” And I looked into it and what it turned out is this client had been uploading on YouTube for eight years and they didn’t have hard and they hadn’t really had almost any success whatsoever. Right? So, they’ve been uploading for eight years. They never had a single video get 100,000 views. In fact, they’re, you know, typically their videos would get maybe one or two thousand views, like something like that. Very, very low amount of views. Okay? And then uh they started with us and their very first video that they posted with us got over 180,000 views and it was so different than what their channel typically gets that it basically broke the YouTube studios UI. Okay. So the shaded region didn’t even show up. Okay. And so it either didn’t show up at all or it was so low that it blended in with the X-axis and it kind of just broke their system. Okay. So I thought that was kind of funny. I thought that would show I would show that. Um this person right here was brand new to YouTube. I think they started about with us about a month and a half uh before this uh was uh before the screenshot. And so they got about 354,000 views, you know, 17,000 hours of watch time. Subscribers were $8,000. Um estimated revenue $953. That’s just from AdSense alone. They were making a lot of money outside of AdSense as well, uh with affiliate marketing and other methods, too. Um this person right here is a what I like to call a category king. We have a lot of category kings and category queens inside the program. This particular client wants to remain anonymous and we always respect that. Uh there’s a lot of our clients, especially some of the bigger ones that want to remain anonymous and we of course respect that because they don’t want a bunch of copycats, right? They don’t want want a bunch of people copying them. And um that that’s fair and we respect that and we never talk about clients if they want to remain anonymous. With that being said, um this client uh got 8 million views. They’re in a very common niche. By the way, this is the niche that you would know and they’re literally number one in that niche. This is a very common niche. It’s a niche that you would know, a very, very, very competitive niche. They got 8 million views. Most of them are long form. They made $50,000 and uh it generated a massive amount of revenue. So, this client makes probably like 20 to 30 million last year. This year, they’re probably making over $30 million in a single year. Um, this client right here, this person right here, started uh as total beginner. total beginner um and started selling stuff from their YouTube channel. They’d never done sales before and they closed four out of five calls. Okay, four out of five calls that they booked. So, they had an 80% closing rate and then I got word that later on the fifth one closed as well. So, they just needed another call or something like that, but they ended up um you know selling that person as well. And just to put this in perspective, if you’ve never done sales before, okay, just to put this in perspective, if you’ve done sales before, you’re probably mind-b blown right now. But if you’ve never done sales before, 10 to 20% close rate is very normal for someone who’s just starting out. And that would actually be kind of good, right? For someone who’s just starting out. So that means you close 10 to 20% of people who actually get on a call with you. This person closed five calls that were booked. They were five for five. So typically if you book a call, if you book five calls, you might have three of them actually show up and then out of those three, you might close like one of them. Okay? If you’re lucky. A lot of the time you won’t even close that. He closed five out of five people who booked a call with him from his YouTube channel. And the reason for that is because when people come from YouTube, they’re basically already pre-sold. They already know, like, and trust you. Um, and you’re basically a cashier at that point. Okay? You’re just they’re coming to you. They want to buy your stuff and you’re just a cashier. You’re just checking them out. That’s it. Okay. We have far more people that want to work with us than people that we can actually work with on our channel. And because of that, we’re able to be very selective about who we pick. We study our client demographics and we see the types of people that are likely to get results. Okay? The types of people that are our ideal clients and the types of people that are likely to get results. We’ve studied that and we only accept those types of people into the program, right? And so, uh, that’s what we’re able to do because of the fact that we have a YouTube channel. And that’s a really great way to run a business is always having way more people that want to actually work with you than you have spots for them to to join, right? That’s a great way to run a YouTube business. So, Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. He’s now making over 30K per month um, at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with this keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel uh from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about 30,000 a month, and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So, he said that Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching people how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. So Sean’s another example of a category king. He is number one in the Amazon KDP niche and we have lots and lots of category kings and category queens in our program. Um some of them of course are in like smaller to mediumsiz niches and we have a lot of them that are in really really big niches as well. Um so yeah guys, spots are running out. We’ve had over 224 people apply at this point. So spots are definitely running out. Um so if there’s any spots left, get them as fast as you can. I’ll take a look at it here in a moment. and I have to pull it up on my screen. But yeah, um Sean, we help them go from 30K per month all the way up to over 500K per month. Uh Cheryl, uh meet Cheryl, she helps people through spiritual awakenings, and before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers, and she got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views and now she is landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jen here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. No idea what to make, no experience, and in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” And now she has 35,000 subscribers and her channel got 4.2 million views already. So, she was literally in the exact same position that you are just a few months ago, watching this live training, just like you are right now, wondering if this was going to work for her. And now, this is the results that she’s gotten, right? 35,000 subscribers, channels at 4.2 million views. Three of her videos already have over 600,000 views. And I spoke with her just a couple weeks ago. And she told me that she now travels all over the US, she quit her job as a nurse, and she’s even traveling internationally sometime. She’s going down to Baja. Um, and uh, she’s doing it in her camper van, which is literally her dream life, right? That’s what she’s wanted to do. And she’s recording the videos in the back of her camper van now, too, which which I thought was hilarious, right? And that is literally always been her dream. And she was able to do it thanks to us, which is absolutely unreal. I mean, that is that made me so happy when I heard that. And she records her videos part-time while she’s traveling in her camper van, inside the van itself. And this month, she said that she made over $10,000 just from AdSense alone. She’s also monetizing from other methods too, like she’s got brand deals, sponsorships, uh, affiliate marketing going on, etc., etc. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years, but she started just like you guys a few months ago. She attended the live training wondering if this is for her or not, but she took the leap of faith. She booked a call and she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. Okay? And that’s one thing I want to point out. This stuff is very obvious to her. It’s common sense to her. This is the stuff that she was telling her patients every single day. She would tell her patients the same things over and over again. All she did is just tell her patients. She just tell that same stuff to a camera and then blast it to millions of people instead of doing it one person at a time, right? So, if you’re a health care professional or a just a professional in general, right? somebody who gives advice to other people about stuff, whether it’s your co-workers, your patients, your clients, your customers, um, you know, uh, helping people who are trying to get in, the intern who’s trying to get a job, other people who are trying to get into the job, helping people just in general with the skills inside the job, etc., etc., right? Uh, this could be for you. Okay? If you’re in any of those types of situations, this could be for you. And so what happens when you follow the system? Because chances are there’s a lot of skills that you’ve learned inside of your job that are super valuable if you just blast them out on YouTube or just inside of what you’ve been doing for a long time in general, like things like problems that you’ve had in the past, what you spent a long time doing, etc., etc. So I know all the kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. And basically, I know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations and so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year and in many cases working with these big companies is at least a six figure contract, right? So the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. This is I have some friends that do this and they’re basically one of the very few uh people besides myself that are actually really good at YouTube and really know what they’re doing. Okay? And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. Okay? Okay. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months and uh they hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they usually charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable and I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you $35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours. We are offering something that we have never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shaneham.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. They get these bonus one. This is a big one. You get a one-on-one niche accelerator call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. Um, and that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. I not sure why you’re taking away the the slots. How many slots? Do both, please. I I shouldn’t have to say that. How many total slots? Like the the actual spots and the total ones. I’m getting I think I’m getting word here that we’re actually running out. Yeah, we’re Yeah, I’ve gotten some uh No, no, no. So Justine, you you do the total slots and then you do the total amount of times. Okay. You do you do both of them. Okay. All right. Always. Okay. So there’s exactly 13 slots remaining and 13 times. That doesn’t make any sense. That doesn’t make any sense. Okay. So we we open up 13. We open up 13 slots, guys. Um, and after that, I don’t think we can open up anymore. So, there’s exactly 13 slots open and they’re only at 13 very specific times. Okay, but anyways, back to my mentor Sam, right? That changed everything for me. And uh, when I met him, it literally changed my business. It changed my life. It changed everything, right? That’s when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because I found someone who already figured it out and they showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned, right? Building a YouTube channel to over 1.5 million subscribers and over 10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. Now, this is worth $12,000 easily, right? Um uh but this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours because we’ll do pre-work. I do pre-work on your niche, then we do the actual call itself, then I follow up with you afterwards and do postwork, right? But yeah, this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. It is randomized. Um, but the sooner you sign up, the higher the chance you’re going to get it. So, if you’re here right now, you are still super early. This is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking. So, do not wait on this one. Go to go.sh.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the idea genai. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you are paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this is not generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version of it. the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatgbt version and a claw AI version. So, whatever AI you are to use, you’re covered. This is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like, right? So, whether you use Chatt or Claude, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. And then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shinomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the advanced script writer software. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video, to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like that last one, you get it both ways. Chat GBT or Claude, whichever one you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum, right? And that’s just for part-time work from all of them, right? This does it all in seconds. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it actually looks like. Um, same tool running in both chat and claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, styling, and exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And guys, what what I’ll say is don’t book a call if you’re not serious because there’s a lot of people that are trying to book calls. We’re seeing there’s a lot of submissions, over 250 submissions. a lot of those people were not able to to find a time slot, right? They weren’t able to find a time that works for them. So, don’t book a call if you’re not serious, right? Because you’re taking up a slot for somebody else that could be serious. Um, but yeah, with that being said, go to go.shinhom.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the CGE done for you thumbnail templates. This is worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it does not matter how good your video is. Now, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re gonna be paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. So, there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. So, this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.js.com/coaching, com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat and this is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates. You’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.stanomous.com/coaching. scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the upload settings validator GPT. This is worth $6,997. You get the Claude and the chat GPT version. Uh most creators hit upload and they hope for the best. Wrong tags, wrong description, wrong settings, and they wonder why the algorithm isn’t pushing their video. Now, think about what that actually costs. A YouTube SEO specialist uh to review your uploads runs $75 to $150 an hour and you’d need them on every single video forever. This tool checks everything before you publish. Your title, your description, your tags, your settings, all validated to make sure you’re giving YouTube every reason to push your videos. It’s like having a YouTube expert look over your shoulder every single time that you upload. One wrong setting can kill a video. It even happened to my own brother one time cuz he listened to some random guru on YouTube. Um, of course, we were able to recover it, but it did happen to him. But yeah, one wrong setting can kill a video before it even has a chance. This makes sure that that never happens. You have the right channel settings and the right upload settings every single time. So go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. You get the claude and the chatbt version. So go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. All right, guys. I just got word we opened up some more slots. We were able to open up a few more slots. Okay. So, uh it is on the next day. We usually don’t do this. Uh but we opened up a few more slots for the next day. Uh with that being said, um we we definitely will not be able to open up more slots than that. So, if you tried to book a call, you weren’t able to find a time that works for you, you can go ahead and uh click that link again. And uh we did open up some more slots. So, go ahead and refresh the page or something like that when you um when you do that. We we did fully run out and we just we just opened up a few more for the next day. So, bonus six is the backdoor access to profitable niches with live updates. This is worth $4,997. This is the one that everyone asks me about. They ask, you know, what niche should I start in? What makes money right now? What is nobody talking about? Right? This gives you backdoor access to profitable niches that most creators don’t even know exist. And we update it live. And so you’re always seeing what’s working right now, not what it worked 2 years ago, but what’s working right now. Now, think about what it takes to do this yourself. You’d have to hire a market research analyst to dig up profitable niches and keep tracking them live. That’s a full-time hire, $60 $80,000 a year, and they still wouldn’t have the YouTube data that we have, right? Cuz we’re absolute best in the world when it comes to this stuff. And we’re on the cutting edge of everything. But we don’t just hand you a list. We get your niche dialed in. We ask you questions and find the exact niche that fits you. and actually makes money. So, go to go.shinhomes.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. And this one is different than all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money fig the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chatbt and cloud version, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you book. That’s it. You book a call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call you booked, you just ask and you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chat or claude, you can use it either way. So this isn’t some watered down freebie. It is the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So go to go.shmas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day action taker advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work, you get your money back. We have a 1% refund rate in our program. That means 99% of people who join stay because it works. And we surveyed all of our clients inside the program. And we asked one question. Do you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I am asking you to test it and see for yourself. Okay? So, we wouldn’t feel this confident uh doing this if if we weren’t if we didn’t have incredibly good results and a very low refund rate and a very uh high percentage of clients that say that they got an ROI. Okay, just to put this in perspective, guys, uh the refund rate during the month itself, it was 1%. After the 90-day period, it was about 2%. On average, refund rates in this industry run from about 7 to 15%. Okay, so our refund rate is well below average. The highest it’s ever gotten is like, you know, like it gets up to maybe like seven, eight% once in a while, but but very very rarely, right? So, it’s very below average when when it comes to refund rate. Additionally, when it comes to the ROI, 91% of people said they got an ROI. And this is in an industry where, you know, a lot of people selling courses, for instance, it’s it’s well documented in the course industry that less than 10% of people even finish courses. Sometimes it’s less than that. Sometimes it’s like less than 2%. And so for 91% of people to say that they got an ROI, that is significant because this isn’t just a course. This is a group coaching program. There’s this is a group of people all unified towards one goal, which is to educate the world, you know, uh share their knowledge with the world. And you’ve got coaches, you’ve got other people trying to, you know, uh start YouTube channels as well. Um so it’s a community of people. It’s much easier to do things inside of a community of people that are trying to do the same thing as you, right? Right? So, if you ever gotten good at anything in your life, you probably did it in a community of people, right? So, whether it was a classroom setting, a sport that you were doing, uh some kind of skill that you got good at, you were probably doing with it with a bunch of other people. Maybe it was at your work, for instance. Um you probably had people that were better than you, a little bit worse than you on your level. Um you know, people you could mentor, people who you could look up to, uh people you could compete with a little bit, maybe people you had camaraderie with, and then of course there were people above you that were your mentors, your coaches, your teachers, etc. And that is what made it super easy for you to get results. That’s the same situation that we set up here. And this is one of the biggest reasons why we get such insane results. Obviously, our system works incredibly well. But it’s also the community. It’s the coaches. It’s it’s the entire It’s all of it all together that just all stacks the rocks in your favor to get results. Okay? And that’s why we’re so confident in giving a 90-day uh action taker advantage money back guarantee. Right? You do the work, uh, you take the actions and you don’t get results, you get your money back. Okay, so go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Uh, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Now, remember, bonus one, the oneonone session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. You only get that if you book a call and you actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up real quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of those bonuses and you just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. Go to go.nomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, book a free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with the plan. No pressure, no hard cell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.jmus.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And one last thing, this is important. Once you book, you’re going to get two emails, okay? They’re going to be called CGE Masterclass Call. One of them is going to be from the consultant and one of them is from Calendarly. So check your inbox right now. Okay? If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your trash, your junk, and your all mail, right? There’s a lot of different things. Like on different email providers, it’s a bit different. Um, but you know, for instance, on Gmail, all mail is the best one to look in. Okay? If you’re on Yahoo, it might be a little bit different. Maybe look in spam, for instance, or promotions. Um, on Outlook it’s a little bit different as well, but just check those spam, trash, promotions, all mail, what, whatever it is on the email provider that you use. Okay? Sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox. And those emails have your call details. So, find them and open them. Okay? With that being said, I’m going to go ahead and answer questions right now. So, any questions you guys have for me, I’m going to go ahead and answer. We had 281 total submissions. I see here. Um, we still do have, uh, some slots available. Um, so you can, um, this is on the next day. We didn’t really want to open that day up, but we opened up a few of them just because we had so many people. But we do still have, uh, some slots available. With that being said, I’m going to go ahead and uh, answer some questions. Robera says it’s got to be live. He was reading names in the chat. Yes, it is definitely live. Promise, guys.

    Vicki bonus

    and uh I’m I’m across the world. So if you guys are like looking at the date and that’s why you’re thinking it’s not live, it’s because I’m across the world right now. So yeah, Monday, August 24th. I know it’s it’s morning for me. I’m across the world right now. Most I’m guessing most people are calling in from the US.

    Okay.

    Um, bonus sty addresses. Bonus sty addresses. Not sure what you mean by that, Vicki. Sorry. I got the email. Hell yeah. All right, Wesley. Love it. Now, guys, I I do have to say I’m just going to say this. Um we don’t accept everyone uh to book a call. Okay. Gener typically we only accept like on on the channel itself when when people apply uh without attending these live trainings we we typically only accept about 18% of people to even book a call. Okay. So 18% of people who apply to us we accept them to even book a call with us. Okay. Um on these live trainings it’s a bit higher. That’s one of the reasons why I like doing these live trainings because they tend to attract the right types of people um that are that are going to be really good candidates to join the program. Um so on these live trainings they are a bit higher. Um but with that being said uh yeah 18% of people accepted and then not everybody who gets on the call is going to be accepted to be you know join the program. And it’s and it’s not just like us judging you. It’s also just like is it a good fit for both of us right? We want to make sure it’s a good fit for both of us. Um we want to make sure that you know you’re the right type of person. you have the right expectations going in the right um you want to make the right type of channel um you know the type of channel that we teach people to make. So for instance if you’re trying to do like an entertainment channel uh we don’t really do that. Uh you can make your educational channel entertaining but you do need to make it educational right it needs to be like actually solving problems. Um so we don’t do that. So just just warning you you know fair warning um if uh you know there’s not it’s not 100% that we’re going to accept you into the program. Um,

    okay. I have no YouTube page. Do I need to create one first? Says Samuel. Um, yes. Uh, that is uh that’s not a problem at all, Samuel. Um, you you don’t need to create one first. We can show you how to properly create a a YouTube channel. Um, we have a whole module on that. That’s totally fine. My question is, what is today’s date for me? It is Monday, August 24th at 9:06 a.m. cuz I’m across the world from you. I’m in Asia right now. Um, I got the emails. Hell yeah. Good stuff, Wesley. Um, Marie, how do you monetize and brand?

    How do you monetize and brand? Um, well, that’s kind of what the whole training was about. like and of course we we go much deeper inside of the community obviously, but um but yeah, that’s that’s what the whole training was about. We kind of went over exactly how to do that. Um there’s a lot of different ways to monetize. I’m not sure if you missed that part. Maybe you came in late or something like that, but we went over there’s a lot of different ways to monetize. And in terms of brand, the smartest thing to do is just literally build your personal brand, right? So Elon Musk, love him or hate him guys, he became the richest man in the world by building his personal brand. He became the richest man of all time by building his personal brand. Uh there’s presidents on both sides of the aisles that built their personal brands and that’s how they were able to get elected as president. So if you don’t really understand the power of a personal brand, you know, I don’t know what to tell you. Like you got you got to pay attention, right? Um additionally, just look at some of the most famous companies of all time, Ford, Hershey’s, etc., etc. Uh personal brands, right? They started off like the name Ford, Hershey’s, like it started off as a name. Um there’s tons and tons of uh businesses out there that started off as personal brands. So um yeah, personal brand is uh pretty much a cheat code.

    Hopefully that answers your question. Marie Shelly is training one-on-one or hundreds of other people. It is one-on-one. You get one-on-one coaching. Now there is uh group interactive components to it and a lot of people actually enjoy those. They love doing things in groups of other people. They want to be like social. they want to like socialize and and network with other people inside the program. And so a lot of people really enjoy that, right? They they enjoy that aspect of it. Um, and so we have the one-on- ones. You get one-on-one coaching, okay? And you get a one-on-one dedicated chat. Now, inside of that chat, you can also ask other people questions inside that chat, too. Like, are there coaches and experts on the team? You can ask them questions inside there, too. Um, then you also have group coaching. So we have uh group coaching sessions where you can join those group coaching sessions on various different aspects of YouTube that you might be having trouble with and uh in those group coaching sessions you can of course ask lots of different questions and you can uh interact with each other there’s also a community of people you can ask questions on the community very very active we get many many many posts a day on the community um and it has all those things so yeah goshomomas.com/coaching guys scan that QR code click the link in the chat at

    and does a person need to qualify for the YouTube partnership program? Yes, there there are certain qualifications you have to go through for the YouTube partner program. Um they’re not too hard to hit. Um you know, you it’s a it’s a th000 subscribers and 8,000 watch hours. Um really not that hard to hit. Um it’s something you can hit in a pretty short period of time and start monetizing. With that being said, you don’t need to be a part of the YouTube partner program to make money on YouTube. That is just one way of making money, which is being a part of the YouTube partner program. Then you make money from AdSense. Okay, that’s just one way. There are many, many other ways to make money on YouTube. Wayne is where is the niche validator that was promised? It’s right there. Just scroll up, scroll down. It’s right there. Daniel, so I scheduled a call for Tuesday. Do I fall within the 24-hour time limit because I scheduled my call during this webinar? Yes, you do. So, just to be very, very clear, guys, as long as you schedule the call within the next 24 hours, you’re good to go. Whether it’s 3 days from now, 5 days from now, whatever, as long as you scheduled it within the next 24 hours, you’re good to go. Yes, the call is 100% free. Yep, 100% free. Uh Brian, yep, Eric, I’m autistic. Have appointment tomorrow. would love some help from Shane uh for this uh disabled man. Yeah, awesome man. Let’s let’s talk about how we can make that happen. Um Sean, okay, so question is what is the cost of the program? Just wondering, great question. Okay, so I’m very transparent about the cost guys, but the thing is it’s different depending on what your needs are. So we work with a lot of business owners for instance, right? Once in a while we even have big businesses that reach out to us, right? So either big businesses, startups, etc., etc. One of those examples was course careers, right? And typically what those big businesses want is they want us to like help them build out their entire YouTube and sometimes their entire social media department, right? And so in that particular case, the the scope of what they want is it’s a lot. Okay, the scope is huge. So they want us to typically hire people for them. They want us to build out their department. They want us to um like uh you know uh uh oversee things. A lot of the time we have to integrate into whatever systems they use. So we have to learn their systems. They want they want the departments to be able to communicate with each other efficiently and effectively. Right? So like like the email marketing department needs to communicate with the YouTube department and the social media department etc etc. Right? All these things are very complicated and the scope of that work is a lot. Right? It’s it’s a lot to to do that work. Okay. So, we don’t really take on that many of those types of businesses, but if we do take on that type of business that want us just to literally do the work for them uh and do all those stuff that we talk about, all that stuff we talk about, that’s going to be at least a six-figure contract. Okay. Then we’ve got a lot of like six, seven, eight figureure business owners, uh kind of like small business owners, small to mediumsiz business owners. Um, and typically the scope of what they want is they will oftentimes want us to either work directly with their team or directly with them. And uh, they want to uh, typically they want us to like hire them a video editor. Um, hire out maybe a few positions for them like potentially like a script writer or a video editor just like not too much. And a lot of the time they’re okay with us hiring from the Philippines for instance. So somebody who you know uh, is is a bit more affordable. Okay. uh to to work with. And uh this type of uh person, you know, they have different needs as well. Sometimes they want us to do some of the work done for you, like they want us to just literally make the videos for them and um they want us to like edit for them, etc., etc. So, there’s a lot of different things, but basically uh that is and sometimes they want us to hire as well, but typically from the Philippines. Um we do once in a while get requests to hire um somebody who can like travel with the person full-time as well. That’s something we’re accommodating right now. for instance, we just got a request for that. The that’s a little harder to find. That’s, you know, that’s going to be more difficult to find. I think you get the point. The scope of of what they want is different. And essentially, we charge anywhere from about 12 to $60,000 for that depending on what they want. Okay? And then, you know, if we you want us to just teach you how to do it, right? So, these other two situations, these were uh almost like a fishing analogy. Okay? So, so it’s kind of like we fish for you or we build the machine that fishes for you and we hire the person to run the machine. Okay, that’s kind of what these two things are, right? This thing that we’re offering here is we teach you how to do it yourself, right? We teach you how to fish for yourself that you so you can just feed yourself for the rest of your life and we teach you also if you’re interested in how to build the machine and how to hire people to run the machine for you, right? So, we teach you that stuff too. If you want to do it on your own, you can do it, right? So that’s what this uh program is and we think it’s the best value out of all of them to be completely honest with you because we’re feeding you for life, right? We’re teaching you how to fish so you can feed yourself for life, right? And so this program is going to be $9,800. It’s one-on-one coaching intensive uh $9,800 or about $1,000 a month. And you can even get it a bit less than that as well if you’re if you want to do in-house payment plans. You can get it a bit less than that. But yeah, it’s about $9,800 uh overall or $1,000 a month uh for that coaching program. One-on-one coaching. We have the absolute best coaches in the world. All of our coaches have 100k subscriber plaques. Um they’re the best of the best. Um we and we we just have everything in the program is just set up to just be completely premium and give you the best possible results that you can get. Um with that being said, it’s very expensive for us to set something like this up and that’s why we have to charge about $9,800. But um yeah, $9,800. We are very likely going to be increasing the price soon because e even at that price point um it like the the unit economics is still difficult to make it work. Um but that’s why we get such great results. So that is the answer to the pricing question. I won’t answer it again. That’ll be the only time that I answer it. Um but uh yeah, it really depends on what you want, the scope of what you need. Um and uh uh uh that that’s going to determine what the price is. Okay, Lisa, how do the ads find your YouTube? Um, happens automatically, Lisa. You don’t have to take care of it at all

    once you’re a part of the YouTube partner program. It just happens automatically. In fact, it just happens automatically. Period. Um, Adam, have you ever worked with someone in the culinary world? Yes. Yeah, we have. Yep. So, I can think of several people right off the bat. Uh, there’s one guy who is a firefighter and he’s a uh he made a chef YouTube channel on the side. Um, so he’s like a firefighter chef. Really cool guy. Um, so yeah, we we’ve definitely worked with uh uh people in the culinary world 100%. Bert Eno insurance needed when joining uh an advice channel. Yeah, I can’t I can’t give you legal or financial advice, guys. Um or accounting advice. I I just can’t legally do that, right? Um, with that being said, I can tell you what people generally speaking do. Um, most people do not get insurance for their channels, right? Most people don’t need to start an LLC for their channels either, right? Um, it’s just not something that you have to do. Okay? That that’s what most pe most people don’t do that. Now, when it comes to starting an LLC, uh once you’re making money, depending on your state laws, some states, for instance, you have to pay taxes once you get to like, you know, $10,000 or somewhere around there. Once you’re once you’re making money, uh like you’re making like $10,000 a year, uh once you’ve gotten to that mark, yeah, you should probably uh form an LLC at that point. Okay? Um doesn’t cost that much money. You can use something like Legal Zoom online. I think that’s what I did. And uh you can you can form an LLC with the insurance uh thing. Uh ENO insurance. Um basically if you’re planning on calling other people out that are that are like public figures, um you might want to consider getting ENO insurance. Okay? Okay. So, if you’re if you’re count if you’re planning on like going after them and calling them out, you might want to consider getting that insurance because you very likely will get sued and you probably want to have insurance at that point if you get sued. Okay? So, uh yeah, that in that situation, you’d want to get ENO insurance. Again, this is just generally speaking what people do. I cannot give you legal financial accounting advice. Uh contact, you know, a lawyer or an accountant if you want legal financial advice, etc. uh accounting advice. Uh but uh this this is just generally speaking what people do. And yeah, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. John, I have tons of lecturing content from uh my courses and I’ve taught on many music subjects, jazz, opera, pop, etc. My students constantly say how they love my enthusiasm, but I don’t know how I’d convert this into a problem that I’d be an authority to solve. Any ideas? Um, many music subjects, jazz, opera, pop, etc.

    Well, John, yeah, so one of our clients, and you can actually look him up on YouTube if you want. He uh his name on YouTube, I believe, is well, he has he has several different channels, but one of his names on YouTube is the pop song professor, I believe. Uh, Clifford Stewie, right? He’s actually Dr. Clifford Stewie. He’s one of our clients. Um, so one of his channels was the prop pop song professor, right? Um, so let me just kind of show you this, right? So when he first joined our program, he actually had several different channels and this was the pop song professor and you know it has 192,000 subscribers. It’s got a lot of subscribers but the truth is guys he wasn’t really making money from this channel, right? Um, and he even said, “I’m retiring after five more videos.” Right? So, he’s like, uh, you know, he he wasn’t really making money from this channel, guys. And that’s that kind of sounds like maybe what you’re trying to do. And I’ll be honest with you, yeah, it’s somewhat educational, but it’s mostly entertaining because the problem is is you’re not really getting an outcome. Okay. So, let me show you the channel that we focused on. He actually has another channel as well. He was like he had major shiny object syndrome, you know, and and not, you know, not saying that as a bad thing, like that’s very common. But this is the channel that he actually focused on. So, this is our client here, Dr. Clifford Stewie. And uh this is the channel he ended up focusing on, guys. And it has way less subscribers, gets way less views, and it makes way, way, way more money because this channel has an actual outcome, right? So, this is a channel where he helps people graduate from college faster. So, this is something that he did himself. He graduated from college significantly faster. This is 100% legit if you’re interested in graduating from college faster. It’s 100% legit. Um, this is something that I would have done if I would have known about it back in the day. Um, but yeah, it’s uh not for everybody, but it’s it’s really good. You can graduate, you know, and uh from college and as little as like a year when typically it takes like four to six years to graduate. And you can do it for a lot less money as well. So, you can save a massive amount of money. So, that’s what he helps people do, right? College hacked uh helps people graduate from college faster. And he’s making really good money with this. He’s one of our clients that I doesn’t I don’t think he really wants to share his income as much, but just just know that he’s making really good money. Okay. Um I don’t know if I’ve gotten permission from him to share the exact amount, so I don’t want to I don’t want to say it. Um but yeah, he’s he’s he’s making really good money. So that that kind of sounds I I don’t I don’t want to be like a Debbie Downer John, but I mean it kind of sounds like that’s what you’re trying to do is make like a pop song professor type of channel. And you know, Clifford put a lot of effort into this channel and it just wasn’t making money, right? And he he put a lot of effort. I mean, 680 videos, man, that is a massive amount of effort that he put into this channel and he just wasn’t making money from it. And then we decided to focus on this channel. And this is the one that was his really big money maker because it solves a problem, right? It’s not just like interesting and maybe very very slightly educational. It actually solves a problem. So you can do that, but you got to you got to find something that actually solves a problem. You know what I mean? Like I don’t know how else I can describe this and I I hate to be a Debbie Downer, but you know, I’d say book a call and we could probably help you figure something out. And then also play around with the niche validator. I’d say play around with the niche validator, John, and we can we can help you figure something out. We can help you find something. C says, “Actually in Ho Chi Min City.” That’s Vietnam. Ho Chi Min City. Yeah, very uh very nice there in Vietnam. I actually need to go visit again soon. I haven’t been there in a while. Stella, I’m confused. I have a content growth application call, CG Rep and also a CGE masterclass call. Are these two different things? Where are the bonus download links? Uh, scroll up, scroll down. We got all the the the bonus. Uh we have the bonus which is the niche validator. If you just scroll up, scroll down. We’ll post it more often, but just go ahead and scroll up scroll down. You’ll see it there. Um look at the admins. The admins post it. Um I it sounds like you tried to schedule a call twice, Stella. Um so that’s probably why you have two different calls. You probably scheduled the call twice. I would um I would cancel the content growth application call with the CGE rep. I would cancel that call and I’d keep the CGE masterclass call. Uh Ricardo, I’m an expert in health and dance at flipping homes. Health and dance and flipping homes. Which do I start? It depends on which one you’re trying to solve a problem for. I mean, all three of those you could probably uh solve help people solve problems with. Um, so that’s that’s one of those things where again, check out the niche validator, book a call with us. We can help you dial in your niche. The call is going to be, you know, call is free and valuable, guys. Like we do help people dial their niche in on the call itself sometimes. Um, so yeah, the the call is free and valuable. Okay. So yeah, go to go.janomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Simma says, “Got the email, accepted the invite.” Awesome. Dan, question. When do when you’re researching for video ideas, do you have a limit of how old a video should be? Should they be more recent or does it matter? That is a great question, Dan. And the answer is, it depends. So, I prefer newer videos just because it’s more likely to h uh to to be better proof of concept that that’s what the market wants right now. But not always, right? If if you have a video and the stats look really really good and it’s a little bit older, like five years or six years or whatever, you can still do that and it can still work really really well. But I do generally speaking prefer newer videos when I’m when I’m doing the icon method. So great question, Robert. Um I’m in the Toastmasters club, have deaf studies certificate and partners in polic uh certificate and partners in policym. What would be my niche? I mean, hey, great question. Uh it looks like there’s a lot of good stuff there. I would I would say check out the niche validator. Like I said, book a call. We can help you dial that in. Um I got the email. Awesome. I booked a call and got my email back. Lisa and Lita, love it. Love it. Uh Dina, how uh how can they tell if you are a good fit in a 15-minute call? Um, we we have certain questions that we ask uh to make sure that people are a good fit and we keep those to ourselves because we we don’t want people to, you know, game the questions. Judy, can you ballpark the monetary commitment? Already answered that question. How much does the program cost? Already answered that question. Thank you. You got it. Samuel Sue, is the sales call uh to be a training or a sales call? It’s a little bit of both. Um, we’re of course seeing if you’re a good fit for the program, but we also do oftentimes give value on the call. We we even get people to email. Thank you so much for this call. I really needed that. Um, we get we get a lot of emails and stuff like that cuz because our calls are are valuable for sure. Got the emails. Thank you. This has been very insightful. You got it. Lita, my pleasure. Gail got the emails as well. Sonia got the email. Jason, I only see one email. Cindy, yeah, type in the chat, guys. If you got the email, type got the email if you in the chat if you if you got the email. Wesley, I’m ready. I’m taking a lot of notes. Definitely have specific niche ideas to discuss with your team because of you and this webinar. Thank you, Shane. Awesome, Wesley. Love to hear it. Good stuff. So, my goal, guys, is to ed educate the world, right? Because YouTube is the best way to educate the world, right? So, it’s the easiest way for people to share their skills with other people um without it and get paid to do it. I mean, and it’s just incredible how valuable that is to the economy. And this is really what’s needed because traditional college, it’s still good for some things for sure, but the economy is just moving so fast now that traditional college just cannot keep up with with this rapidly expanding economy. And so YouTube is the best way to actually help people learn and educate the world.

    Allison, you got it. My pleasure. Kevin, do you have success with people who select a niche outside their expertise or experience where they’re learning their niche as they go and creating videos as they learn? Yeah, that can sometimes work, Kevin, because you know, if you’re like a three out of 10 at something, you can teach a 1 out of 10 how to get to a three out of 10. If you’re a five out of 10, you can teach a three out of 10 how to get to five out of 10 and, you know, so on and so forth. You don’t have to be a 10 out of 10 to teach everybody. In fact, a lot of the time, a lot of the times 10 out of tens are actually terrible at teaching beginners. Like experts are actually really bad at teaching beginners because it it’s hard for them to relate, right? So, yeah, you can we can definitely make that work. Um, but it really it really depends on what your niche is as well, Ernest. So, yeah, book a call. Go.coaching guys. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, and uh we’ll we’ll see if we can help you dial your niche in. Ernest, I have an online store selling home fashion design products. Will your service help me build sales? Absolutely. We So, this is actually something guys, I should probably say this. Um, we have a lot of people who ask questions like this. So, we have people like, “Oh, does does this work for e-commerce products?” I highly recommend guys look at the thank you page. So, after you booked a call, you should have um you should have uh seen a thank you page. Okay? Okay, so the thank you page is going to look like either either this or this. Make sure you actually follow the instructions here. So this is the video. It’s only about 28 seconds. Make sure you watch this video and then make sure you follow these instructions. Press I know the sender. Okay, so very important that you do this. And then what you can do is you can scroll down and you can see this endless scroll of testimonials from people and case studies from people. So just as an example, you were just wondering, hey, does this work for a physical product business? Well, guess what? Tiffany has a physical product business. So, you you will know the answer to that if you if you go to this page, right? So, yes, it definitely works for a physical product business, right? Um, Tiffany did it for a physical product business. So, you’re wondering, hey, does this work for uh uh let’s see, uh spirituality niche? Well, hey, look at that. Cheryl, she’s in the spirituality niche. You’re wondering, hey, does this work for people from Germany? Well, look at that. Laura is a project manager from Germany, right? You’re wondering, “Hey, does this work for a uh online service business?” Well, look at that. Carla has an online service business. You know what I mean? So, you’re just going to see example after example after example. And some of these people, by the way, are people who um are basically they they don’t want to make uh their niches and and their success public like for marketing, but they’re okay for us to put it in here um after the person has already like signed up for a call. So, as long as there’s like a little bit of a gate on it, they’re okay putting in there. So, you’re going to see people in here that you don’t see anywhere else. Um and they’re also going to reveal more information than they do anywhere else as well. Okay. So, there’s just basically just an endless scroll, guys. Endless scroll of people who were super happy with the program and gave us a testimonial and case study. Uh, endless scroll, guys. It just it just doesn’t end, right? You just keep going, right? So, highly highly recommend looking at this page because it’ll probably answer most of the questions you have. This one’s a little bit longer. So, this one’s a little bit of a longer video. Um, and uh it also has an FAQ. So, most common questions FAQ and then at the uh uh you’ll see down here that again all those all those different testimonials and case studies just endless scroll um same ones and uh you know I I highly recommend you check those out you know for instance you’re wondering oh does this work for you know teaching people games because we have people who are like professional gamers or uh ch you know they play chess or pickle ball that kind of thing yes it does work for that right we have a professional uh we a professional tennis coach as well. Actually, several uh professional tennis coaches, right? So, yes, it works for games and it works for tennis and pickle ball and like other stuff like that. Again, as long as you’re helping people solve problems, right? As long as it’s not entertainment, okay? It works for that, right? So, he, for instance, Nathan helped people get to five uh he got to $5,000 a month uh very quickly after joining the program. Um, so yeah, I highly recommend that you do that because that’ll answer all your questions. But, uh, it is a very fair question, Ernest, and yeah, I highly recommend you do that. And yeah, go ahead and book that call. Go.coaching. And by the way, guys, comment in the chat. Um, comment booked if you booked a call. Comment booked in the chat if you booked a call. Awesome. We’ve got Carol, Jake, Cara, Karen, Chris, Lisa, Ann, Sue, C, uh, Sean, Daniel, Derek, Blue, Robert, Carol, Jason, Pierre, Cindy, Addie, John, Melissa, Miner, Jessica, Catherine, Theres, Diane, Don, Ty, Ciss, Eric, Nila, Joseph, Jeremy, Michael, Nate, Sheldon, Ricardo, Nina, Robert, Judy, Charlene, Barbara, Marta. Awesome. Okay, comment in the chat if you are on the fence about booking a call. Okay. And why why are you on the fence, right? Comment in the chat if you’re on the fence uh when it comes to booking a call and why you’re on the fence.

    Okay, so you haven’t quite booked the booked the call and and comment why you haven’t booked the call.

    Okay, so Chris says, “On the fence, I have no money.” Okay, that is fair. We never want to put someone in a bad financial situation. With that being said, the call is going to be valuable. And if we accept you to to actually if we accept you for the call, that means that um it’s going to be valuable whether we end up working together or not. So, if we think you have a good niche, for instance, we can figure out the money situation cuz it’s really like we get the payment plans down pretty low if you have a good niche cuz we know that you’re going to be able to make money with your niche and then you’re going to be able to pay us back later on. Um, so it really depends on the person and the situation like the type of niche that they pick. With that being said, totally totally understand uh if you’re if you’re in that situation. Um, okay. I’ve shared it already. Well, don’t want to waste your time. All good. No worries, Theres. Chris, fair enough. Uh, Stormmy, same. No money right now. Don’t want to waste your time. All good. Vince, didn’t want to take spots. That’s my problem as well. I don’t know if I can commit. Theres, I need you to commit. I need you to commit to me. No, I’m kidding. It’s all good. Um, you know, you want to do it at a time that that’s good for you. Maybe you don’t sign up right now, but maybe it makes sense a couple weeks from now or a month from now. Um but yeah, people who do sign up to a call, we you know, we want people to sign up who are ready to get started uh very soon, right? We don’t we don’t want people who want to get started like, you know, a month from now or three months from now or anything like that. Okay. Awesome. Awesome guys. So, um totally understand. Uh you know, if you don’t have enough money to join, I’d recommend check out my videos on landing a job. We got a lot of really valuable videos there. I’m also working on coming out with a full course on how to land your dream job. Okay? And this is going to be like a full like 3 to five hour course. Um it’s going to it’s going to be an absolute beast. And I’m going to release it for free on YouTube. Totally free. Um so so yeah, I’m going to come out with a full course on that. Uh it’s probably going to be couple months from now. It’s probably So give me a couple months, but but yeah, I’m I’m planning on doing that. Um, with that being said, um, awesome guys, I am gonna jump off here in a minute. So, this will probably be my last call, but go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat, guys. Um, I’m going to jump off here in a few minutes. Uh, it’s been great. And, uh, uh, but yeah, also, oh shoot, I totally forgot. I absolutely forgot. Um, I’m I’m dropping the thank you page in the chat here. Okay, so I’m dropping the these uh these thank you pages here. If for whatever reason you close those down, here’s the thank you page in the chat. You can, you know, take a look at uh at uh uh all the all the stuff uh from that thank you page, right? Um that I was talking about before. So, I drop that in the chat just in case you closed it down for whatever reason. And additionally, um, let me see here. Where’s the link to book a call? Ah, there it is. Okay. So, additionally, um, I’m posting the link to book a call one more time. So, if for whatever reason, I just posted in the chat right now. If for whatever reason you’re mowing your lawn, you’re on your lawn mower, just driving around, or you’re or you’re doing your dishes right now, whatever, and you can’t book a call, you can just screenshot this, right? You can screenshot this page right here, or you can go to go.shanehumus.com/coaching. Uh, or you can just copy and paste and save this link, apply for oneonone YouTube coaching here, and you can save that link. Additionally, if you have somebody else who you think would be a good fit for the program, you could, you know, send them uh to either one of the one of these live trainings or the link and uh you know, if you know somebody who you think would be really good at YouTube, who has a lot of value to share on the internet, send them to one of the live trainings or send them the link and we’d be more than happy to help them if they’re a good fit. With that being said, uh Addi says, “Likewise, Shane, I’ve been with your channel for the last 5 years. Absolutely fantastic content.” Thank you so much, Addie. Love to hear it. Thank you so much. Appreciate that. Lisa, using the niche validator with an idea that I have been slowing working on. Slowly working on it’s giving more ideas and ways to make the channel work better. Awesome. Don, thank you so much. Shane, appreciate your time. You got it, Don. My pleasure. Appreciate your time as well. Barbara, your videos are rather invaluable. Shane, thanks everyone. Shane, Stephen, and Justine, good night. You got it, Barbara. My pleasure. Stephen and Justine were working very hard as admins. Yeah. Um, yeah. Um, and uh, guys, make sure you show up to your call. Like, make sure you put it in your calendar, make sure you uh, check your emails, etc., etc. Make sure you show up to those calls. Um, you know, don’t take a slot from somebody else who could potentially be a good fit for the program and potentially, you know, uh, could change their life. Uh, just because you can’t show up to the call, make sure you show up to the call, guys. Um, Delina, have watched your videos for a few. Also, when you when you show up to the calls, make sure you’re in a quiet spot and make sure that um you have at least, you know, 45 minutes to an hour to talk on the call as well. Delina, have watched your videos for a few years. Feel like a stalker. Have been in this chat several times. Been trying to figure out what I could do on YouTube. All good. Delina, appreciate you. Appreciate you. Thank you for your support. Pierre, could you please answer my earlier question about the I I’m not going to scroll up through the 5,000 different comments to find your question, Pierre. Come on, think about it. Um, re recomment your question if you if you uh uh if if if you have another question. With that being said, guys, I got to go. Uh, so Stormmy, thank you so much for all this free training you got. Stormmy, thank you Carol. Thank you, Miner. Thank you, Lisa. Thank you, Miner. Thank you, Judy. Thank you, C. Thank you, Margold. Thank you, Catherine, Chris, Cindy, Theres, Jessica, Marshall, Marca, Sheldon, uh, Nila, Miner, uh, Nate. Thank you so much, Nate. Appreciate you. Derek, Marsha, Lauren, Pearl, Chris, Pierre, uh, Charlene, Eric, Robert, uh, Vivian, thank you so much. Aaron, Nina, Derek, Wesley, Richard, Ann, um, Lisa, Barb, Lauren, uh, Sonia. Thank you. Um, Pierre said, “What’s the typical ROI?” So, it’s impossible to measure that because we would have to literally ask every single person every single month to report their numbers to us. That’s that’s literally impossible to measure. With that being said, what we can measure is we sent out a survey where we asked people if they felt like they got an ROI from the program. 91% of them said yes. Right. We also know that we’ve generated well over $und00 million in revenue through all the people in our community. And it’s honestly a lot more than that. It’s actually a lot more than $100 million. Um we’ve we’ve had like single clients for instance that have generated like $30 to $50 million, right? So we know it’s way way more than $100 million um from the program, but we say at least we say over $100 million just because that’s that’s easy to to say and it’s and it’s verifiable and provable. Um, but yeah, it’s like it’s probably more in the 300 to 500 million plus range now easily. But with that being said, yeah, it’s impossible to tell what the actual ROI is. That’s that’s that’s just think about like think about that. Like we’d have to literally reach out to them every single month and be like, “Hey, how much money did you make this month?” Like what are you the what are you the government like asking me how much money I made this month? Like it’s impossible, right? Um Lisa, thank you. Barb, thank you so much. You got it. Lauren, will the VIP call be structured like this one? Um, it’s it’s a one-on-one call. It’s a one-on-one call, so it’ll be a bit different. Sonia, thank you. Brian, thanks. Oh, the VIP call. You’re talking about the VIP call. Um, yeah, it’s it’s a one hour. It’s Tuesday night, 600 PM Eastern Standard Time. VIP call. Sonia, thank you. Brian, thank you, Lauren. Thanks, Stephen. Thanks. Thanks, Jane. Stephen, uh, but not Justine. Not just Not thanks to Justine. Not Not at all. I’m just kidding. I’m just kidding. Justine left out again. Wayne just tried your niche validator skill. Thank you. Uh Pierre, ballpark six months a year. I’m I’m not going to ballpark it. Eric, I can make this work but need a dollar uh referral until the income flows. I I think we can. Yeah, we could probably work with you uh on that. We we’ll we’ll figure it out, Eric. Again, we just got to make sure you’re a good fit and stuff. So, again, book the call. Very gold. Thank you. Hoping for the replay due to technical problems. Yes, we will send out the replay. Sue, looking for the skill doc. Uh, Lauren, yes. Thanks, Justine. Awesome. Awesome, guys. Thank you so much. Have a good one and I’ll see you guys next time. Have a good one. Bye.

  • 08/22/2026 – Agent Jarvis Training – How To Turn Your Agent Into A Real $10K/Month Business – Plus One Piece Most Users Still Missing

    Let me know if you can hear my voice. I’m about to go ahead and share my screen as well. So, we can go ahead and get right in with this special membersonly training. I’m going to quickly make sure you can see my screen. Just give me a quick heads up already. If you can hear my voice so I know we’re at least good on the audio side of things, then we can dive right in. Now, I hope you’ve had the pleasure of logging into Jarvis already using it and uh abusing it to its maximum extent. is extremely powerful tool and in case you haven’t found that power yet all the better that you’re here because I’m going to show you not only how to use it but how to leverage it for your own business for other people businesses and we’re going to share something really exciting as well which I can’t wait to announce but first let me know if you can see the screen so I’m going to open up the chat here and see where is that non chat box there we go so you see get ready perfect so let’s see we have in the room see Alex, I see Andre, I see Bart, I see Carl, Dave, uh, David is here. Donald is here. Eric is here. Ernesto, Gary, Marcy or Mercy, I’m sorry if I’m using these names. Olen, Pamela, lots of people are joining. Peters, Rob, Robbie, Robert, Teresa, Tony, William, and many more. Now, you should have access to either the question box or the chat box. So, just give it a quick roll and try which one works for you where you can type and press enter. I’ll confirm that I can see your name and that I can see that you’re, you know, typing. Whether it’s in the question box or in the chat box, both should work or one at least should work. And then we can dive right in because I literally cannot get started until you let me know that you can hear and see. And the reason for that is that unlike most webinars, this is an actual training webinar. So, we’re going to do an interactive session over the shoulder, ask questions, walk you through things. So we need, you know, to know if you can respond in the chat as well. So find the chat box. I see Theresa saying yes. Can hear and see. That’s perfect. Olan found the question box as well. So as long as you find the question box, you should be good to go. Awesome. So as you can see, Bart is all perfect. Now, how to start using Jaraii to generate leads and sales. And we’re going to reveal as a bonus. It’s kind of an um secondary part of today’s training. It’s optional to stay on, but I highly recommend it. How to generate leads and sales and a really easy offer to sell. So, if you right now don’t have an offer to sell, um, definitely stick around for that last part. You are going to love it. So, starting off, I want to say congratulations on your recent investment of Jarvis AI. You are on your way to grow a real monetized income stream. And today, we’re going to give a special training showing the entire blueprint from start to finish. I see Pamela found the chat box. Paul saying yes. Patricia saying yes. Matt saying yes. Amazing. Good to have you here. Stay interactive with us because again this is live. The tech team is here. The founders are here. We’re all here at your service. So as you can see the entire blueprint from start to finish. We’re going to go ahead and get started with an over the shoulder. I’m about to log into Jarvis. We’re going to go through it. Honestly, it is very self-explanatory. Um the agent is already pre-trained. You can say and ask anything and it will do it for you. So, it’s going to be pretty quick over the shoulder. It’s going to be fairly easy. I’m going to walk you through where everything is as well in case you’re wondering a few things. And obviously, if you have any questions, you can ask them at any time. Second, I’m going to walk through an income blueprint. How can you now take what you’ve gotten and actually turn it into an income? How can you use it for your own business and for other people’s businesses? And if you stay until the end, I will also reveal a way to get instant sales. Now, this is an additional thing that we’re going to show you. It is optional, but it is going to allow you to literally leave this webinar and signing a client on the spot. It’s one of the fastest and easiest way to not only leverage Jarers, but actually getting paid starting today. So, I hope you’re excited. Without further ado, let’s get started at the top, which is the over the shoulder. Now, I’m going to have to ask you once again to give me a quick yes in the chat box if you can see the Jarvis dashboard screen. I’m inside Jarvis right now. Give me a quick yes if you can see it. Awesome. You guys are quick now. Thumbs up coming in. Teresa, yes. Callie, yes. Amazing. So, this is the almighty Jarvis. One command. Everything is done. It is super self-explanatory and easy to use. Um, starting off where I want to take you is right here. When you go to your account on the top right corner, you click on settings right here. This is where you can also find our dedicated tutorial section. Now, this is basically covering everything you need to know. So, if I click on here, I just wanted to, you know, point you where this is in case you missed it or didn’t see it. Everything you need to know from all the integration side of things, um, you know, the Google Workspace option, the social automation, we have already created dedicated byte-size training. And when I say byte-size, like let’s say you click on the Google Workspace, it’s only a minute and 54 seconds, right? So these are, you know, easy and quick to consume, not long dreaded techy ones. You know, this is only 1 minute 18. So I just wanted to point you in the right direction knowing that, hey, if there’s anything you need or want to know, you should be able uh to find it in the tutorial section as well. Now, that being said, let’s actually get started uh right off the bat. Um, agent Jarvis, the most important thing to do is connect and integrate your accounts, whether it’s your Google, your social media accounts, because that’s when it becomes most powerful. That’s where you can really use it to its maximum extent. And the way to do that once again is going to your account here, clicking on settings, but this time you go to integrations. So once you click here, you’ll immediately see the different integration options. We have the Google one, we have YouTube, we have Facebook, we have Instagram. We’re right now working on LinkedIn. We’re making a few updates with the new LinkedIn um connection. So, you might find that the LinkedIn uh connection right now is offline just for a little bit. We’re bringing that up, but we’re making it stronger than it was before. So, just give this one, you know, a day or two. And then we have the blogger. So, it can actually run your website, run your blogs, and Jarvis can just be, you know, connected from your phone, which I’ll talk about in a second. You can tell it, hey, update my blog with this and this content. Send out this email. you know, find this lead, send this business, upload this video to YouTube, but you’ll need to make these integration and connections first. Now, if you don’t know how to actually um you know connect these things, we have dedicated and I know this is you know the most annoying little techy part, but that’s why we did a stepbystep training for all of this, right? It’s really a matter of getting a couple of codes from your accounts so you can literally sign in with Google and that already does half the work to make it easier. But if you need like your one-time authentication and your consent screen, we already have the full tutorial. If you click here, integration tutorial and just play this video, it’s less than 5 minutes. You’ll have it all integrated. And I’m not going to do it right now because we’ve already set it up. Um, but for the sake of you knowing, we’ve already recorded this byite-size click by click. You just play this, stop it, do what the video says, come back, play it further, and before you know it, you’re fully set up. So, if you haven’t done that already, make that action item number one, because this is what makes Jarvis powerful, the fact that it can connect with these things. So, you can, you know, command it from anywhere at any time. Don’t get overwhelmed by all the techy stuff you see here. Just follow the simple integration tutorial and you’ll be off to the races in no time. Same goes for YouTube, same goes for Facebook. We have a little integration tutorial everywhere. And again, this one is only 2 minutes and 40 seconds, right? It’s very quick and easy to do and anyone can do it. So, I hope that makes sense. Now, once that is set up, that’s where the magic happens. As you can see, you can literally ask Jarvis anything to do. That is the main command center. You can also talk to it by just, you know, tapping this and then speaking in voice. And you can just say, let’s say, uh, I need an email to sell a client’s uh, social media services. Um, the price is, let’s say, $500 per month. They get 30 content pieces a month. Boom. And then it’s going to wrap that email up and then I can go ahead and actually get Jarvis to send that email to businesses for me. So I say, “Hey, all right, pitch this to all the businesses locally.” Uh, just like that, right? And I can command that from my phone. So while it’s writing this up, I want to show you some of the things we’ve generated because besides that, it can also, right? So here it’s actually writing up this email. I can also, you know, send this email to um local businesses. Let’s say I’m going to or maybe a specific person like let’s say I want to send it to to um boom. So this is one of my emails. I can all right great or I can first obviously because this is here I’ll tell you hey personalize it with my details and remember my details so I don’t have to keep saying that and then send an email to you know this email address and then boom before you know it Jarvis goes out sends that email out and I get it in my inbox. So, I can literally run outreach campaigns. I can run a business from my phone, sign clients, you know, do client um prospecting or outreach, like I said, just from Jarvis alone. And I can say, “Hey, write a three-day follow-up sequence, improve the offer and so forth.” The great thing is I can also create the offer with Jarvis on what I’m going to offer. Um, or whether it’s an affiliate promo, maybe an affiliate link, maybe I got a digital product or coaching I want to sell. So, let me know if this makes sense so far. I’m just giving you the higher level overview and some ideas of what you can use Jarvis for starting out. Now, speaking of ideas, you can see right here, um, you know, we ask it, you know, generate a motivational reel and schedule it for my Facebook tomorrow at 6 p.m. EST. And boom, it goes ahead and does that. Um, we, hey, create a nature image and post it to my LinkedIn. Boom, done. Any task that comes to my mind, it’s like I have my executive assistant on standby at any time, no matter how complex the task or how finite or how quick or how elaborate. It’s like, hey, oh, I need to do this. Um, make this content, put it on my LinkedIn, um, I need to, you know, sign a new client, go and message this email to five businesses, right? So, I can go really quickly. So, post this on my blogger. Boom. Uh, create a blog on, you know, fitness. it creates that generate a post out this it does that now the great thing about Jarvises is is that it’s pre-trained on all these things it doesn’t just create anything generic like chat GPT would for you know instance it’s trained on particular digital marketing practices so it knows how to do it on top of that it can create any type of video that I want any type of character any type of image now if I’m like hey I want a breathtaking cinematic luxury tropical beach crystal clear and it just creates that boom Boom. Done. And all right, send this video to local businesses uh to promote, you know, video generation. So, let me know if this making sense. Let me know if you see the value of what you’re getting access to. Now, you might not seeing it as smooth as me because you’re watching picturein picture. So, it might seem a little bit of glitchy for you, but I can rest assure that it is super smooth. Now I see someone asking is this also possible for you know uh the German language and it 100% is. So I can tell it uh translate it to German. Press enter and it will go ahead and do the same thing. Right? So it can do anything I want to and it just sits in my back pocket all day. It’s like your almighty executive assistant. It’s easy to use. There not a lot of buttons to push. Here you Here you go. So it go it’s going to go ahead you know and create the German version of the assistant. So for now I can you know talk to it in German. Now the social automation part this is where you know we can actually manage and schedule all the content out. So if you have you know an Instagram page, a YouTube page or you know Instagram, Facebook uh you name it. you want to populate it with content for your offer. You want to put value content on there, knowledge content, um, you know, freebie reels, all you have to do is let your agent, you know, post it or schedule it out for you. And you’ll see an overview here of all the content that’s being posted if you’re posting any content on your social media. So, you can see right here what that would look like. Now, we post let Jarface post all the contents and you can see if we’re getting comments, if we’re getting likes, etc. Now, Google Workspace, this is something that no other AI can do. And this is probably one of the most powerful features of agent Jarvis because it literally corre uh connects directly with your Google Workspace. So, before I carry on, I just want to have a quick, you know, yes in the chat. Is everything making sense so far? Let me know. Is everything making sense so far? Are you getting maybe some epiphanies or some ideas or maybe this was already, you know, super clear to you starting out? Let me know because since this is a live training, I don’t want to overload you with too much information at once. So, I need to do these quick check-ins every, you know, couple of five minutes. There you go. I see Matt saying, “Yes, appreciate you for commenting.” Yes. Amazing. So, with that being said, let’s go into the Google Workspace. So, this is where all the Google tools live. Now, as you know, every business, you know, leverages this Google suite. And the most powerful in my opinion is the Gmail one because I can literally click on open Gmail and it will start loading up my inbox. I can send emails from here. I can um contact businesses from here. I can read my emails from here. I can let Jarvis read my email. I can let Jarvis clean up my inbox. I can let Jarvis keep an eye open for certain emails. I can let Jarvis follow up with certain emails, right? So, this is one of the most powerful things because that means from my phone I can say, “Hey, write this email, send it out to this and this person or this and this business.” And I’m going to dive a little bit deeper into that in a second as well.

    Awesome. So, can it uh how do I do add an image? Good question. I’m actually going to go ahead and show you that in a second. It’s actually super simple because where I just was in the command center, I just want to let this finish uploading. Um, as it’s, you know, it’s populating my entire inbox, transferring it over here to Jarvis. Um, the way to add an image, it’s super simple. Just ask Jarvis and it can create any type of image for you as well. So when you actually, you know, compose an email, you can have Jarvis compose it for you and then go to the Gmail and send it through there or immediately tell Jarvis, you know, you send it for me, you compose it for me, you do everything. So I can do it manually inside Jarvis or I can tell Jarvis to do it for me. Let me actually go here and show you what that looks like. So if I’d say, hey, generate an image of a person. um working behind this laptop and I want to incorporate that into an email, I can and I can send an email with that on top of that. While it does that, I’ll actually show you an example. Um I can even do the same with a video. Let’s see. Let’s see if I have a this one for example with the futuristic city skyline. So here I say create a futuristic city, skyline, sunset, blowing skyscrapers, etc. Make it 8K. Post it on Instagram, Facebook, and LinkedIn. So it makes this beautiful piece of content. Definitely a scroll stopper. This actually has gotten a lot of views. I recommend you to create this type of content. It really stops the scroll and get people staring. And then I say, hey, all right, generate a promotional email around it. And it creates an email around that. And then I say, all right, send it to, you know, Shivang. And then your email has been delivered successfully. So this is what a good process will look like of letting Jarvis just create and send everything accordingly. So that’s where the Google workspace the power is obviously if you want to create lead magnets powerpoints um all of that is you know doable if you need new slides if you need so for example here for local business we created a slid set I can either download the PDF or open it live. Let me open it live or let me show you the different ones. And again, it will be able to, you know, let’s say pitch decks you want to create or mini webinars or mini trainings, you can easily go ahead and make that happen with Jarvis. Now on top of that if I want to create new slides I just tell it you know uh make a slide deck about AI automation for local businesses and I click on generate content and the process starts right so it’s very user friendly we made it in a way that it’s so easy and straightforward to use it’s not like a lot of drag and dropping you know like most tools that are very overwhelming very techy. This is just very straightforward. So you’re right, this is what the slides are going to be like. This is what the slides are. And then awesome. I’d like to save the slides or I can tweak it further. And then I can also bring in images. Obviously let Jarfish create the images. Now the same applies if I want to create, you know, documents, sheets, if I want to Jarvis to manage my calendar and book in appointments, um manage my blog or set up any type of form. And this is great for businesses as well. That’s why I highly recommend you to um also resell Jarvis, which is something we’ll talk about in a second. Now, you have the business finder thing that goes without saying. This is where you can let Jarvis find any type of business for you. So, let’s say I’m looking for um restaurants, New York, or you have to go here, find new businesses. These are all our leads. Let’s say restaurant, and I’ll do New York. I click on search and it’s going to find all the restaurants or contractors, HVAC, roofers, local businesses, dentals practicers, chiropractors, weight loss clinics, which is a really good niche. Um, I can find him and then pitch Jarf services, which is something I’ll tap into next. So, you can see right here the businesses get to me on a silver platter. I can simply add them to my list. So, let’s say House of Joy. Um, I want to add that one. So I’ll click on add the list. So it says business saved successfully. And then from there I can see right here House of Joy is added to my list and I can visit their website as well. So that’s it. It’s an Asian restaurant. And then from there their their website doesn’t really look all that great. I mean it doesn’t make me like hungry, which which should be kind of the goal. Like oo I really want to eat here. The food looks so good. Um, and there’s something we can do to actually fix that, which I’ll cover in a second. Because let me ask you, who thinks this website could do a lot better? Who thinks this website could actually do a lot and a lot better? Um, let’s look at the I mean, it’s very minimal. This is like early 2000s. Oh, you can’t see the website. My bad. Let me actually go here. You should be able to see now. This is it. This is pretty much it. And I click on menu. It opens up in a new tab. This is like it doesn’t excite me to come and eat. It’s like it’s very re at least maybe I’m wrong. Let me know in the chat box who thinks this website can do a a whole lot better. Actually, apparently they they made this website in 2020. So granted it’s 6 years ago. Um, let’s look at news. Yeah, this doesn’t look it too great for maybe the about us page looks better. Yeah. No, they deserve, especially in New York, they deserve a much better website. I mean, who agrees? Let me know in the chat box if this website can do for a restaurant to excite people to be a little bit of a higher standard to, you know, have beautiful pictures of food, etc. just the moment you get on there, you’re like, “Hey, I want to come and eat here.” They’re not hitting that spot. I’m going to show you how you can actually fix that in a second as well. So, with that being said, um these are all the core features of Jarvis. It’s like your all-in-one powerhouse of assistant that you can talk to, create IDs, summarize content, anything, even find leads, it does for you. And then like I said even saying all right send this email to this person or make this image or um I need an email for this send it to this person. It can go ahead and do that for me. Right. So that is the power of Jarvis. Now I want to quickly go back to the slide deck. Let me know if everything made sense so far. If the over the shoulder because there’s really nothing more to it. We made it as simple as possible. I wish, you know, I could tell you it’s rocket science and we’re geniuses, but it’s very straightforward. My goal here is to just give you a lot of ideas on how to use it, which takes me to my next part that I hope you’ll like, which is the income blueprint. Um, let’s see here if you can see. Let me go back to the slide deck here because I see I’m not sharing. That’s why it’s so important you let me know because before I know it, I’m I’m going off and you can’t see half the screen. So, we just covered the over the shoulder. Let me know if you enjoyed that part and then now we’re going to go ahead and go into the income blueprint which I think would help out a lot. And by the way, if you have any questions, um, you know, no matter what it is, just drop it in the chat. I might answer it or but we have a dedicated tech team as well to answer any of your given questions. You know, that’s what we’re here for. It can be a techy question. It can be a simple question. I see Donald saying, “I don’t have go high level. Find it very complicated.” I agree. Um, I work with a lot of business owners and they all say the same thing. Go high level. It’s just it’s too much and 90% of the stuff most businesses don’t even use. That’s inside go high level. So, they’re also paying for a lot that, you know, is irrelevant. Um, I’m about to, you know, knock your socks off with the next part if you allow me because there are two ways to get guaranteed income even if you’re complete beginner. Number one is you actually go ahead and resell Jarvis right here, which means you sell Jarvis, the actual tool that I just shared with you. You sell it to other people. Now, all you have to do, you know, is there’s so many businesses out there. Literally tell them, “Hey, um, I noticed, you know, you need help with copy, you need help with social media, or I notice you’re using Google a lot or Gmail a lot, and I have an AI that manages that for you. I’d love to give you a trial. I’d love to, you know, have you try it out.” And then what you can do and I’ll show that here live to you as well is you can find or use the business finder to find these businesses. You can use Jarvis to send them an email. So I go to business finder. I go to these businesses and hey uh we’re using an executive AI system to manage your Google and social media. I would love to share it with you. I let um Jarvis send out an email to all these businesses. Right. I’ve just shown you how that works. Now once the business says yes, I’d love to try it out. We go to the agency and then from there we can manage clients. So we can actually, you know, grab their email. You can see we have a lot of clients already. We can add a new client. So let’s say we call them new client and it’s you know it’s the restaurant at you knowgmail.com. and we can give them uh different types of you know access level. So we’re going to give them their own admin account and then you know select the workspace. We’ll have to create a workspace for them and then I’ll add them and then from there they have their own account they can try out and when they’re like hey this is great you know it’s been my executive assistant I use it with my WhatsApp or Telegram then we can just charge them a monthly retainer and that’s a really easy way because then they use it in the way they like. you just get paid 100% um to keep everything. So that is one way by the way to integrate it with Telegram. Here’s the TG integration if you have Telegram. If you don’t have Telegram, that’s fine. You can also use it just like I’m using it right now just from the desktop or laptop application. You can also use our done for you client proposals here where we already you know have all the proposals for different niches for coaches. Now if you want to do for content for agencies just let Jarvis send these out and you’re good. So let me go back here to Jarvis. Awesome. So all of this is readily available in your account. Another thing I forgot to show you is you also have all the images you generate right here. So all the videos and all the stuff that I’ve generated in so let’s say you know um create this image or create an email and in the case you get this it’s actually good to point out if you in the case you get this just ask it again or start a new chat and you you’ll see it’s immediately fixed um create a student register and immediately you know it opens I can open it in a Google sheet or open it in a jar it gives me a beautifully designed student register now all the content that created here imagery and video wise. When I go to my library right here, I can find my images and videos waiting for me. So if I click on videos, you can see the video library of all the things I’ve created. Or if I immediately want to create one, I can also generate a video here. Same goes for my image library. All the images I’ve ever created are right here. And if I want to create one, I can do that immediately. All right. Now, if you want, so this one, these ones in particular are a little bit more, you know, 3Dish, they help a lot, you know, with stopping the scroll. But if you want something more maybe um humanized, more realistic, just type it right here. You can select the style, choose photo realistic, right? But if you’re looking more 3D 3D render style or things like this, you know, it comes out depending on what you what kind of style you want it to be. So, just pick the one and you’re off to the races. So I hope that makes sense as well. I’m going to quickly go back to these slides here. So number one is selling Jarvis as a service. Let me go back to slides. Selling Jarvis as a service and then from there uh they can use their own account. And the way you find these leads and these businesses is literally as simple as just letting Jarvis inside, you know, sending them a message saying, “Hey, I um, you know, notice you’re using the Google suite. I have an amazing tool that you can use and boom, they start a free trial. You open up an account for them and when they like it, they keep it and they pay you monthly.” Now, the next one is sell any product or service. And this is obviously the same process uh where again you go to the business finder inside Jarvis. So I’ve shown that to you if we go here business finder and you let Jarvis pitch whatever product or service you sell. Maybe you sell social media marketing maybe you sell you know um graphic design maybe you sell chat bots AI tools you can you know let Jarvis do the cold outreach which is great. Now, this is where we enter the second part of the training because we’ve noticed a lot of people um have really either complex offers to sell or they don’t know know how to convey the value to the marketplace. Now, who here wants to know the easiest offer to sell that will literally get you paid today? Literally today, hands down. within 24 hours we’ll have a client without Phil. Who here would love to know that? Because this is an optional second part of the training. We’ve just, you know, covered inside Jarvis all the things you can do. I see the team is still answering a lot of good questions. Uh and if you have any questions specifically for me, feel free to drop them. But this is something I definitely want to dive in. I see Victoria asking, “How do you actually know they’re using Google Suite?” A lot of the time um you’ll see a Gmail address especially when you’re uh using the business finder but I’d say you know over 60% of businesses use Google suite so you’ll be rest assured that most of them uh if not almost all of them use Google suite in any way or form whether it’s Google Docs um just Gmail almost everyone has Gmail even my professional business email runs through Gmail um so you’re almost always on the money with that Now, um, if you’d like to know the offer that we sell and the offer we recommend you to sell, let me know in the chat box. This is a secondary, you know, special. We’re going to do something special for you on this webinar so you can, you know, snatch it and immediately put it to use. But this is going to be by far, and I’m I don’t want to exaggerate, but absolutely by far, the fastest thing, easiest thing you’ve ever sold online to anyone without even having to push for the sale, without having to struggle for the lead. The moment you send a sample is the moment they’re ready to pay. I’m going to prove it to you on this webinar. Awesome. I see. Bring it on. Bring it on. I’d like to know. Okay, perfect. So, well, you answer the following question to me. Let’s make this actually in a fun way. When a new business opens up, and fun fact, there’s over 137,000 businesses in the US alone that register every single day. What is the first thing a business wants to create when they start? What is the first thing they want to set up? What’s the first thing they want to create? Whether it’s a restaurant, a car dealer, a gym, a dental, small business, a chiropractor, an online business, a course. What’s the first thing they want to set up? they want to create in order to get customers, in order to get found. What is often the first thing? There you go. I see some good answers. I see. There you go. Kein says the website. Olen says the website. The number one thing when anybody starts a business, the first thing that comes to their mind is I need a website. That that’s the f even before the business exists in their mind, they’re like I need a website. Without a website, it’s like you don’t have a business. And that is the one thing the common de denominator across all these businesses worldwide especially US every single business owner wants a website right hands down. So what I’m going to show you is how you can not just build a website right because everybody can. I mean, that’s not special, but how you can create $3,000 websites from one sentence in literally 60 seconds without needing designers, developers, or weeks of revisions. And when I tell you the moment you send these out, so we just send the business saying, “Hey, I actually saw your website and I felt like I could create a better one for you. Let me know what you think of this.” And we just send out these samples. The first reply you get is, “How much for you to install this or give it to us? So all you’re doing is just sending out websites that you make in seconds and they love it so much because it’s their business and it looks so much better than what they have that they’re going to ask you know how much for us to take it from you. Now you might be wondering well that’s you know new businesses. What about established businesses? You see a business that is driving traffic to their site wants to obviously make sure their website is as great as it can be. It’s all the more important the traffic is coming to their site. If your website can’t captivate their attention, if it looks like this everyone else, if it doesn’t stand out, and that’s the one thing every business owner wants, they want to stand out. They want to be, you know, remembered, recognized, and different from everyone else. That is the kind of dream of every single business you ask. If you ask them, do you want to just blend in with everyone else and look the same and be like everyone else? They say no. They want to be, you know, on top or better than everyone else. And that’s why 53% of people leave after looking at a single page. Literally, just one single page, they leave because the web website wasn’t able to hold their attention. You see, most websites don’t lose money because of traffic. They lose it because of how they look. And nowadays, unfortunately, the day and age we live in, it’s all about who looks more attractive online, right? Who looks more attractive online is the number one right now. Whereas before it was, you know, who has the best copywriting, who’s going to, you know, who’s the most value. Now, if you just look the part, you get way more attention that than a person that can provide a ton of value but just doesn’t, you know, look the attractive part online. This is for your website, for your content, for your socials, for everything. When we now email a business, and I’m going to show you in a second, we email a business with a sample of a website saying, “Hey, I made this for you.” They’re like, “You made something for me?” They’ll open up the email. They’re so blown away by what they see, their reply saying, “Hey, this looks great. How much do you charge?” You’ll be getting so many replies of people just asking, “How much do you charge?” So, I’m going to show you and prove that to you on this webinar because the demand for websites right now is higher than ever and they’re paying thousands of dollars every day for web design. You can see right here, you can actually look this up. You know, how much does a small business website cost in 2026? Anywhere from 10 grand to 35 grand. And that’s for the more, you know, complex one with e-commerce. You can see right here in 2026, anywhere from four to 15 grand. And even on Wix, Wix, if you don’t know, let me know if you know Wix, it’s kind of the, you know, one of the biggest website platforms on there. Even they did a study and they see, you know, it’s anywhere from $2,000 to $15,000 that people, you know, give for a good designed website. Now, here’s the interesting part because the thing is even with the latest tools, people struggle to sell website services unfortunately. And that’s actually pretty interesting because you might have, let me know, you might have another AI website building tool. You know, Jarvis can’t create websites, but you might have another one or just claw. You might have a copyrightiting tool, you might have an image generated tool, a logo maker tool. We’ve seen so many people that, you know, have tools that can actually create websites. You can even go to I think Cat GPT might even be at a stage right now where they’re trying to create a website. Everyone can, but most AI build websites like this, right? You immediately recognize, let me know if you recognize that’s an AI website, right? It has a certain tell. It’s bland. It’s straightforward. It looks, you know, very similar to most AI websites out there. And that’s because here’s what they don’t tell you. Anyone right now, literally anyone can build a whole website in 60 seconds using clot, using any type of AI. Even your next door neighbor with no skills can go to any tool and literally say, “Hey, listen. Um, build me a website from a roofing company and it will say done.” And they just made a website with zero experience whatsoever. But the thing is, it will all have the same layout, same font, same everything. Now, I’m going to show you how to actually go above and beyond that, that people specifically want your website and they know they can do it themselves and nobody else can as well. Because when everyone can do it themselves, then it gets harder to get paid for anything. And worst of all, if everyone can create the same thing, somebody will always do it cheaper, right? Let’s say you want to charge two grand, another freelancer can do it for 600. Someone will do with just a random AI tool for just 150 bucks and it will look just as good as the one that you know charge 2,000 because they’re all using generic you know AI website tools. Now, that’s why if you’re using AI right now and you know are not selling at least two websites per week or services or offers of any kind per week, it’s not your fault and you came to the right place because we actually partnered up with a brilliant man named Yogish. You might know Yogish and he decided to solve this exact problem. when we saw it because we know AI, we know AI website creation, we even have some AI website creating tools, but nothing like what Yish has done here. And this is getting people clients like water. It is so easy to get clients. I’m going to show that to you in a second. He solved this exact problem because he realized businesses are willing to spend good money. That’s not the problem. They just won’t pay you for one they think they could have made themselves. And again, a betterl looking website helps a business make more money. A good web design is crucial for driving traffic because it directly improves search engine and keeps visitors engaged and ensures compatibility. It builds more trust. It holds more attention and it highlights the product better. There’s so many, you know, advantages to having a beautiful website. You can see here people judge a business in seconds based on how the site looks. And you know, I for one, if I get on a website and it looks remotely dodgy or, you know, a little bit off, you already lost me as a customer, right? I’m not going to order from that page. I’ll order from somewhere else because the website just looks off to me. And so many people act in the same way. I mean, you tell me. Let’s do a little quiz. Which website do you reckon gets more leads and sales? Just give me an A or B in the chat. Are you ready? Is it this one right here, professional roofing services you can trust? Or is it this one right here, A or B? You tell me. Which website? Imagine sending this to a roofer. Imagine sending this to a roofer. He will literally lose his mind, drop his jaw to the floor, and say, “This is the most beautiful website I’ve seen for a roofing company ever. How much for me to keep this?” Can you imagine that? Can you realize that? Let me know in the chat box. If I send this to a roofer today, I look at their website and I’m like, nah, I think we can do better. I send this and I tell them, “Hey, I saw your website. I’ve just, you know, went on a limb and created something for you. Would love to see what you think.” I’ll get a reply and they’ll ask how much and I make a good price and that’s it. And it takes 60 seconds. So, comment yes if this makes sense so far because I’m going to show you how you’re able to do that. The tool we use to do this and because you’re on this webinar and a member of Jarvis, you’ll be able to snatch it up in a way nobody else will or can. So, we’re going to do something really special for you because this is honestly going to allow you to easily have an offer that you can sell confidently without having to hop on sales calls without having to speak to anyone. You just send a sample of a website to a business and they’re sold on the spot. They’ll just ask you how much and you’re set. So there you go. I see lots of yeses. Carl, Matt, Kevin, Robert, Victoria, Olan, Donald. Amazing. Enrich or Eric, Kevin, Robert, Dawn. Perfect. So what if I told you that you’ll be able to make websites like this in less than 60 seconds. Look at how good these websites look. And get paid at least $3,000. I’m going to show you how to do that because we have people making the most beautiful websites without any experience. As you can see, Michael here, I built my entire business website before finishing my morning coffee. Simply described it and it wrote every page, added the animation, optimized it for mobile, you know, and my friends couldn’t believe it was custom built. Uh, but it wasn’t custom built by an expensive agency. Now, Sarah says, “It looks like a $15,000 website, but literally took me less than 30 minutes.” That’s the effect it will have. Or better yet, we have beginners with Jarvis as well that are getting paid every single day and they don’t have any sales experience. You can see David right here. I landed two clients in my first week. All right. I started offering websites to local businesses using this what we’re about to show you. Every client was blown away by the quality. Couldn’t believe how interactive these websites look. And I’ve already recovered my investment many times over. The AI literally does all the work for me. Because here’s what’s going to happen. When you send out websites like these, literally just send the email. Hey, here’s a link. I made this website for you. Would love to know what you think. They say, “Okay, this is not what I expected. How much to get this live by the end of the month.” Right? They’re always so amazed and they are just curious to know how much would it cost for them to actually keep it. Now, that’s exactly what you’re going to get access to. And the best part is without having to design anything yourself, right? without writing any piece of code and without any other subscription. You’ll be able to do this without design skills, without coding, without subscription. So, if you’re staying until the end for me to, you know, showcase this and, you know, what it takes and the amazing deal you get on this as well because we’re going to do something extra special for Jarvis members, just comment the quick yes. If you’re like, hey, you know what? I just want to use Jarvis only and just, you know, keep working with Jarvis, that’s fine, too. Um, and I hope you’ve been able to answer all your Jarvis questions. If not, still feel free to ask them. We’re still live. But if you’re like, “Hey, I see the value of going and, you know, sending a roofing company an email with here’s your new website and they coming back. All right, we’re willing to pay $1,000 for this and sign that deal.” Then definitely stick around because that’s exactly what’s going to happen next. I see Olen, Don, David, Matt, Ron, Victoria. Amazing. Amazing. I see lots of his coming in. All right, so here are the three secrets we’re going to cover. First, I’m going to break down the instant website, uh, the instant 3K website. How 60-cond build and worth thousands of why most never are. On top of that, um, the AI website, how one website a week turns into income without pitching or cold calling, and special access. How to get the thing that makes all of this in literally 60 seconds. And it’s going to be super affordable for you. I can tell you that much, right? Because you could already tell this is worth a lot. This is worth at least $3,000. Now, let’s get started with the instant 3K website. What’s good to know and interesting to know is that we right now are living in the highest record ever of new businesses starting online. Like I said before, about 137,000 businesses are starting every single day. According to the US Census Bureau, we are in the highest year on record. And that’s great because every one of these businesses need a website, right? I can go to the Better Business Bureau and see all these new businesses starting and literally just email them and say, “Hey, listen. I noticed you just started your business. I made a website for you. Let me know if you like it.” So, this part has never changed and it never will. Businesses will need a website. But not every website is worth the same. You see, you have the ones at the upper echelon that look expensive, and that’s the one businesses are willing to pay thousands for. Then you have the businesses or the websites that look fine. They’re worth maybe a little, but they’re very easy to undercut. And then last but not least, you have the one that look absolutely free, right? Nobody pays for these at all. It’s like, I could have made this myself if I wanted to. Unfortunately, every AI website tool hands you the bottom two. the one that looks fine, but you know, it’s worth a little, but you know, there’s someone else always that can do it for cheaper. And you have the one that look like a very basic template that anyone can pull up and, you know, start using. And that’s what most AI website builders are. They give everyone the same layout. They’re not trained on design. They’re not trained on copy and nobody remembers them. And that’s the most important part. Businesses want to stand out. They want to be remembered. They want people to know or quite frankly be jealous knowing that, hey, your website is better than any other website I’ve ever seen because all of these AI tools, none of them make it look like someone was paid to build it. Now, that is all about to change for you because Yogish, like I said, spent two years, this is not something that, you know, just happened in a flash of the pan. the past two years building an AI that makes businesses beg you for a website. They will literally ask you, “Please sell this to me.” And I’m talking about the type of website that makes businesses willing to pay at least $3,000. Now you can even install these websites for yourself so your own business looks extremely professional and you know quite frankly people’s jaws will drop to the floor the moment they visit your site because of how high of a quality that is. Now a website like this used to cost at least you know 4.2 2 grand. You talking a designer, a copywriter, motion designer, uh, stock or photography, a developer to build it all out. And even if you use AI, even with the latest AI, you still need motion and scroll behavior, someone that understands the layout, you know, the mobile and tablet versions need to be set up, someone who can write the copy, the hosting and SSL and domain. All of these things still need to be done regardless of you’re using AI or not. Now, imagine having access to an AI that creates sites that look like it’s worth thousands in a matter of clicks. It’s built and sent in under a minute. Businesses will be asking immediately what you charge for them to keep it. I just have one question because I’m about to show you a demo. Do you see yourself effortlessly getting clients by simply sending them a preview? Let me know in the chat box. Do you see yourself effortlessly getting clients by just sending them a preview? Just sending them, hey, I built this for you. Have a look. Let me know if you like it. That is more than enough to get signed, to get clients. You don’t have to hop on a call. You don’t have to go back. You don’t have to convince them. Everybody knows what a website is. Everybody wants one. Everybody needs one. We looked at the, you know, the Asian restaurant earlier. Imagine sending a beautiful cinematic website to them for their restaurant saying, “Hey, we looked at your website. I believe it was made in 2020. I think you could do and deserve a lot better. Here’s what we made.” You send it out to the email. Heck, if I live close by, I’ll even show it to them. I’ll drop by, but I can also just send an email. And the only thing they’ll ask is how much? That’s the only thing they’ll ask. Now, this never seen before AI lets you create the website that businesses pay for in under a minute. So, it costs you nothing in terms of time or skill to do this. So, if you actually want to see more of this, if you actually want to, you know, dive into the demo, comment, I want this. And I’m going to show you how you’ll be able to do this for roofers and traders, cafes and restaurants, real estate agents, travel and tourism agencies, home services, local and retail, property and rentals. literally just sending them with Jarvis, a simple email because Jarvis can find the businesses, send the emails, and then what I’m about to show you fulfills and you have a consistent cash flow of businesses that are extremely happy with what you’re providing. Comment, I want this. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Awesome. I want this is Carl Olen, Donald Don. Amazing. Amazing. Amazing. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look, guys. Take a look at these websites for a second. These are the kind of immersive animated premium websites like this Cortex site, a full cinematic SAS website with smooth motion and premium design built from one prompt in minutes. Freelancers and agencies can charge $2,000, $3,000, or even more to create for just one client. And normally creating something like this takes serious design skills, coding, developers, complicated animations, and days or even weeks of work. But Cinematic Sites AI changes that completely. You give it just one simple prompt, and behind the scenes, Cinematic Sites AI activates 20 plus specialized AI agents that collaborate together like your own private web design team. One agent plans the structure. Another works on the copy. Others handle the layouts, visuals, images, animations, 3D effects, mobile responsiveness, and overall experience. All working together to create a website that looks premium, immersive, and expensive. Now imagine being able to create this without coding, without being a professional designer, without learning complicated animation software, and without spending weeks building it. You simply create a workspace, start a client project, tell Cinematic Sites AI what you want, and let your team of AI agents do the heavy lifting. And while I’m showing you this today, don’t just think this could build my website. Think bigger. Restaurants, dentists, realtors, hotels, coaches, gyms, local businesses, businesses that are already paying freelancers and agencies thousands of dollars for premium websites. Imagine showing a prospect something that looks like a $2,000 plus custombuilt website. While AI is doing most of the work behind the scenes and even landing just one client could potentially pay for your investment many times over. That’s why I want you to watch this demo very closely. Because rather than showing you screenshots and telling you what cinematic sites AI can do, I’m going to show you live and you’re going to watch these agents turn that prompt into an incredible website. All right, let’s jump inside Cinematic Sites AI. Here’s where it all starts. You log in and as a first step, you need to create or select a workspace because if you’re just running your own business, one workspace is all you need. But if you’re an agency or a freelancer or you’re building sites for clients on the side, every single client can have their own sealed workspace with their own sites, their own leads, their own analytics. Think about that for a second. That’s a full agency business unlocked on day one. Let’s create a brand new workspace. Click on workspace. Enter my name as the workspace name. and then click create. Now this is brand new workspace. Let me start by creating a awesome looking website. Click on new site. Three quick steps and cinematic sites AI gets all its 25 plus agents to get everything done for you. Let’s start. Step one, business details. You can select from one of these category or custom if you want to start from a blank slate and describe something the world hasn’t seen yet. Then choose your look. Immersive for cinematic scroll and depth or 3D for interactive scenes visitors can actually move through. Pick a category and now you get another choice most builders never give you. How do you want to create your site? Prompt mode or details mode. Prompt mode is magic. You literally type a sentence. A boutique slow travel company on the Italian Riviera offering small groupoup coastal journeys, hillside walks, harbor stays, and hosted local experiences along the Lagorian coast. Elegant, unhurried, cinematic. That’s it. That’s the whole brief. The AI reads it, understands it, and infers the rest. Or flip to details mode if you want more control. Now you get proper fields like business name, what you do, location, phone, email and notice this button enhance with AI. You write a rough sentence, click that button and cinematic sites AI calls copywriting agent to write your description into professional conversion ready copy in seconds. So, even if writing isn’t your strong suit, your website sounds like it was written by a top tier agency, that alone is a copywriter you never have to hire again. Then the logo, three options right in the same screen. Upload your own logo, generate with AI, or pull one from the AI logo library. For now, I’ll simply upload my existing logo here. Step two, mode and domain. This is where you decide how cinematic you want the build to be. Quick mode is fast, clean, conversion ready, creates super fast, so you have a polished site live in minutes. Perfect for when you need to move now. Full polished mode goes deeper, richer motion, more immersive style, and fully 3D animated. A more thoroughly tuned AI agent. The result is a site that looks like it came out of a premium agency you couldn’t afford. Freelancers and agencies charge over $2,000 just for sites like these. Then the domain free subdomain if you don’t have your own domain or custom domain from your own verified domains. So it goes live at your own.com. Point and click. No DNS wrestling. No C panel. And I will show you exactly how the domain side of this works in a minute because it’s beautifully simple. Step three, and this this is where a lot of website builders stop. Cinematic sites AI is only getting started. Modules toggle what each site ships with. Lead generation on every visitor detail captured through smart high converting forms straight into your pipeline. AI friendly on your site is structured so that AI assistants and search engines can actually read it and recommend you because if your business isn’t visible to AI in 2026, you’re invisible. Google friendly on clean SEO schema.org markup baked in from day one. So you’re ranking from the moment you go live, not 6 months later. Appointment booking on. Every single site gets its own booking panel, its own dashboard. Define the appointment types. Consultation 30 minutes, whatever fits. Your customer picks a slot, it lands on your calendar. Done. And this last one is the one I want you to really pay attention to. AI sales agent. A friendly chatbot on every page. Trained automatically on your business, your services, your packages. It answers questions. It handles objections. It qualifies the visitor. It books the appointment. It captures the lead 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in every language your customers speak. And it never calls in sick. That’s a full-time salesperson on every page forever. And the last one, payment system integration. And this is where our app truly stands out. Just add your package details, give your PayPal, and the sites will be ready to get payment for you 24/7. Awesome. Right now, hit generate. Watch this. Cinematic Sites AI cues your build and runs six live stages right in front of you. Understanding your business, crafting your brand and pallet, building cinematic sections, the hero, the services, the testimonials, the motionrich sections which your competitors can never have. Training your AI sales agent from your content. Wiring booking and lead capture. And finally, queuing your build for the final push. Your new website generation takes only few minutes. That’s it. Let’s see what cinematic sites AI actually created. Wow. And this is where it gets seriously impressive. From a simple idea about a slow travel company on the Italian Riviera, it has generated a complete cinematic travel website with a bold Riviera Journeys hero, immersive coastal motion visuals, real editorial detail, and a design that feels like it was built by a top tier creative agency. Awesome, right? The hero pulls you in instantly. The journeys, rhythm, and hosts sections guide visitors smoothly through the story. The departure section builds trust with real weekly schedules, and every scroll leads naturally toward the plan your trip call to action. Everything feels premium, intentional, and conversion focused. And it doesn’t stop at building websites. Check this out. Right inside the website, you’ve got a built-in appointment section that captures every booking your site brings in, so you never chase a lead again. Every website comes with a built-in AI agent that greets your visitors, answers their questions, and turns them into leads 24/7. So, the site doesn’t just look premium, it converts. You focus on closing. Cinematic Sites AI handles the rest. Awesome, right? And remember, this wasn’t assembled section by section. The AI did the heavy lifting. What would normally take hours of designing, writing, arranging, and fine-tuning has been turned into a website that looks customuilt, premium, and ready to put in front of a real customer. And this is just one website. Now, imagine doing this for 10 clients, 20 clients, 50 clients. That’s when you start to see the real power of cinematic sites AI. That’s not a website builder anymore. That’s a business. Now, let me show you how a typical AI generated website looks and how website generated with cinematic sites AI look. See the difference? Wow. This is something out of the world. You can see the difference. A real difference. Ask yourself honestly, if a walk-in customer landed on your current website tomorrow and then landed on one of these, which business do you think they’d trust with their money? That’s what Cinematic Sites AI does for you. Now, for what I promised you, I’m going to show you some sites Cinematic Sites AI has already built. Different industries, different vibes, different price points, all generated by the same platform. All generated from a single prompt. And every single one of them, I promise you, looks more expensive than the site you’re running right now. Watch site one. This site right here, I’m hosting it on codestlabs.com, my own custom domain because cinematic sites AI lets you connect any domain or subdomain and ship instantly. Watch what loaded. Cinematic 3D scenes, scroll driven motion, bold typography, a template gallery of full 3D worlds, real stats, real testimonial, real call to action. Every pixel generated by cinematic sites AI live on my own domain. Site two. Roll it. Wow, look at that hero. That’s not a sci-fi film clip or a motion graphics reel from a studio. That’s a live cinematic neural interface generated by cinematic sites AI rendering depth, motion, and futuristic atmosphere right inside your browser. Deep tech brand quality visuals, no VFX team, no post-prouction, no video files, just AI running a full immersive hero on a normal internet connection. Site three. Stop. Look at that hero. No drone, no coastline shoot, no film crew. That entire cinematic seaside scene was generated by cinematic sites AI moving with your scroll, rendering live in your browser right now. Luxury real estate visuals that would cost thousands to produce, delivered instantly on any normal connection. Wow, awesome site four. Watch this. No sci-fi shoot, no VFX house, no motion graphics team. That entire cinematic neural interface was generated by cinematic sites AI, depth, atmosphere, futuristic motion rendering live in your browser right now. Deep tech brand visuals that would cost a fortune to produce delivered instantly on any normal connection. Site five. Freeze on this one. No camera, no production crew, no agency deck. Cinematic sites AI generated the entire DevTools hero and it’s rendering live in your browser right now. Premium developer brand visuals delivered instantly on any normal connection. Site six. Watch this. No roaster shoot, no barista session, no product photographer. That entire 3D coffee scene was generated by cinematic sites. AI, steam, texture, depth rendering live in your browser right now. Premium cafe brand visuals that would cost thousands to produce. Delivered instantly on any normal connection. Wow. Awesome. Site seven. Now this that’s not a studio promo. That’s not a client showcase real. That entire cinematic agency hero was generated by cinematic sites AI and it’s playing live in your browser. The kind of visual a top tier design studio would pay a full production crew for done instantly on any normal connection. Site eight. Check this hero out. Nothing about it was filmed, driven, or edited. Cinematic sites. AI generated the full cinematic race scene. car circuit real speed and it’s playing live in your browser on a normal connection. That’s the kind of visual top motorsport brands spend a fortune chasing. Wow, awesome. Right now, let’s go to sites section. This page has all the sites that you have created in this workspace. Every site status, leads, appointments, back-end access and option to edit them is here. In generation sites will be shown as generating with progress bar and current status for every website. You can view the leads, appointment count, AI chat count. Here you can view the actual data from these icons. Just click on edit for editing website by clicking here. Just type what you want to be edited and it will be done. If you want to download site, click on export HTML. And if you like advanced edit tools, click on edit with HTML. Here comes one of my favorite parts of Cinematic Sites AI. And honestly, if you’re planning to sell websites to clients, you’re going to love this. It’s called white label dashboard. Let’s say you just created a stunning website and sold it to a client for $1,000. Amazing. But now comes the annoying part. How do you hand it over? Do you download files, upload everything to the customer’s hosting, configure everything again, give them access to your own account? Nope. That’s the old way of doing it. With Cinematic Sites AI, you simply click white label access and instantly you get a separate admin login URL, username and password for that client. That’s it. Just hand those credentials over to your customer. And here’s what they see on their end. They open the admin URL you gave them, enter their username and password, and boom, they’re inside their very own private dashboard. No cinematic sites AI branding. No sign of your main account. Just a clean professional admin panel with their business name up top. Built for results dashboard showing their bookings, inquiries, and analytics all in one place. They can view every appointment their site booked, see who inquired, mark bookings as confirmed or completed, and manage everything themselves. And now they can log in to their website and make the changes they need themselves without giving them access to your main cinematic sites AI account. Think about how powerful that is for an agency. You build the website. You sell the website. You hand over their private login. Done. No messy migrations, no complicated hosting handovers, no technical headaches. It gives you a smooth professional white label style client handover system built directly into cinematic sites AI. Now that is how you run a website business at scale. Pretty awesome, right? Now, let me show you a feature I have honestly never seen anywhere else. It’s called lead generator. It sits inside the lead generator section. All you need to do is type in I need leads for plumbing business in San Francisco, USA. That’s it. That’s the whole input. Now watch. Our AI lead generator agent finds all business that are dying to pay you money to build their websites. Just click on these leads. Add to pipeline. One click and that lead is in your outreach queue. Think about what just happened. In under 30 seconds, you went from a vague thought, I should reach out to that plumbing business, to a fully enriched, actionable, ready to contact a lead sitting in your pipeline. No spreadsheets, no copy paste. No, let me just Google their phone number. Cinematic Sites AI did the entire prospecting workflow in the time it took to type a sentence. Here’s the pipeline it lands in. Every captured lead ready to reach with one click. Filter by status, all. New, contacted, qualified. One. See exactly where every lead sits at a glance. Business, location, contact, website, status, action. Six columns. Ones. Click on send and your outreach fires off. No CRM switch. No email tab. But wait, when you hit send, what actually goes out? That’s the next surprise. Meet Outreach Studio. This is your email template engine. Scroll down. Template library. Hundreds of readytouse templates. Now the next section, appointments. And here’s the appointments calendar view. Every appointment shows who it’s with, what site they came from, what time it lands, and its status. And they’re grouped by site. So, if you’re running six sites, you zoom into just any of this and see its bookings. Clean per site, no mess. Now, next section, website leads. Every lead your live sites capture from forms, from AI agent chats, from calls, lands in website leads, total leads, new, qualified, one, four counters. So, you always know where the pressure is in your funnel. Filter by site, by source, by date. Search by name or email. Every one of these leads came in on autopilot while you were sleeping, while you were on the school run, while you were on a beach. That’s what a business built on cinematic sites AI looks like. Finally, analytics performance across every site in one screen. Now, here, just hang on for a second and think about everything you just watched. From one simple prompt, Cinematic Sites AI created stunning cinematic motion rich websites while giving you the AI sales agent, lead generator, outreach engine, pipeline, appointment booking, custom domains, client workspaces, and even private client loginins, all inside one platform. But here’s what I really want you to see. This is what a typical AI website looks like. And this is what cinematic sites AI can create. Look at the difference. The movement, the depth, the animations, the premium feel. These websites simply look more expensive. And that matters because look at what people are already charging for websites. $1,000, $2,000, $3,000, and in many cases even more. So there’s no need to wonder whether there’s a market for this. The market already exists. People are already paying freelancers and agencies thousands of dollars to build websites. Now imagine being able to walk into that same market with this, a restaurant website, a luxury hotel, a realtor, a local business. And remember, you didn’t spend weeks coding these. You didn’t hire designers. You didn’t learn complicated animation software. You gave cinematic sites AI a prompt. And your 20 plus specialized AI agents did the heavy lifting. So after watching this demo, I don’t want you thinking, cool, another website builder. I want you thinking, who can I sell my first website to? Because you now have something businesses can actually see the value in. And once you make the sale, you create the website, give the customer their own private login, and move on to the next client. Build it, sell it, hand it over, repeat. That alone is a massive opportunity. But there’s another side to this. Think about everything you would normally need to pay for separately. website builder, hosting, landing page software, CRM, lead generation, email outreach, appointment booking, AI chatbot, logo creation, copywriting, SEO. You could easily spend hundreds of dollars every single month just putting that stack together. And after paying for all those tools, you still have to make them work together. Cinematic Sites AI brings all of that under one roof. One platform, one login, and for this launch, one ridiculously low onetime price. Now, here’s the important part. When you see the price on the next screen, do not compare it to the price of another software. Compare it to this. What is just one website client potentially worth to you? Because if one client pays you $1,000 or $2,000 or more, then suddenly the price you’re about to see looks very, very different. And that’s just one client. What happens with client number two, number five, number 10. You’ve already seen the software working. You’ve seen the quality it creates. You’ve seen what freelancers are charging. and you’ve seen how easy it is to hand the finished website over to your customer. The opportunity is right in front of you. So, take a look at the special offer on the next screen because once you see what we’re charging for cinematic sites AI today, I think you’re going to realize just how ridiculous this opportunity really is. This is Yogesh Aggerwall and I will see you inside Cinematic Sites AI. Now I am handing over to Rahheem.

    Yes, yes, yes. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw. Let me know in the chat box if you did. I’m going to go ahead and share my screen again. But first, let me know if you see overall the power of this, the ease of use, and how amazing of a service you’ll be able to provide with zero skills. Literally no, you know, special skill sets you need whatsoever. Anyone can do this. And quite frankly, you know, this makes you stand out like nothing else can. This is the type of thing where you’ll be able to walk to or email any business and tell them, listen, here’s something I made for you. I thought you could use a new website. Just let me know what you think. Do with it what you want. And if you like it, you know where to find me. It’s such a low barrier of entry, easy to sell offer. And because you immediately have that wow effect that is you know causing the person to immediately say you know what you know how much if I even want this you’ll be getting warm inbound leads continuously asking you all right I want to move forward with this please you know how much do you charge so who here absolutely loved it let me know in the chat box if you did you can use this for yourself obviously upgrade your own website and for others and you know if you love this if you want to leverage cinematic science AI just, you know, have these highly beautifully modern created websites set up for you. Let me know in the chat box because we’re going to do something really special, but only for the people that let us know. Only the people that are here live because all it takes is one prompt, 60 seconds, and that’s it every single time. And you could literally send that link to a business tomorrow and make them so happy that you decided to do that. So, now that you know this, I’m going to quickly go over the weekly website income because this is where you’ll be able to actually take this and start turning it into actual income. So, if you want to know more about that, let me know in the chat box. I’m going to go ahead and show it to you. Awesome. Lots of yeses flying in. So, weekly website, you’ve seen what it builds. Now, the part that pays. Now, every one of these need a website, right? Whether it’s the roofers and trades, whether it’s the um cafes and restaurants, whether it’s the estate agents, whether it’s the travel and tourism, all of them need a website. I see a lot of people in the chat already saying they want this. That’s amazing. Now, the rhetorical question, you’re amazing. Need is a smart one as well. I love it. Now, every one of them is a customer there for. Now, let me show you what people are charging right now. Um you saw a little bit of it on the demo. I want to elaborate on this. a basic website, just a professional functional one, which you know is the bare minimum you can ask for, just a professional functional website, is $1,75. Right now, let’s compare it to what people are paying for a web flow website. That’s the type of website that I’m showing you right now or that you just saw. Watch what happens when it looks cinematic. $3,450. Guess what? This person already has 53 reviews, five orders in Q as we speak. Now, if we just, you know, let’s do some quick math on this. 53 times what we’re looking at here. Uh, 3,450. You pull up the calculator. Just put it on here. That is 182 grand just by delivering cinematic websites because businesses want more than, you know, the basic. They want to stand out. They want the beautiful stuff. Now, you have people even charging 4.9K. You have people charging 5.2 2K. You can see right here, 147 reviews, four orders in Q. Now, if we do the math on that, you know, um we’re going to put here five, what’s the price point here? 5,235 and they have 147 reviews. So, we’re going to 5,235 times 147. We’re looking at close to 800 grand. Let that sink in without doing some complicated surface, a lot of maintenance, sales calls, just businesses that want to look at their best. Now, it gets even crazier. People are offering it at 6K and they’re still getting sales. People offering it at 9.9K. Literally just calling it get a website with a wow effect. You know what’s interesting? This is how the prospect talks. This is what’s in their mind. They want a wow effect. This is as literal as it gets. You don’t need to use fancy words. You just Everybody understands a wow effect. So, get a website with a wow effect. 9.9K, 70 reviews. Now, I don’t have to do the math on that. You know, this person is printing and you’ll be able to offer the exact, if not way better quality and a lot faster as well. Now, let’s say you’re not confident enough yet to charge maybe, you know, on the high ends, even though you 100% can and should, you know, I want to break this pricing down because all you have to do is find a business who website hasn’t been touched in years. You can do this with Jarvis. You can literally email any business and I mean, I’ve showed you one earlier in this training as well. That’s the easiest part. Now, you can see Summit Roofing, you know, made their website in 2014. You usually see it at the bottom in the footer. Northgate roofers, you know, Reland Roofing doesn’t even have a website at all, Fairview Roof and Gutter, you know, the cinematic sites will show you this as well. Now, then you build them a better one before you ever contact them. Just build one. It takes 60 seconds. Say, “Hey, you know, I want to make a better version of this website they have.” And then we just send them a link. We say, “Hi, Dave. I built a new website for NK Roofers this morning. Nothing to sign up for. Just have a look.” It’s so low entry. It’s not pitchy. It’s not spammy. It’s just, hey, I made something for you. You know, don’t have to sign up. You don’t have to give me your email or, you know, buy something up front. Just check it out. And that will do all the selling for you. You’re not selling them an idea, which is what most other tools and services do. You’re sending them the finished thing. You’re literally telling it’s already it’s so close. You It’s practically already made. Now, from there, you get, hey, I didn’t know you could even do that. Who else can you build one for? And can you send me the price? You don’t have to pitch. You don’t have to call. You don’t have to propose. It is literally as easy as that. Now, it doesn’t matter if you’ve never built a website. If you don’t have any clients today, you’ll surely have them immediately after this. And if nobody online knows your name. All that matters is what you send them. That’s the only thing they care about. Whether English is your first language or your fifth language, they don’t care who you are, where you’re from, only what you can create. Now, let’s do the math. Let’s say you’re just charging 500. Maybe you just want to get your feet wet. Now, 500 is a steal for, you know, sending this out. That is insane. But let’s say you’re doing that, right? Two businesses, you know, in a month, which is so easy. It’s a,000. Now, four businesses in a month, that’s literally one business a week. One email a week, one email a week makes two grand a month. Now, even though that’s not a lot or maybe, you know, that will make a dent in whatsoever, we can all agree it’s nice to have an extra two grand laying around that you can use for anything that you’d like. And that’s the power of Cinematics AI. Let me know if this makes sense. If you’re like, you know, where this is getting and you won’t even have to guess where to send them, right? We already have 50 of the fastest paying local niches and we have 75 outreach messages for each of these niches vetted, ready that are high converting. Now, at the end of the day, once again, the showcasing of the link does all the work for you. One website a week, that’s the entire secret. And anyone can do this. Even if you’re non techy and a complete beginner, just sending one website a week to a business will get you paid. So, comment weekly if you want to make this a reality. If you want to actually, you know, every week see more and more sales, every week see more and more results, let me know in the chat box. And then I’m super excited for you. There you go. See? Weekly, weekly, weekly. Amazing. Now, now with that being said, let’s actually turn it into a reality because imagine sending one of these every Monday, right? Saying, “Hey, making a beautiful site again. I’m going to send it to a couple of businesses here and they love it and they’re like, “Hey, how much do you charge?” You close the deal and you’re done for the week again. Or you can keep going, whatever you like. You can do four websites a month and businesses will be coming to you instead of you having to chase them. So, if you want to know the special access that we’re doing on this very webinar, then let me know in the chat box. I’d love to share it with you. And I know for a fact that, you know, even if you were char were to charge, you know, a grand for this or two grand or three grand, it’s still more than worth it because you have a service that is unbeatable and it’s so easy to offer. And that’s the thing, most AI, you know, ways to actually start a business are very complex, very hard because you need to convince businesses, you need to talk to them, you need to make it make sense to them. But this is so easy that everybody understands it and everybody, you know, wants to grab it from you. So, if you’d like to know more, I’m going to open up the chat box here. Let me know because in case you’re like, you know what, I’ve seen enough. I I just want to go on with Jarvis. That’s fine, too. But we only want to show this to the people that are here active and live. So, if you’re not commenting yes that you want this, then you know we are going to uh make sure you can’t see the next part of this special training because we’re going to do something insane for the people that are here live. Now, I see a lot and a lot of yeses coming in. So, I’m super excited for you. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and show you everything you’re getting. Now, special access number one, you’ve just seen what’s possible. Now, from here on out, you have two options. One is you can go and try and build sites like these on your own, which is very hard to do, or just let cinematic sites build them for you, just like I did for Jennifer, who’s an absolute beginner. She’s crushing it. Just like for Emily, finally a website builder that doesn’t look like every other template. She is crushing it. Smooth animations, modern layouts, speed, the website loads fast, which is really important as well. It is doing well across the board. Now, if you haven’t done so already, like I said, comment I want this because if you don’t comment that, we’re going to assume you don’t want it. And then that makes it that you know you won’t see the special deal that we have on this very webinar for our people right here. There you go. See, I want this. I want this. I want this. Let’s go. So, I’m going to break it down nice and quick. Here’s what you’re going to get access to today. We’re going to give you the cinematic sites AI full access value of $4997. You have the full AI website builder, the cinematic 3D designs, the AI sales chatbot, which does all the selling for you on the side. You have the payment collection, so you don’t have to worry about how do I collect payments or how do I integrate payments. It’s super easy and integrated as well. Smart appointment booking, which is amazing because that allows both you and your clients to have an appointment calendar on there. Lead generation system as well as built-in SEO as well as mobile responsive design. This allows you to get a ton of free traffic. On top of that, it is immediately applicable to mobile. And in case you didn’t know, 70 to 80% of traffic online comes from mobile. Now, it doesn’t stop there because we even give you all the hosting and SSL included, which is insane because that’s also allows it to, you know, load really quickly. That also gives you that speed to make sure that people, you know, can visit the site. Even though it is extremely graphical, it loads super quick like a simple site. Now, because you’re on this webinar, on top of all of this, first let me know who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. Let me open up the chat here. Who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? Let me know in the chat box. There you go. Loving it. Loving it. Loving it. Where’s the link? Amazing. Awesome. So, it’s going to get even better because you’re on this webinar. And I’m actually going to, you know, go ahead and show that on the slide here. you’re going to unlock what we call the webinar only bundle deal. Now, this is something we’re exclusively doing only today and that allows you to get all the upgrades at a massive discount. I think you’re familiar with the bundle, but this is going to be a big steal. Like literally insane. It’s probably one of the best bundles you’ll get all year. And you know, I’ll let you be the judge of that, but you’re going to see it with your own eyes. So, let me actually go ahead and show that to you right now. You’re going to get There you go. I see people in the chat. Super excited. I need to reshare my screen because we have a special, you know, bundle page only for the people here. Um, let’s let’s let’s go here and show that to you. Let me know if you can see the screen in about three, two, one seconds. There we have it. So on top of the core platform you’re also this is you know create cinematic 3D websites openclaw website agents are included sales agents for every website lead generation system. You’re going to get the core the engine of it that does all the work even the outreach and followup so you you know sell websites like a train. Now we’re also going to hand you some exclusive bonuses like 50 of the fastest paying local niches so you don’t have to worry who to sell to. one of them, by the way. That’s really good. Um, let me actually make sure you can see my screen once again. So, there we go. You should be able to see it now. Great. So, that’s how you know we’re live here, right? So, uh, cinematic sites core platform. You’re going to get all of this. The cinematic 3D websites, open cloud website agents, sales agent for any website, you know, all the good and amazing stuff. Um, AI outreach and follow-up system, all of that jazz. Now, we’re also going to include 50 of the fastest paying local niches allowing you and one of them is HVAC roofers. You know, it it’s so easy to close them. It’s insane. I’m going to, you know, show you that one. Uh restaurants also do really well. Uh they love to be a little bit more, you know, of the upper echelon. They love to stand out more. You know, it’s sites or or businesses that love to have more prestige. Um and especially with roofers, they want to impress more and you know, restaurants. And there’s, you know, 80 or 48 more of those that we have here in this list. We’re going to give you demo 50 demo first selling place. 75. Your website is ready messages. 45 no call closing script. So you don’t have to hop on calls to convince people. This is going to be a pure email sale effortlessly. 45 ready price package here. 60 objections killed in one reply. And honestly, you have no objections whatsoever. 45 plug-and-play proposal blocks. 45 get paid scripts and 50 client magnet templates. 45 scraper to seal campaign blades. Long story short, you’ll have leads and sales whether you like it or not. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to immedately unlock the advanced version. Normally, that’s a 297. Now, we’re going to actually include it on this very webinar. This means you’ll get more website creations. You have um no limits and you build without restrictions, more sales agents, premium templates, more hosting and visitors. You have more logos, more client websites. Basically, you are limitless. unlock more websites, more domains that you connect, more agents that you can unlock. You have the advanced version. Now, even with the advanced, you get some insane bonuses such as the multi-side monty modules, how to set up certain sites that can generate an income for you, the 50 sales agent persona scripts, 45 white label handover templates, and 50 lead capture headlines and hooks, plus our brand in a box bundle scripts that actually offer a logo plus a site. So instead of just offering websites, also offer a logo with it. So we sell the logo plus the site plus an agent kind of a bundle, right? That increases your average order value as well. So we even give you the exact setup for that plug and play. So this is the easiest thing to sell for you and get the most out of it. Now on top of that, you’re also getting the pro version. Now the pro version is one of my favorites. Normally this one is 397 a month, mind you, every month, but you won’t have to invest anywhere near that. As a matter of fact, you wouldn’t even have to invest monthly because this one has the premium AI models, the appointment booking. And these are just things that are really important, especially if you’re working with businesses. They need external integrations. They need, you know, performance report, lead management, advanced analytics. So, this helps a lot with that. If not, you know, it solves all of that. Plus advanced branding controls. So you can literally just give the branding colors or what you just type out what you want it to look like branding wise and it adapts and you have the advanced version more gradients which looks really really good even better than it already was. Even with this you also get our amazing bonuses such as 60 local SEO ranking place to get traffic on all those websites. 45 done for you lead follow-up emails, 45 analytics that income place. And this is a really good one because you know what you’ll see with these advanced analytics for example 40% of the people on the site you know immediately scrolled to a certain section or spend the most time on this part of the site and that gives you an indication that all right if a lot of people spend a lot of time on this part of the website I should move that to the top right so we show you how to leverage the analytics and turn it into income. Now, on top of that, I think this is one that you’re going to like the most. Let me know if you’re loving this so far in the chat, by the way, because you’re really getting the biggest bang for your buck here to make it so easy to immediately after this webinar run with this and start seeing results because on top of what I just mentioned, we’re actually going to do it for you. And that’s the most insane part of this all. This is normally 697. Um, you were going to, you know, set up your professional website, set up your SEO for traffic, integrate autoresponders, do a personalized done for you implementation, do a custom branding for you, connect your domains, optimize it from mobile. We’re going to set up everything for you. You let our experts build your website for you. Normally, we charge extra for it done for you. Today, we won’t skip the learning curve while our team builds, configures, and optimizes and launches a professional website tailored to your business so you can start offering it to other businesses as well. Now, this is included that everyone that grabs this on the webinar. Um, I see Dean really wants it. Uh, that’s amazing. So, I’m going to I’m going to, you know, hurry up here a bit because I see a lot of people would love, you know, to get access to this. On top of this, you know, again, if you ever needed more traffic, we’re going to make sure we’re giving you our zerocost traffic place to get your first thousand visitors to any of your websites. We’re going to give the launch announcements post, our 50 Google business profile plays, 45 review getting scripts, and our lead magnet ids and database. So, you’ll have a ton of traffic to your sites as well. We’re even going to give you the full agency. Normally, this is 997 annually. And this is where you can really start, you know, making money offering it to other businesses. We’re going to give you unlimited client workspaces, our website demo templates that you can send out to businesses immediately, our build client websites, client management system, our agency dashboard, ready-made proposals, and you keep a 100%. And this is the easiest surface to sell if you haven’t noticed by now. Literally just send out a sample and you’re set. This means you have 60 agency authority place, 45 client sets, 45 client templates, 50 B2B partnership and referral plays. mean you’re going to get clients whether you like it or not. We’re also going to give you our claw agents, 250 claw agents that we use that you can command alongside Jarvis, you know, from Telegram, WhatsApp, and Discord. Um, these are just, you know, your executive managers such like Jarvis. You can integrate them with the cinematic site builder. So, you can literally build, send, and close and sell sites from your phone if you want to. You also have the AI talker, which is a beautiful voice designer and agent. It’s kind of like your own personal 11 laps if you know what that is. It creates custom voices, emotional control, your own brand studio, voice cloning, and even scene modes. And that can go on the cinematic experience of the site as well. So, you’re going to get the whole nine yards. I’m going to break it down real quick, one more time, and then we’re going to, you know, open the doors for you to actually get access to this because honestly, when you have this, you’ll have something to sell so quickly. It’s going to be a lot of fun. So, you’re going to get the cinematic sites special access, the advanced upgrade, the cinematic sites pro level, the done for you plus agency, the claw agency pro access, the AI talker upgrade unlocked, and all the bonuses that I have mentioned. Now, as you already know with cinematics, you can easily make 5 grand per month. There are people right now, you know, we have a budget for three grand for a website with 3D renders, interactive animated website design, $1,000. 3D website designer for inter interactive experiences, two grand. I mean, I can even go, and I, you know, I don’t want to stretch this out, but I do want to show you this. I can even go here on Facebook, right? I’m on Facebook right now, and I can literally just type in um website web designer wanted. I’ll literally just type in that and let’s see what pops up. And right here, right off the bat, I need a web designer. Anyone. I need a web developer. Um, let’s let’s scroll down a little bit more. Here, here, here, here, here. You’ll see. Hey, I need a web designer. Need a web developer.

    Um, we’re currently using for switching web designers. There we go.

    Simply on social wanted a talented web designer. You’ll find a ton of people, you know, free web designer wanted this person, you know, Dan Antonelli, founder of Kick Charge, you know, wanted in web designing. We’re hiring web designer. You’ll just find just on social media alone a ton of people that are looking for a web designer. And when you just send them a sample of what you can create, you can consider yourself hired left, right, and center. Again, here, Top-Notch Studio, we’re hiring a web designer, right? left. We are hiring. So, a ton of businesses are hiring web designers left, right, and center. So, I just wanted to point that out how easy it is to actually get an ROI on this. Now, David landed two clients within the first week, and he’s an absolute beginner. So, with that being said, outside of this special webinar, the investment for cinematics AI, hands down, um oh, you can’t you couldn’t see the Facebook. I’ll I’ll circle back to the Facebook in a second. Um, outside of this, you know, webinar, this would be $6997 a year. Right now, even if we took 50% off, it’s still more than worth it. Again, I’ll I’ll I’ll show it properly this time. You see, I’m I just go to Facebook and you’ll see immediately. Look at this. We’re hiring a web designer. Uh, here now hiring at Soho Marketing. We’re hiring a web designer Houston, Texas. Right here, again, we’re hiring so many businesses. Join the team. We need a designer. we’re hiring, you know, web designer. Hold these businesses left, right, and center looking for a web developer, web designer. You can literally just send them just send them a sample of what you can create, right? And boom, you’re in. They’re like, hey, how much or when can you get started? You know, right here, Squid X is hiring a web designer. I would message them right now. Say, hey, here’s what I can create. And you’re done. they’re already expecting and looking for someone. You just need to show what you can do and that’s another, you know, 2K 3K a month easily. Now, with that being said, that’s why I said even if we took 50% off and made it, you know, 3500 a year, it’s still more than worth it because businesses are willing to pay. You can look this up, 10 to 35, 4 to 15, and even, you know, right here on Wix even came out and said, you know, 15 grand and up for a business website. So, the numbers are there. you know this works and you have one of the most valuable assets because you’re not just delivering a little website. You’re creating a cinematic website experience that is, you know, something that people would love to have. Now, we figured to do 9997 annual for everything you’re getting here, which honestly is a fair price considering, you know, the results that this generates and how quick and easy you can land clients without having to hop on sales calls. But even that we’re not going to do. We figured to go lower it $497 a year. And I just want to ask a real quick question. Who here thinks 497 a year, less than 500 bucks a year, is actually totally fair for what you’ll be able to generate with this and what you’ll able to do with this? Let me know in the chat box. Just give me a quick yes if you think 497 a year is probably actually fair, right? That in a year you can surely sign. You know, I’m I’ll personally come in and help you to sign way more than, you know, two clients that will already make more than that. Now, if you comment the word live, because you know, I know Matt, we’ve been here a little bit for a longer time. If you comment the word live, as we’re about to wrap this up, we’re going to do what we call a live discount. That’s only if you comment the word live, right? So, I want to, you know, save you some time here because you’ve been with us for a while and I respect your time. If you comment live, we’re going to go ahead and drop it to all the way down low to 367 annual. Now, you can assign a website client 367, right? In literally a span of 24 hours and get paid so much more. And to make it the ultimate deal, we’re going to give away 40 live coupons because you’re on this webinar. And instead of 367 annual, hold your onto your seats. It’s going to be 267 one time lifetime access with all the future upgrades at a one-time 267. You’ll be able to create unlimited of the most beautiful and gorgeous sites for any business and for yourself. If you want this, make sure you comment live right now and the team will drop the link to give you access right now. Um, there are no upsells. This is the whole bundle. There is uh and that’s something separate. I think Yogas, I’m not sure if he’s doing it now. And it’s, you know, Charlie and the Chocolate Factory. Yogas has this special golden ticket where you can get all his future uh products for free. Um, that is one thing he sometimes offers as an upsell, but other than that, there’s no cinematic site related upsell. So, 267 is the whole bundle. And I’m actually going to come in live after when you have this to help you sign clients. We’re going to hunt clients together. And it’s so easy. We’re just going to send emails with samples of website we created and say to businesses, hey, looked at your website. I made something better. Let me know what you think. And you’ll have inboxes filled with people saying, “Hey, how much, you know, for you to actually give this to me? How much would it cost to take this off your hands?” That is the power of what you’re getting access to. A simple and easy to maintain business without having to hop on sales calls, without having to chase anyone. A web design business that is above any other website builder. something that creates cinematic experiences that make people stand out and attractive in their field and industry. If you want this, make sure to comment live. The team will share the link in the chat right now when you comment live. And remember, because you’re grabbing it on this very webinar, it’s 267 one time with no monthly fees ever. That’s 267 one time with no monthly fees ever. But only if you grab it right now. If you grab it after or later, bonuses will disappear hands down. And then on top of that, the price will go up and the recurring will get turned on. So only if you grab it right now, you’ll be able to grab it at 267 one time with no monthly fees ever. This is the biggest bang for your buck. Use the coupon code at checkout. It’s CS00. and then you’ll be able to take advantage of this. And trust me when I say if you’ve been looking for an easy to sell offer, something that you know doesn’t require you to push businesses to try and convince them, but something that a business immediately wants and understands the moment they see it. Then leverage this right here. It gets even better. One website pays for it four times over. The moment you have this, your first sale immediately recoups everything. You remember even if you sell it at just 500, which is a steal. We have people selling this at over, you know, $3,000 for a website. Even if you’re just doing it for 500, you already made your investment back. And I’m still not done. And when you take action, you also, remember, getting our 50 fastest paying local niches that have buyers ready to go. You get our 50 demo closes. You get 75 demo outreach templates, our 45 no call closing scripts. Again, you don’t have to hop on calls. This thing closes itself, meaning you get continuously invoices ready without having to hop on a call. Furthermore, 45 high ticket website packages, 60 objection crushers, 45 ready to send website proposals, 45 get paid templates, 50 client generating ads, and 500 lead conversion system. You have everything you need to crush it. Now, these bonuses alone are valued at 3,370. And this is the value on top of everything else. all stripped when the launch closes. And if it’s not for you for any reason, and I can’t imagine why, you still have a 30-day money back guarantee. You can use it, build it, send it to businesses, and even profit on it, and then still decide if you want to keep it. And I’m actually within that 30 days, you’ll have a training with me where we’re going to hop in and actually close clients together. I’m going to show you where they are. I’m going to show you what to send. And I’m going to in real time demo how easy it is to get clients signed on. And honestly, all you have to do is send samples. That’s the whole magic trick. That’s the whole magic trick to it. Just send the sample and the business sells itself because they will reply saying, “All right, this actually will looks really good. Thank you so much. How much do you charge?” Now, if you want messages like that over and over again, then make sure you grab it right now. Now, the link is in the chat. And I quickly want to show you something because in case you see the special, I call it the Charlie and the Chocolate Factory coupon. Um, which is the golden ticket. It doesn’t always appear, but it’s right here. It’s called the gold membership. Long story short, it is optional. You don’t have to take it. Um, but I do I will point it out. It is allowing you to get a gold membership, meaning all the next products you’ll see from Yoges, you’ll never have to pay for. and he releases four to six new products every year that range from 37 to 497 and his customers spend, you know, 500 to 2,000 just to keep up. Gold members get everything automatically forever. I mean, this is like you have your own tool development genie that is creating the best tools, releasing them, and you automatically get access to them. Every product he’s ever created, you get instant access. That already is worth more than $10,000 because he has some really great apps. every product he will ever create in the future, you get access to. So you immediately get all the ones he already has released and you get all the ones he will release. You don’t have to buy, you don’t have to wait, you don’t have to pay, you’ll get them every update and upgrade forever, whether it’s version two or even version 10. You immediately get upgraded. You have a skip the line status. So you see products before everyone else. And you get exclusive gold only releases. So, some products don’t even reach the public, only the exclusive, you know, people that have the gold membership. So, when you see this box, if you’re like, “Hey, I love that. That’s, you know, that’s amazing.” Ticket. Um, this is something he, you know, only does for a limited, you know, it’s it wouldn’t be great if he does it all the time for everyone. So, if you happen to see it, consider yourself lucky. It’s kind of a little Easter egg. If you don’t see it, don’t worry. Maybe the next time uh if you’re lucky enough. But honestly, if you see it, I’d highly recommend you to grab it in a heartbeat. Yogish has an insanely good products. You immediately get all the products he ever created. That alone is, you know, separately well over 10 grand. So, this is at 77 just to see. Below that, you also might find a little uh premium pack of templates that we prepared for you with the um cinematic sai again optional uh if you want. So, you have priority rank ring. get an additional private surfer for yourself, not a share surfer. You get the highest quality output. You get VIP additional support. Um, unlimited everything as well. So, if you want, this is only $14.95. It’s not a biggie if you want to have the ultra premium pack. Sure added on. But again, the most important thing is get the cinematic sit bundle if you want to have an offer that you can easily sell. So, I’m actually I notice I wasn’t sharing my screen here. Let me do that right now. So, again, this is the gold membership. This is what it looks like here. you can see it this just check this box right here and then here below you’ll find the little 14.95 premium pack. Now some of you might not even see this uh because they tend to sell out quickly or just not be available anymore. So if you do feel free to check the boxes on these uh if you want this one is $49.95. This one is 77. They are completely separate and optional meaning you can make cinematic sites work just as great without them. I mean, this is literally just all Yogish’s previous products, as you can see, right here. Every product I’ve ever created. Instant access to my entire vault, plus every product I will ever create. No buying, no waiting, no paying, uh, with all the versions included. If you want that, check this box. That’s a steal. Um, make sure you enter your name and email here. Coupon code is CS00 in case you missed it. And you’ll notice that the price right there drops the 267. So, I’ll ask the team to drop the link in the chat box right now because uh we’re only going to keep this open for a little bit. And again, if you’ve been waiting for something to sell that’s easy, that you understand and you know the clients understand and not something you have to rack your brain about, something that’s complicated to deliver, something that puts a lot of pressure on you or that requires you to hop on sales calls, then try this out for 30 days. You got nothing to lose. You’re getting the biggest discount, the biggest bang for your buck. And quite frankly, it’s such an easy offer that anyone can take advantage of. So again, the link is in the chat. I’ll ask the team to drop it a few more times. Also going to check with the team here if we’re a okay and all good. Awesome. You should be able to see my screen again. Perfect. So the link has been dropped in the chat. Um, as I’ve shown, I’ll show it one more time because my screen before wasn’t showing. You see the gold membership opportunity right here. And then you see the ultra premium pack right here. Now, again, both are optional. Uh, I want to congratulate Charles, by the way. See, Charles just got in. So, Charles, congratulations. A lot of you got in, by the way. Comment, “I’m in so I can welcome you.” You see Ron is in as well. Um, amazing. comment I’m in once you’re in so I can welcome you, congratulate you and guys to keep it super simple, right? Because I don’t want to, you know, forceell it or, you know, quote unquote push it down your throat. I just want to explain it as simple as possible. If you’re looking for an offer that’s easy to sell, all you do is send a business, hey, I looked at your website. So, let’s say we look at, you know, um, let’s say we look at any type of business loan, New York realtor, right? We’re just going to look up a a simple website. Um, real new Oh, let’s say let’s do London. Let’s do London for once. Realtor. Okay. city realtorco.uk. So, this is a really basic website, right? It’s very cluttered all over the place. It’s It’s okay. This is I mean, yeah, it’s quite frankly, it’s not great. It’s okay. Imagine a beautiful cinematic of a house viewing or listing here on the back, the optin in the middle. I mean, we can upgrade this site so beautifully and then literally just send it to him. Say, “Hey, checked out your website. We went ahead and created one that’s way better. We’d love to, you know, we’d love to know what you think. And that’s it. Now, we can go to any personal realtor. Um, so let’s say Tyler Bartland is a property manager. So, let’s see, you know, what his website looks like. Takes a while to lo. Okay. So, this is Tyler’s thing. Very small, unforatted text here on the testimonial side. The header, it’s very cluttered. Oh, you can’t see my screen right here. This is Tyler’s thing. So, this is Tyler’s page. I mean, very basic. A lot of text, right? Not attractive at all. Now, again, we can search any business. Let’s say um NightFrank estate agents. Let’s hope this one is better. This one is a little bit better. I like the fact that it has a little bit of cinematics. that means that they value that. But we can still make a lot more competitive graphics right here. So all we do or we go to, you know, New York restaurant and we go to any type of restaurant business and we look at what they have. So this is a Turkish restaurant.

    Let’s see. Very dark small tags. I see they’re trying. But all we have to do is go to our cinematic side. I mean, this is really bad. Quite frankly, this is really bad. All we have to do is go to cinematic.ai and just make a much better version. And then send it over. Say, “Hey, check out your website. I think you deserve a much better one. Let me know what you think.” And that’s it. And that is it, right? So all these businesses with these websites and cinematics sites AI can actually you know look these um businesses up for you can actually go ahead and find these. So look at this. This is you know they tried. This is the type of website where I’ll say they tried right. It’s not the worst. It definitely has you know uh a good graphics. This this would be on the border but I’m missing the interactive experience that cinematic sites AI can do. But this is already a lot better. what I like about a site when I see that they’ve tried that tells me they value a good-looking site, right? It’s important to them. So, all the more reason, you know, to actually create a better version for them. And we can do this for any type of business. There also a lot of gyms and personal trainers that have such horrible websites that, you know, they just need work. They just need a lot of work. Um, let’s see. The gym group such as this. This is so bad. This is so bad. So, what we want to do is put in an amazing cinematic, people training, you see weights, um you see different, you know, exercises and then you see the different packages and just make a great site all together. Now, it’s things like that that you can easily offer once you have access to cinematic sites AI. Now, the real reasons this will work for you is this. If you’re like, “Well, I’ve bought AI tools before and you know, nothing ever sold,” then this is where it starts because every one of them handed you the same page, something that you had to sell, something that you have to convince the business owner of. This is a website builder that doesn’t look like every other template that makes businesses want you to sell it to them. So, you’re flipping the script. Now, if you’re like, “Hey, I’ve never built a website in my life.” Well, you’re not building one. You’re describing one in a sentence and it’s all taken care of from there. You can see Jenner saying, “This AI literally does all the work for me.” Now, I do not have any clients yet. Neither did anybody before their first one. But we’re giving you 50 niches and 75 messages to land a client literally today. Just send them a sample of any of the websites we’ve already created and watch them come back and say, “How much?” That’s the only question you keep getting. And then you just need to make a good price. Now, I hate selling. I’m not good at it. Great. Because you’re not selling anything. You’re just sending a finished website and ask if they want it. That’s the only thing you’re doing. Saying, “Hey, I made a website. Do you want it?” You’re not selling. You’re not doing anything other than that. David saying, “I landed two clients within my first week. I started offering websites to local businesses. Every client, literally every client was blown away by the quality and couldn’t believe how interactive the website looked. I’ve already recovered my investment many times over. So again, this is one of the easiest things that you can offer. I’m not a designer. Great. None of the persons that I’ve shown you thus far is a designer. All you do is just tell the design agent inside cinematics what to do in terms of just I want a website for gyms and it will do the designing for you. Now, as someone asking earlier, is there a monthly fee today? It’s a onetime payment and it will stay a onetime payment forever, but only if you take action today. Use the coupon to take advantage of this at the lowest price possible. And guess what? You want your own website to look better as well. You’ll probably need more website as you grow your business or start a business or you know want to do it for someone else. You need a good website and this creates that for you. Now, do I need hosting or domain? The hosting and the SSL which is the encryption and the safety are all included. You can connect your own domain or use one of our free subdomains to get started as well. Now, am I allowed to sell what I make? Yes, you have a commercial license and because you’re on the webinar getting the bundle, you also get the agency where we make sure you can literally sell this as a service and we’ve done everything for you. What if my niche is different? Well, every niche needs a website and this works in every single niche. If you don’t have time for this, all the more reason you need this because this is literally a matter of minutes. The website is made in less than a minute and sending an email to a business is also less than a minute. So, this is perfect for the person that is time constrained. If you get stuck, we have amazing support. Plus, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Um, we’ve made this in a way so you actually open it, actually use it, and we’re going to do, you know, an additional training. Uh, why is it this cheap? Because we’re doing a special on this webinar. Everyone outside of this will pay a lot more. If you want your money back, just ask within 30 days. You get it, no questions asked. And literally, normally a plain small business website for one, you’ll pay 1,75. Just look it up. Ask any call any agency, they’ll charge you, you know, 4.9K, 9.9K. You’ll be able to do the exact same thing now and forever for just one time, 267. So, the link is in the chat. And one last thing I want to add, you were never bad at this. The only thing that was missing is an offer that made people come back to you. You were sending people something and nobody, you know, took the bait. Now, that was the whole problem. You don’t have to s or literally offer your services and pitch it. Now you’ll make people come to you and want to actually buy the website from you because they’ve seen how great it looks. Next time you send one of these these on my screen to a roofer. Um, hey, you fix roofers, right? Do you want to impress the clients that come to your website and make them be like, I want these guys to do it? Because if you’re investing into a roof, you want your roof to look good. Now your brain is going to make a connection. If your website looks good, you probably, you know, looked apart. You probably provide good quality because you invested a lot in having a really good website. It works in that way and therefore it’s a direct representation of your quality of work. Unfortunately, you know, people judge the book by its cover. So therefore, when you send one of these to a roofer, right, for the first time, they’ll immediately write you back. They’ll say, “Hey, this looks great. how much right now there are close to a half a million more businesses that are starting this month that you can send something to and we’re going to show you how and Cinematic Sots AI makes it super simple. Every one of them needs a website. The link is in the chat and if it’s today you can leverage the coupon and get everything. So make sure to grab this. Make sure to grab this because we are about we are about to you know remove the coupon and close the card and that unfortunately will make it so that you can take advantage of this deal. So this is your last and final chance. I’m going to open up the chat here to see if you have any other questions and again I’ll also show you some you know amazing um samples because this is what you’ll be able to create effortlessly and it’s really it’s really powerful honestly you know everybody understands what a website is that’s the beauty of this every you know this is not something you have to hard sell or make people explain now when you create something like this you know for a particular business. Um, let’s say an eye doctor, right? This is a site where you want to get your glasses done. You want to get your eyes checked or lasered or whatever you want to do. This is the type of site that you expect from a high-end business or quality you want to go to, right? The site is a direct representation of how you feel about that business immediately. So, we allow them to look the part. Same goes for you know maybe something like this where you have more of a you know a type of a holistic website where you know it is traveling it is mindset it is a lot of these different things that allows you you know to impress the person like hey I want these people I want to buy their course their book their you know sessions because it impresses you from the get-go. Now, the roofers you’ve seen already this one you’ve seen in the demo. This one for the coastal property you’ve seen. This one is really good one as well. The coffee one is one of my favorites. Now, you can do this for everyone. And you know, the coffee one actually has a good idea which tell me if you think this is a good idea um because we don’t have this here where I’m from in Europe. and that is you get a membership so you can get um you know x amount of coffees for free per month, right? Or weekly. That is such a good membership deal. Instead of having to you know um buy for one because a lot of people stop at a coffee shop and they pay for one in the room uh every single time you set up a membership, a monthly one so you can just come in and you know get them whatever. you don’t have to pay because you’re a member and you pay monthly for X amount. I think that’s such a great idea. Um, which we call, you know, the coffee club. Now, maybe that’s, you know, a very common thing for you, but I’ve never seen something like it. I think it’s, you know, very interesting. This website’s one of my favorites as well. It looks really amazing. You know, for any type of agency, this is great. You can see it’s interactive. You can talk with the founder here on the right. It has all the features that a website needs to also close clients. You have agents on there. You know, imagine creating a website for a warehouse company, a logistics company. Those guys usually have the worst outdated websites, right? So, any type of niche you can step into and everything is ready for you. So, I’m going to leave it at that. This is your last and final chance. I’ll ask the team one last time to drop the link in the chat. Remember on the page you have the opportunity to get if you’re lucky enough uh the golden ticket to never have to pay for any of Yogish’s product or you know immediately I’m not or but and immediately get access to all products ever created by Yogish as well as you know exclusive gold releases and VIP skip the line status and the ultimate premium pack at only $40.95 which is next you know to nothing since you’re already getting a steal of a deal. Make sure you enter your details here and then enter the coupon once again. So you can see the price drops down from 367 to 267. It’s a single payment. There’s no additional cost and at least try this out at this amazing discount because you have a 30-day return policy, right? So you can use it, log in, create your own website, send out a few, see how you like it, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So congratulations to everyone that took action. I’m going to have one last look at the chat and then leave it at that. You get an email with the announcement about the training that I’m going to hold for this as well. We’re going to pick a date uh which is going to be very soon actually. I think somewhere next week and then from there uh we’re going to actually log in together, you know, and get some clients, show you how easy that is, show you how to create these amazing websites for yourself and for others. So, team, can you drop the link a final time in the chat for anyone uh that is, you know, still on the fence or that missed this? Remember, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. But better yet, you’ll be able to take advantage of this for only 2671 time, which is an absolute steal considering, you know, beginners are signing clients left, right, and center for way more than that. and you’ll be able, you know, to do this immediately. So, grab it while you still can. I’ll leave the chat open for a little longer. I want to congratulate Eric, Olan, Robert, um, you know, so many more people that I see jumped in. I’m looking for all the names here. I see Robert saying got it. Ron got in as well. I think Randall got in as well. Dean, Dean, you sure have to be in. I’m loving to see you in. Uh, Dean was the first one to ask her to link. So, if you’re still here, Dean, appreciate you for sticking on for the long run and I hope you got in. Uh, Don, let me know if you got in. Matt Listister, let me know if you got in as well. Congratulations. And if not, this is your last and final chance. I saw Todd Kim asking for the link as well. Super stoked to see you on the inside. Um, Robert, I’ll let the team answer you on that question to get a nice link for that.

    and I’m going to do one check with the team and then we’ll be wrapping it up from there. If you have any additional questions for me, feel free to ask. And as mentioned before, you’re going to get the cinematic site special access, the advanced upgrade, the pro level, the done for you in agency, the pro access, the uh AI talker upgrade, and the cinematic sites webinar bonuses. this is going to be one of your best investments because at the end of the day, you need a website as well. And if you want to go out there and, you know, have a website like this made and I can prove it to you. I’ll go to um what’s it called? Let’s say Fiverr, you’ll be paying, you know, thousands of dollars, right? So even if you just want to use this for yourself, you’re still getting the better end of the deal because you’ll be able to create the most beautiful websites for only 267 one time unlimitedly, right? So look at this. I’ll design a custom web flow website. This is his basic package. Like his basic package, if you want the real deal, the things all the things we can do, he currently has an order in Q. So people are buying this as we speak. He has over 119 people already bought. That’s clearly he made over 100 grand. Now, the premium, we’re already looking at 2.3. Now, we’re already looking at 1.9 in the middle. So, even if you’re like, you know what, I just want this for myself because I need a new website, you’re still getting the better of the deal. Because if you were to pay someone to make it for you, you would pay a lot more and you wouldn’t own a tool that you can use unlimitedly. You wouldn’t get all the bonuses, the agency access. You just get a website once and that’s it. Now you’ll have a system that you can create as many websites as you want with for yourself, for friends, for family, and for others. Plus, you get to keep it at a one time, but only because you’re live here today. This is probably one of the best decisions you can make because it’s an investment that pays off initially and immediately. Not only that, but when you offer this as a service, I’ll share my screen here once again. I keep forgetting to share the screen. Right here, you can see the static website is 1295, right? He has an order in Q as we speak. People are buying this as we speak. He has over 119 reviews, meaning at least 119 people bought, meaning he made at least 100 grand. This is just his basic package. We’re not even talking his standard or his premium. I mean, you’re getting the better end of the deal whether you like it or not. Now, you’ll be able He doesn’t even show real examples. You can do so much better. He doesn’t even show in his, you know, what this is called, your uh seller, you know, grid. He’s not even showing examples of the website. And still, he has over 190 people that bought and one is currently in order, right? Imagine you make an exact same listing on Fiverr. You charge maybe the same, maybe less, maybe more, but you actually saw the types of websites you can create, right? You’re going to get insane good reviews because you see people here are loving it, right? Exceptionally happy, right? Very creative. Great work. The landing page was, you know, above expectation. These are things that you deserve that people deserve to say about you because of what you’re about to be able to create. So, make sure you grab this because you’re getting the better end of the deal either way. Because if you were to want to create a website like this for yourself, here’s the minimum you’d be spending, right? rather do get 267 once have it unlimitedly for yourself and for anyone else and then on top of that you can even make money with it by offering it to other businesses which reminds me you know you can go to Upwork right now and I have what I call the Upwork bible it’s my cheat sheet to you know um close a lot of deals on Upwork I’ll share it with you once you’re on the inside here um let’s say I type in interactive website

    look at the amount of people that are ready to pay 500 to a,000 000 to 5,000 and 5,000 plus all these people are looking for web designer premium website right we’re looking for web designer 3D website uh web development web website developer needed web flow designer needed interactive animated website this is exactly what we can do and they’re willing to pay for it so don’t let 267 hold you back see they have a fixed price um I’m looking for someone that can create a fully animated interactive website please connect only if this is your real forte. All we have to do because we can do these 3D animations that were designed exactly with cinematics. Send them a sample. Literally send them a sample. Say, “Hey, is this what you’re looking for?” And that’s it. And they’ll come back and say, “This is even better than we expected. When can you get started?” Now, all of that you can take advantage of for just 267 because you’ll have an asset that makes it so easy for people to choose you. And guess what? Once they chose you, you can sell them any other service as well. Maybe you also have other, you know, social media tools that you can offer. Um, Jarvis AI services that you can offer. Once they’re in and they like what you deliver, you can easily upsell them to any other of your marketing services. Now, 267 remind you one time is an absolute steal for, you know, what you’re about to get. So, I don’t know what else I can say to, you know, make you understand the insane deal that you’re getting or that you’re having in front of you. I hope you appreciate this training we’ve done here today. I hope you enjoyed it. I hope it was valuable. I know it was a bit long so apologies for that but it was you know for your own good in in this case because we wanted to really showcase the easiest offer that anyone can sell right now to you know go online without any hassle without having to hop on calls without having to figure out what to offer or even worse maintain it and have a lot of pressure of delivering but being confident and saying you know this is what I can create this is what I can do and this is how easy it is for me than cinematic sites is for you. So again, go ahead and grab it and you won’t regret it. You have a 30-day money back guarantee and that is that. If you’re still not in team, I’m going to beg the team for you, right? I’m not sure if they will, but I’m going to ask them, can you please drop the link one more time? I see they did a final call there. So, I’ll ask them to do it one more time in the chat and then I’ll pin it for you. So, if the team can drop the link one more time with the coupon code, I’ll pin the link and that is your final call to go ahead and grab this. If you have any questions, this is also your final chance to ask it. So, they just dropped the link one more time. I pinned it in the chat for you. That means it is now or never. I’ve shown you how easy it is, you know, to get paid for this. Now, I’ve shown you as well as how many websites, you know, online, you know, need this left, right, and center. I’ve shown you, you know, the beauty of what these sites can create. I can play the demo one time for you as well if you want to, you know, see that. But other than that, this is the time where you should realize, all right, 267 for something that normally costs thousands of dollars to create by someone, that is the best possible deal that I can get. Um, so once again, I’m going to go um

    go ahead and play the demo one last time for you to um buy you some time. And in the meanwhile, while the demo is playing, make sure you go to the link, right? Because after the demo, the webinar is done and you will have missed out on, you know, one of the most one of the most valuable assets that you can have for your business. There you go. And also, I actually want to, you know, go and look up, I want to show you once again because I want you to understand and realize this. I’m going to go on Google real quick. Let me know if you can see my screen here. Um, I typed in pizza restaurant London. Let’s go to uh this one. Follow Mano. Follow Mano Pizza. So, click on website. Let’s have a look at the website. Okay, you tell me. Does this look like a great website?

    Does this look like the type of website where you’re like, “Hey, I want to take someone here for a nice pizza or a nice dinner.” It doesn’t look like that to me. I think they can do a lot better. A cinematic website of showing their pizza, showing people eating it, their menu, reservation times, maybe an interactive sales agent here that’s connected with their calendar so they can book a spot. This is a this devalues the entire restaurant in my opinion. All right. So if we click on our pizza, this button is even inactive. Click on book. Hopefully that does. Okay, that at least works. Let’s say I want to book in Soho. And it just takes me to a bland, you know, booking calendar.

    You see, all we have to do is literally make a better website and send it send it to them through email. We can even send we can open up their Facebook or open up their Instagram or uh any page. So, this is this is their Instagram. They’re active on Instagram. You see, they’re putting effort into their content. So, they’re trying something. So, I’ll literally just message Fat Mano. So, I’ll send them a message and I’ll tell them, “Hey, listen. um I made you a better looking website because you guys can do a lot better. So literally just send them a message here say I made you a website. Let me know what you think and you know I’d love to hear your opinion. They’ll reply and say this looks great. How much? Make a good deal. That’s the end of that. Now, anyone can follow that process effortlessly, but all you need is access to this right here. Let me share my screen to this right here. So, make sure you take advantage of this before it’s too late. Um,

    amazing. If you have any questions, the team’s dropping it in the chat. I’m going to play the demo one more time to buy you some time. Uh, and then after this demo, the bonuses will go away and the price goes up. So, 267 is the alltime low. You’re getting the special, the advance, the pro, the done few, the agency, the pro access of claw agents, the AI talker, the cinematics webinar bonuses. You’re getting the real deal. Make sure you take action right now. Guys, take a look at these websites for a second. These are the kind of immersive animated premium websites like this Cortex site, a full cinematic SAS website with smooth motion and premium design built from one prompt in minutes. Freelancers and agencies can charge $2,000, $3,000, or even more to create for just one client. And normally creating something like this takes serious design skills, coding, developers, complicated animations, and days or even weeks of work. But Cinematic Sites AI changes that completely. You give it just one simple prompt, and behind the scenes, Cinematic Sites AI activates 20 plus specialized AI agents that collaborate together like your own private web design team. One agent plans the structure. Another works on the copy. Others handle the layouts, visuals, images, animations, 3D effects, mobile responsiveness, and overall experience. All working together to create a website that looks premium, immersive, and expensive. Now imagine being able to create this without coding, without being a professional designer, without learning complicated animation software, and without spending weeks building it. You simply create a workspace, start a client project, tell Cinematic Sites AI what you want, and let your team of AI agents do the heavy lifting. And while I’m showing you this today, don’t just think this could build my website. Think bigger. Restaurants, dentists, realtors, hotels, coaches, gyms, local businesses, businesses that are already paying freelancers and agencies thousands of dollars for premium websites. Imagine showing a prospect something that looks like a $2,000 plus custombuilt website. While AI is doing most of the work behind the scenes and even landing just one client could potentially pay for your investment many times over. That’s why I want you to watch this demo very closely. Because rather than showing you screenshots and telling you what cinematic sites AI can do, I’m going to show you live and you’re going to watch these agents turn that prompt into an incredible website. All right, let’s jump inside Cinematic Sites AI. Here’s where it all starts. You log in and as a first step, you need to create or select a workspace. Because if you’re just running your own business, one workspace is all you need. But if you’re an agency or a freelancer or you’re building sites for clients on the side, every single client can have their own sealed workspace with their own sites, their own leads, their own analytics. Think about that for a second. That’s a full agency business unlocked on day one. Let’s create a brand new workspace. Click on workspace. Enter my name as the workspace name. and then click create. Now this is brand new workspace. Let me start by creating a awesome looking website. Click on new site. Three quick steps and cinematic sites AI gets all its 25 plus agents to get everything done for you. Let’s start. Step one, business details. You can select from one of these category or custom if you want to start from a blank slate and describe something the world hasn’t seen yet. Then choose your look. Immersive for cinematic scroll and depth or 3D for interactive scenes visitors can actually move through. Pick a category and now you get another choice most builders never give you. How do you want to create your site? Prompt mode or details mode. Prompt mode is magic. You literally type a sentence. A boutique slow travel company on the Italian Riviera offering small groupoup coastal journeys, hillside walks, harbor stays, and hosted local experiences along the Lagorian coast. Elegant, unhurried, cinematic. That’s it. That’s the whole brief. The AI reads it, understands it, and infers the rest. Or flip to details mode if you want more control. Now you get proper fields like business name, what you do, location, phone, email and notice this button enhance with AI. You write a rough sentence, click that button and cinematic sites AI calls copywriting agent to write your description into professional conversion ready copy in seconds. So, even if writing isn’t your strong suit, your website sounds like it was written by a top tier agency, that alone is a copywriter you never have to hire again. Then the logo, three options right in the same screen. Upload your own logo, generate with AI, or pull one from the AI logo library. For now, I’ll simply upload my existing logo here. Step two, mode and domain. This is where you decide how cinematic you want the build to be. Quick mode is fast, clean, conversion ready, creates super fast, so you have a polished site live in minutes. Perfect for when you need to move now. Full polished mode goes deeper, richer motion, more immersive style, and fully 3D animated. A more thoroughly tuned AI agent. The result is a site that looks like it came out of a premium agency you couldn’t afford. Freelancers and agencies charge over $2,000 just for sites like these. Then the domain free subdomain if you don’t have your own domain or custom domain from your own verified domains. So it goes live at your own.com. Point and click. No DNS wrestling. No C panel. And I will show you exactly how the domain side of this works in a minute because it’s beautifully simple. Step three, and this this is where a lot of website builders stop. Cinematic sites AI is only getting started. Modules toggle what each site ships with. Lead generation on every visitor detail captured through smart high converting forms straight into your pipeline. AI friendly on your site is structured so that AI assistants and search engines can actually read it and recommend you because if your business isn’t visible to AI in 2026, you’re invisible. Google friendly on clean SEO schema.org markup baked in from day one. So you’re ranking from the moment you go live, not 6 months later. Appointment booking on. Every single site gets its own booking panel, its own dashboard. Define the appointment types. Consultation 30 minutes, whatever fits. Your customer picks a slot, it lands on your calendar. Done. And this last one is the one I want you to really pay attention to. AI sales agent. A friendly chatbot on every page. Trained automatically on your business, your services, your packages. It answers questions. It handles objections. It qualifies the visitor. It books the appointment. It captures the lead 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in every language your customers speak. And it never calls in sick. That’s a full-time salesperson on every page forever. And the last one, payment system integration. And this is where our app truly stands out. Just add your package details, give your PayPal, and the sites will be ready to get payment for you 24/7. Awesome. Right now, hit generate. Watch this. Cinematic sites AI cues your build and runs six live stages right in front of you. Understanding your business, crafting your brand and pallet, building cinematic sections, the hero, the services, the testimonials, the motionrich sections which your competitors can never have. Training your AI sales agent from your content, wiring booking and lead capture. And finally, queuing your build for the final push. Your new website generation takes only few minutes. That’s it. Let’s see what cinematic sites AI actually created. Wow. And this is where it gets seriously impressive. From a simple idea about a slow travel company on the Italian Riviera, it has generated a complete cinematic travel website with a bold Riviera Journeys hero, immersive coastal motion visuals, real editorial detail, and a design that feels like it was built by a top tier creative agency. Awesome, right? The hero pulls you in instantly. The journeys, rhythm, and hosts sections guide visitors smoothly through the story. The departure section builds trust with real weekly schedules, and every scroll leads naturally toward the plan your trip call to action. Everything feels premium, intentional, and conversion focused. And it doesn’t stop at building websites. Check this out. Right inside the website, you’ve got a built-in appointment section that captures every booking your site brings in, so you never chase a lead again. Every website comes with a built-in AI agent that greets your visitors, answers their questions, and turns them into leads 24/7. So, the site doesn’t just look premium, it converts. You focus on closing. Cinematic Sites AI handles the rest. Awesome, right? And remember, this wasn’t assembled section by section. The AI did the heavy lifting. What would normally take hours of designing, writing, arranging, and fine-tuning has been turned into a website that looks customuilt, premium, and ready to put in front of a real customer. And this is just one website. Now, imagine doing this for 10 clients, 20 clients, 50 clients. That’s when you start to see the real power of cinematic sites AI. That’s not a website builder anymore. That’s a business. Now, let me show you how a typical AI generated website looks and how website generated with cinematic sites AI look. See the difference? Wow. This is something out of the world. You can see the difference. A real difference. Ask yourself honestly, if a walk-in customer landed on your current website tomorrow and then landed on one of these, which business do you think they’d trust with their money? That’s what Cinematic Sites AI does for you. Now, for what I promised you, I’m going to show you some sites Cinematic Sites AI has already built. Different industries, different vibes, different price points, all generated by the same platform. All generated from a single prompt. And every single one of them, I promise you, looks more expensive than the site you’re running right now. Watch site one. This site right here, I’m hosting it on codestlabs.com, my own custom domain because cinematic sites AI lets you connect any domain or subdomain and ship instantly. Watch what loaded. Cinematic 3D scenes, scroll-driven motion, bold typography, a template gallery of full 3D worlds, real stats, real testimonial, real call to action. Every pixel generated by cinematic sites AI live on my own domain. Site two. Roll it. Wow, look at that hero. That’s not a sci-fi film clip or a motion graphics reel from a studio. That’s a live cinematic neural interface generated by cinematic sites AI rendering depth, motion, and futuristic atmosphere right inside your browser. Deep tech brand quality visuals, no VFX team, no post-prouction, no video files, just AI running a full immersive hero on a normal internet connection. Site three. Stop. Look at that hero, no drone, no coastline shoot, no film crew. That entire cinematic seaside scene was generated by cinematic sites AI moving with your scroll, rendering live in your browser right now. Luxury real estate visuals that would cost thousands to produce, delivered instantly on any normal connection. Wow, awesome site four. Watch this. No sci-fi shoot, no VFX house, no motion graphics team. That entire cinematic neural interface was generated by cinematic sites AI, depth, atmosphere, futuristic motion rendering live in your browser right now. Deep tech brand visuals that would cost a fortune to produce delivered instantly on any normal connection. Site five freeze on this one. No camera, no production crew, no agency deck. Cinematic sites AI generated the entire DevTools hero and it’s rendering live in your browser right now. Premium developer brand visuals delivered instantly on any normal connection. Site six. Watch this. No roaster shoot, no barista session, no product photographer. That entire 3D coffee scene was generated by cinematic sites. AI, steam, texture, depth rendering live in your browser right now. Premium cafe brand visuals that would cost thousands to produce. Delivered instantly on any normal connection. Wow. Awesome. Site seven. Now this that’s not a studio promo. That’s not a client showcase reel. That entire cinematic agency hero was generated by cinematic sites AI and it’s playing live in your browser. The kind of visual a top tier design studio would pay a full production crew for done instantly on any normal connection. Site eight. Check this hero out. Nothing about it was filmed, driven, or edited. Cinematic sites. AI generated the full cinematic race scene. car circuit real speed and it’s playing live in your browser on a normal connection. That’s the kind of visual top motorsport brands spend a fortune chasing. Wow, awesome. Right now let’s go to sites section. This page has all the sites that you have created in this workspace. Every site status, leads, appointments, back-end access and option to edit them is here. In generation sites will be shown as generating with progress bar and current status. For every website you can view the leads, appointment count, AI chat count. Here you can view the actual data from these icons. Just click on edit for editing website by clicking here. Just type what you want to be edited and it will be done. If you want to download site, click on export HTML. And if you like advanced edit tools, click on edit with HTML. Here comes one of my favorite parts of Cinematic Sites AI. And honestly, if you’re planning to sell websites to clients, you’re going to love this. It’s called white label dashboard. Let’s say you just created a stunning website and sold it to a client for $1,000. Amazing. But now comes the annoying part. How do you hand it over? Do you download files, upload everything to the customer’s hosting, configure everything again, give them access to your own account? Nope. That’s the old way of doing it. With Cinematic Sites AI, you simply click white label access and instantly you get a separate admin login URL, username and password for that client. That’s it. Just hand those credentials over to your customer and here’s what they see on their end. They open the admin URL you gave them, enter their username and password and boom, they’re inside their very own private dashboard. No cinematic sites AI branding. No sign of your main account. Just a clean professional admin panel with their business name up top. Built for results dashboard showing their bookings, inquiries, and analytics all in one place. They can view every appointment their site booked, see who inquired, mark bookings as confirmed or completed, and manage everything themselves. And now they can log in to their website and make the changes they need themselves without giving them access to your main cinematic sites AI account. Think about how powerful that is for an agency. You build the website. You sell the website. You hand over their private login. Done. No messy migrations, no complicated hosting handovers, no technical headaches. It gives you a smooth, professional, white label style client handover system built directly into Cinematic Sites AI. Now, that is how you run a website business at scale. Pretty awesome, right? Now, let me show you a feature I have honestly never seen anywhere else. It’s called lead generator. It sits inside the lead generator section. All you need to do is type in I need leads for plumbing business in San Francisco, USA. That’s it. That’s the whole input. Now watch. Our AI lead generator agent finds all business that are dying to pay you money to build their websites. Just click on these leads. Add to pipeline. One click and that lead is in your outreach queue. Think about what just happened. In under 30 seconds, you went from a vague thought, I should reach out to that plumbing business, to a fully enriched, actionable, ready to contact a lead sitting in your pipeline. No spreadsheets, no copy paste. No, let me just Google their phone number. Cinematic Sites AI did the entire prospecting workflow in the time it took to type a sentence. Here’s the pipeline it lands in. Every captured lead ready to reach with one click. Filter by status, all new, contacted, qualified, one. See exactly where every lead sits at a glance. Business, location, contact, website, status, action. Six columns. Ones. Click on send and your outreach fires off. No CRM switch. No email tab. But wait, when you hit send, what actually goes out? That’s the next surprise. Meet Outreach Studio. This is your email template engine. Scroll down. Template library. Hundreds of readytouse templates. Now the next section, appointments. And here’s the appointments calendar view. Every appointment shows who it’s with, what site they came from, what time it lands, and its status. And they’re grouped by site. So, if you’re running six sites, you zoom into just any of this and see its bookings. Clean per site, no mess. Now, next section, website leads. Every lead your live sites capture from forms, from AI agent chats, from calls, lands in website leads, total leads, new, qualified, one, four counters, so you always know where the pressure is in your funnel. Filter by site, by source, by date. Search by name or email. Every one of these leads came in on autopilot while you were sleeping, while you were on the school run, while you were on a beach. That’s what a business built on cinematic sites AI looks like. Finally, analytics performance across every site in one screen. Now, here, just hang on for a second and think about everything you just watched. From one simple prompt, Cinematic Sites AI created stunning cinematic motion rich websites while giving you the AI sales agent, lead generator, outreach engine, pipeline, appointment booking, custom domains, client workspaces, and even private client loginins, all inside one platform. But here’s what I really want you to see. This is what a typical AI website looks like. And this is what cinematic sites AI can create. Look at the difference. The movement, the depth, the animations, the premium feel. These websites simply look more expensive. And that matters because look at what people are already charging for websites. $1,000, $2,000, $3,000. And in